


v^^ •^^.. 



,C^^' 



&''^-^-. 



.-^■ 






^^ ^. 



^^,, c^' 



sj5 -% - 






^■'^. 



t^ >^^ 



vOo. 















%- v^'^ 



.^^^'^ 



CORRELATION 



OF 



HISTORY, GEOGRAPHY 



AND 



LITERATURE 



(TO ACCOMPANY THE GEOGRAPHIC' 
HISTORICAL SERIES) 



1902 



eOMGRESS, 
Two COPiit! Receves 

FEB. 10 ^902 

ciLass «-XXc. n« 
C©PY B. 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1902, 

By M. B. ASTON, 
In the OfBce of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



A . 



PREFACE. 



In arranging this volume to accompany a series 
of maps, no effort has been made to write a new text- 
book or to give to the student the results of any new 
discoveries in history, geography or literature, but 
to present in a clear, accurate and attractive method 
the truths of those three branches of study as ac- 
cepted by the best authorities, without any claim 
to originality. 

This work is designed, in connection with a 
Geographic-Historical Series, to present the latest 
and best means of correlating History, Geography 
and Literature in our public schools, especially from 
the third to the eighth grades inclusive. With this 
end in view, the work has been divided into four 
periods: First, Discovery and Exploration; second 
Colonization; third, Revolutionary; fourth, National! 
In both Book and Series the periods occur in the 
order named. 

If any features have received special attention, 
territorial expansion and the growth of the Con^ 
stitution are the ones; the former exemplifying the 
material and external condition of the nation, while 
the inner struggles and development are embodied 
m the latter. 



Preface. 



The method of correlating different studies, his- 
tory, geography and literature especially, is too 
universally used and approved in the best schools 
and by the ablest instructors to require any defense 
for this effort to aid in its extension. It is believed 
that, while all successful teachers do more or less of 
correlation, this series presents the only full and 
convenient work now obtainable along this line, and 
will be welcomed as an invaluable aid in the school- 
room. 

Since the Literature of any period is the best 
expression of the thought and life of the people at 
the time, to History and Geography should be added 
the kindred literature. To make it readily accessi- 
ble, therefore, the best in Literature, illustrative of 
the History of the United States, has been embodied 
in the text-book. 



SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS REGARDING THE USE 

OF THIS BOOK IN CONNECTION WITH 

THE SERIES, 

Methods are as numerous as teachers. Every 
successful teacher eventually constructs his own 
methods and his own text-books; they necessarily 
grow out of his experience. But we here venture to 
offer a few suggestions to the inexperienced teacher. 

If in search of questions, either for the daily 
recitation or general review, they will be found at 
convenient places in the Series: if for the former, 
convert and adapt the outlines into interrogative 
form in each lesson ; if for the latter, handle the gen- 
eral reviews in a similar manner. The text itself 
usually suggests a sufficient number of questions for 
each lesson. 

For the more advanced grades, the topical 
method is always desirable for developing the pupil's 
power of grasping and holding each branch of a sub- 
ject in its entirety. But its use to the exclusion of 
questions and answers is apt to degenerate either 
into an inadequate statement or into the mere repe- 
tition of the words set forth in the text-book. Above 
all things, the habit of cultivating memory and sub- 
serviency to the text is to be guarded against. Teach 
the pupil to extract the essence, digest and assimi- 
late it into his own mental fibre. 



Suggestions to Teachers. 



Many teachers obtain good results by a com- 
bination of questions and study by topics; using 
questions in the daily recitation, and the topics for 
review. Mere chronological tables, with blank state- 
ment of fact, time and place, are deadening to the 
average pupil, and should not be employed until an 
interest is excited in the child's mind in those dry 
facts. This is best done by an apt anecdote. 

Of close kin to this last suggestion is the bio- 
graphical method. By encouraging the pupil to 
read, at first, short sketches of historical characters, 
and, later, more extended works, he gets suflBcient 
information about a single individual to fix the facts 
related indelibly on his mind, and in the reading of 
a single biographical sketch will incidentally learn 
something of the lives of the subject's contempo- 
raries. Teachers have been known in this way to 
group about Franklin, Washington, Jackson and 
Webster, sufficient history to make a connected nar- 
rative from the first to the last of the four. 

This plan is made feasible by the numerous and 
excellent historical leafiets and pamphlets now pub- 
lished and sold by several companies at a few cents 
each. The data thus available is original, sufficiently 
exhaustive, and possesses the merit of being com- 
plete within itself. 

No competent instructor will make a hobby of 
any one, or of any two methods, however good they 
may be. The greater the variety, the greater should 
be his success. But above all, the capable teacher 
is the one who investigates all methods and out of 



Suggestions to Teachers. ' vli 

their suggestions originates those peculiarly adapted 
to himself and pupils. He will change these from 
time to time. 

Special emphasis should be placed upon the 
correlation of these two studies — a harmonizing of 
the fact related and the place where. In this way 
History and Geography become, as it were, the oppo- 
site ends of the same stick. To tell where the one 
begins and the other ends, is a difficult matter. And 
in keeping with this idea, no occasion should be 
lost in associating in the strongest possible manner 
any historical or geographical matter with all avail- 
able and cognate literature. To put within this vol- 
ume all literature that should be used is not pos- 
sible, but with the beginning made, the pupil will 
follow it out with his own reading. 

Transitions should be made very clear, con- 
nected and attractive, otherwise the pupil loses con- 
tinuity of thought, and with it his interest. Close 
and logical transitions develop in him the habit of 
reasoning from cause to effect, and seeking out a 
cause for each historical result. 

As before hinted, both teacher and pupil must 
construct their own texts. The value of this text 
will depend upon the breadth, depth, and solidity 
of the concept of the subject. The habits formed 
in the class room will very largely determine one's 
mental equipment throughout life. To encourage 
the taking of notes, filling out of skeleton outlines, 
and gathering of data in a neat and convenient form, 
all pupils should be provided with suitable note 



Suggestions to Teachers. 



books of uniform size, and assisted in their arrange- 
ment. The success of this effort to make out of each 
child, as far as is possible, an original investigator, 
will depend very largely upon his instructor. 

In the use of the Geographic-Historical Series, 
we advise that it be kept closed except when in 
actual use before the class, as the constant sight of 
any apparatus must have the effect of deadening the 
pupil's interest in the subject, just as he comes in 
time to disregard the schoolroom clock, whose tick- 
ing originally held his attention. 



CONTENTS. 



FIRST PERIOD— DISCOVERY AND EXPLORATION. 

Page Sections 

The Earth 13 1-6 

The Earth as Enoivn when Columbus Sailed 18 7-8 

Columbus 20 

Columbus' Voyages 24 10 

Reception of Columbus 27 11 

The Cabots 32 12 

Location of Indian Tribes 34 13 

Character of the Indian 36 14 

The Song of Hiawatha 41 15 

The Peace-Pipe 45 16 

Hiawatha's Wooing 51 17 

An Indian at the Burial Place of His Fathers 60 18 

Spanish — Ponce de Leon and Balboa 63 19 

De Soto's Route 67 20 

Magellan's Voyages 71 21 

Spanish America at the Close of the Six- 
teenth Century 72 22 

French Explorers — Cartier and Verazzani . . 73 23 

French Explorers — Champlain and De Monts 74 24 

Evangeline 74 25 

French Explorers— La Salle 85 26 

English Explorers — Drake, Frobisher, Gos- 

nold 87 27 

Sir Humphrey Gilbert 88 28 



Contents. 



Page Sections 

Dutch Explorers— Hudson 90 29 

Extracts from Irving's Knicker'bocker His- 
tory 91 30-32 

Rip Van Winkle 113 33 

Miscellaneous Review 118 34 

SECOND PERIOD— COLONIZATION. 

Attempted Colony by Raleigh 119 35 

Settlement of Virginia 120 36 

Settlement of New York 112 37 

Settlement of Massachusetts 122 38 

Landing of the Pilgrim Fathers 123 39 

Settlers of Massachusetts 125 40 

The Courtship of Miles 8tandish 127 41 

The Twenty-Second of December 132 42 

Colonial Development - 133 43 

Conflicting Grants 134 44 

The Inter-Colonial Wars 135 45-49 

Braddock's Defeat 139 50-51 

Siege of Quebec 142 52-54 

Elegy in a Country Church-Yard 146 55 

English, French and Spanish Possessions. . . 152 56 

British and Spanish Possessions 153 57 

THIRD PERIOD— REVOLUTION. 

The Revolutionary War — Review 155 58-59 

Patrick Henry's Speech 158 60 

Lexington and Bunker Hill 162 61 

The Battle of Lexington 169 62 

Paul Revere's Ride 171 63 

The Green Mountain Boys 174 64 

The Declaration of Independence 175 65-66 

Ben Franklin's Wharf 182 67 



Contents. 



Page Sections 

Franklin's Entry Into Philadelphia 186 65 

First Continental Congress and Bunker Hill 189 69 

Siege of Boston 190 70 

Campaign in New York 191 71 

Burgoyne's Invasion 192 72 

Greene's Retreat 193 73 

Song of Marion's Men 195 74 

Siege and Surrender of Yorktown 197 75 

Yorktown 198 76 

The Union 200 77 

Washington 201 78 

The American Flag 201 79 

The United States After September 3, 1783— 

The Thirteen Original States— 1783 204 80 

FOURTH PERIOD— NATIONAL. 

Organization and Development, I and II — 

Review 207 81-84 

Old Ironsides 213 85 

The Star-Spangled Banner 214 86 

The Monroe Doctrine 216 87 

Construction of Highways and Waterways. . 218 88 

Andrew Jackson's Political Contests 219 89 

Peopling of the West — Texas and Mexican 

War. 221 90-95 

Slavery and Rise of the RepuMican Party. . 226 96-103 

The Civil War 232 104 

The Battle of Bull Run 233 105 

The Union Plans of Operation 233 106 

The First Attempt to Open the Mississippi. . 234 107 

McClellan's First Advance on Richmond 235 108-109 

Battle of Gettysburg 236 110 

Lincoln's Address at the Dedication of 

Gettys'burg Cemetery 238 111 



Contents. 



Page Sections 

Fall of Vicksburg 239 112-114 

Sherman's March to the Sea 241 115 

Grant's Advance on Richmond 241 116 

Sheridan's Ride 242 117 

Close of the Civil War 244 118 

Reconstruction and Development — Pictures 

of Presidents 245 119-126 

Centennial Hymn 254 127 

"America" — National Hymn 256 128 

Post Bellum Events 257 129-135 

Spanish-American War — Battleship "Maine" 262 136 

Dexvey, Eiyig of the Sea 262 137 

Colorado's Advance on Manila 265 138 

Territorial Growth— Table of Statistics 267 139-140 

William McKinley 268 141 

President Roosevelt and His First Message.. 269 142-144 
The Schley Question and Other Recent 

Events 272 145-146 

Colorado 277 147-151 



APPENDIX. 

Compact of the Pilgrim Fathers 283 152 

Plan of Perpetual Union 284 153 

Declaration of Independence 288 154 

Articles of Confederation 294 155 

Constitution 308 156 

Washington's Farewell Address 308 157 

Emancipation Proclamation — Review 309 158 



CORRELATION 

OF 

HISTORY, GEOGRAPHY 

AND 

LITERATURE 



FIRST PERIOD—DISCOVERY AND EXPLORATION. 



THE EARTH. 



1. Whenever you learn from a parent, a 
teacher, a book, or from your own observation any- 
thing about the earth's size, movements, inhabitants, 
or facts relating to its surface, you are acquiring a 
knowledge of gcographij. For convenience in study, 
geography is divided into Mathematical, Physical, 
and Political. The first division relates to the size 
and shape of the earth and its relation to the other 
heavenly bodies, — its motions, seasons, and changes 
of day and night. 



14 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

We are dealing with mathematical geography 
when studying the uses of our maps and globes 
with their circles and lines. 

Physical geography treats of the grass, trees, 
flowers, the water that supplies the moisture to 
make them grow, and the air they breathe, as well 
as the heat and light that give them leaves and 
color. 

Both physical and mathematical geography are 
natural divisions, dealing with things independent of 
man's work. 

Political geography has to do with govern- 
ments, cities, states, institutions, industries, and all 
else established by men. 

2. While you are studying political geography, 
you are at the same time learning history. Indeed, 
it is difficult to separate the two. They are so closely 
associated that you cannot properly master the one 
without mastering the other. 

Compare the following definitions of history 
with your definitions of political geography: 

(a) ''History is a record of events which have 
occurred among mankind." 

(b) "History is a record of the progress of 
mankind in civilization." 

(c) ''History is a record of what man has 
done." 

(d) "History is a biography of the world's 
great men." 



The Earth. 15 



(e) ^'History is a record of the rise and fall of 
nations, and of the progress of the civilization of the 
world." 

3. As we have seen, physical geography treats 
of air, heat, light, water, and plants, and animals, 
and their growth, while mathematical geography 
relates to the change of seasons and th^ alternations 
of day and night. Without the seasons and the 
light, plants and animals could not exist, and man, 
who depends upon the vegetable and animal king- 
doms for his food and clothing, would perish. Thus 
c .n be seen the inter-dependence of these studies, 
and man's dependence upon his habitat or surround- 
ings. 

If we can now agree that the two subjects are 
close of kin, we shall be ready to study them to- 
gether with better advantage, and to realize that 
work done in geography is so much work done in 
history. As in the former you emphasize location, 
so in the latter you dwell on the act, or what was 
done in that place. 

4. You have already learned that the best type 
of man has his home in the temperate zones, where 
food and clothing material are most plentiful. For, 
like the lower animals, "man moves along lines of 
least resistance" in selecting suitable surroundings 
for his home. In turn, those surroundings help to 
determine his customs, appearance, speech, and all 
his modes of life. Then bear in mind these facts 
in making your estimate of the individuals you are 
called upon to judge as students of history. It re- 



16 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

quires that you be just, liberal, and broad in judg- 
ment. One thoughtful observer has divided into 
three groups the influences that go to make up a 
man's character: Heredity, or racial tendency; 
Epoch, or the age in which he lives; Environment, 
or his immediate surroundings. The first two are 
beyond one's control; the last may be bettered by 
placing one's self in more helpful surroundings. 

5. You are now called upon to make estimates 
of the individuals of a race, epoch, and environ- 
ment totally different from your own. These facts 
borne in the mind will explain and strengthen the 
lifework of Columbus. Let us endeavor to put our- 
selves in his place. 

Columbus was an Italian, born in the fifteenth 
century, surrounded by arrogance, ignorance, intol- 
erance, and bigotry. What was not understood was 
ridiculed. Silly boys stood on the street corners and 
knowingly tapped their foreheads as the thoughtful 
sailor passed by. The kings of Portugal and England 
refused him the aid he sought and tardily obtained 
from the Spanish sovereigns. No wonder. The con- 
dition of all Europe was deplorable. Forces that 
were to create a new civilization were just begin- 
ning to work, and the efforts of Columbus were not 
to be the least of them. However, it must not be 
concluded that Columbus was alone in this struggle 
for better things. Great spirits had paved and 
made easier the way. It was an age of awakening, 
and he was but one of the many individuals contrib- 



The Earth. 17 



uting to the final triumph. The following af- 
fords a good example of these connected influences: 

6. About the middle of the fifteenth century, 
the Turks employed gunpowder as a new force in 
breaking down the great walls about Constantino- 
ple, in which had been stored the treasures of Greek 
literature. This scattered among the upper classes 
and the school-men of Europe the seeds of an in- 
tellectual revival, for the Greek was then the lan- 
guage used by polite society and in literature, as the 
French is to-day the courtly tongue. This revival of 
learning affected the court circles and privileged 
classes more than the masses of the people. But 
"necessity, the mother of invention," caused to be in- 
vented modern movable, metallic type, and the great 
art of printing soon multiplied books at prices 
within the reach of all, and reading became com- 
paratively common among the plain people. 

Eeading begets thought, and thought begets in- 
telligent action. The pent-up energy of the age 
found vent along the lines of travel and discovery for 
over-crowded Europe. Seamen were attacked by 
scurvy, while the continent was ravaged by the 
plague. Hence, in addition to their zeal for the 
church and the missionary spirit, the desire for per- 
sonal honor or gain sent adventurers into every nook 
and corner of the then known world. But how was 
the sailor to be guided when out on the water at 
night or a fog shut out the view of the land? 

Again an old but little used invention of the 
Chinese was improved to meet the need. As the 



18 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

old bark type had served to suggest the metal type, 
so the simple magnetized needle, suspended by a 
thread, was boxed and the mariner's compass be- 
came the sailor's guide by night as by day. By its 
use great water roadways were found across the 
hitherto trackless ocean. 

By the use of this little instrument Columbus 
vras enabled to make his voyages of discovery. 



THE EARTH AS KNOWN WHEN COLUMBUS 
SAILED. 

7. When Columbus began his life's work only 
the following parts of the world were known: 

Europe. 

Southwestern Asia. 

Northern and eastern Africa. 

Iceland and southern Greenland. 

Very erroneous ideas obtained as to the un- 
known parts, as : 

The sea about the equator was at the boiling 
temperature. 

The tropical West was bristling with fabulous 
monsters ready to devour the daring explorer. 

If one sailed to the other side of the earth, it 
would be up hill coming back, and as the propelling 
of their vessels depended upon the wind, this was 
impossible of accomplishment. 

But there were other conditions surrounding 
Columbus, which largely influenced his actions. His 



The Earth as Known When Columbus Sailed. 19 

uncle had been a seaman, a circumstance favorable 
to the young sailor's gaining recognition. At that 
time, to be well connected was fortunate indeed. 
The hide-bound caste system of Europe regarded 
birth and social position of much more consequence 
than a young man's ability or merit. Thus it was 
that Chaucer, Spenser, and even Shakespeare must 
need find some powerful patron to whom they could 
dedicate their writings and under whom they found 
protection and fortune. Princes were found among 
these patrons. 

8. As a result of this system of vassalage and 
patronage, bold and ambitious men were often led 
to seek aid or employment at foreign courts. Sol- 
diers sold their services and adventurers divided the 
fruits of their labors. So it was that the Cabots, 
Italian subjects, sailed under the British flag; Veraz- 
zani, a Florentine, under the French; Magellan, a 
Portuguese, under the Spanish; the English Hud- 
son, under the Dutch, and, last and greatest, the 
Italian Columbus, under the Spanish. 

To initiate any great undertaking required some 
such poAverful or royal influence. As a return for 
this protection, patrons did not scruple to share the 
rewards of their labors, commercial or otherwise. 

To understand all these influences, one should 
acquaint himself with at least a slight knowledge of 
the difl'erent governments as they then existed in 
Europe. The European rulers were: England, 
Henry VII.; Spain, Ferdinand, and his queen, Isa- 
bella; Portugal, King John; France, Francis I. And 



20 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

it must not be forgotten that great changes take 
place with nations as with individuals. At the time 
of which we are speaking, The Netherlands and Por- 
tugal were powerful maritime people. Their ships 
visited all the sea ports of the world, to buy and 
to sell. 

For two centuries trade between the cities of 
Venice and Genoa and the East, Alexandria, Con- 
stantinople and other cities, had been flourishing, but 
it was now doomed to destruction. The Turks were 
cutting off the caravan routes, and the fall of Con- 
stantinople in 1453 showed the peoples of Western 
Europe that unless a new route could be found all 
trade with the Orient must cease. At this time men 
began to search for a new route. The Portuguese 
were pushing their way down the west coast of 
Africa, but they thought that this distance was too 
great. The shorter way, as they thought, was left 
for Columbus to search for, and this route, in his 
mind, led directly across the Atlantic, and for this 
voyage he prepared. 



COLUMBUS. 

9. Columbus was a native of Genoa, in Italy. 
He began a seafaring life at fourteen, and in 1470 
went to Portugal, which was then the center of nau- 
tical enterprise. While studying maps and charts 
obtained from his father-in-law, a Portuguese navi- 
gator, he conceived the idea of going westward to 
seek the Indies. After long effort he finally sue- 



Columhus. 21 



ceeded in obtaining vessels through the help of the 
king and queen of Spain. 

It would be difficult to present a better estimate 
of the man than the following by an American au- 
thor: 

Vyashington Irving, a native of New York, was born 
in 1783, and died in 1859. He began his career as a writer 
with a series of essays for his brother's Morning Chronicle 
in 1802. His health being poor, he spent tvv'O years in 
Europe, and on his return in 1806, he was admitted to the 
bar, but he never gave his profession much attention. 
Among his best works are his History of New York, by 
Diedrich Knickerbocker, The Sketch Book, The Life of 
Columbus, and The Life of Washington. His style as a 
writer is marked by grace and refinement. From 1842 to 
184G, Mr. Irving held the office of United States minister 
to Spain. 

Columbus was a man of great inventive genius. 
The operations of his mind were energetic, but irreg- 
ular; bursting forth, at times, with that irresistible 
force which characterizes intellect of such an order. 
His ambition was lofty and noble, inspiring him 
with high thoughts and an anxiety to distinguish 
himself by great achievements. He aimed at dignity 
and wealth in the same elevated spirit with v/hich 
he sought renown; they were to rise from the terri- 
tories he should discover, and be commensurate in 
importance. 

His conduct was characterized by the grandeur 
of his views and the magnanimity of his spirit. In- 
stead of ravaging the newly-found countries, like 
many of his cotemporary discoverers, who were in- 
tent only on immediate gain, he regarded them with 
the eyes of a legislator; he sought to colonize and 



22 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

cultivate tliem, to civilize the natives, to build cities, 
introduce the useful arts, subject every thing to the 
control of law, order, and religion, and thus to found 
regular and prosperous empires. That he failed in 
this w^as the fault of the dissolute rabble vi^hich it 
was his misfortune to command, with whom all law 
was tyranny and all order oppression. 

He was naturally irascible and impetuous, and 
keenly sensible to injury and injustice; yet the quick- 
ness of his temper Vv'as counteracted by the generos- 
ity and benevolence of his heart. The magnanimity 
of his nature shone forth through all the troubles of 
his stormy career. Though continually outraged in 
his dignity, braved in his authority, foiled in his 
plans, and endangered in his person by the seditions 
of turbulent and worthless men, and that, too, at 
tiuies when suffering under anguish of body and 
anxiety of mind enough to exasperate the most pa- 
tient, yet he restrained his valiant and indignant 
spirit, and brought himself to forbear, and reason, 
and even to supplicate. Nor can the reader of the 
story of his eventful life fail to notice how free he 
was from all feeling of revenge, how ready to for- 
give and forget on the least sign of repentance and 
atonement. He has been exalted for his skill in 
controlling others, but far greater praise is due to 
him for the firmness he displayed in governing him- 
self. 

His piety was genuine and fervent. Religion 
mingled with the whole course of his thoughts and 
actions, and shone forth in his most private and un- 



Columbus. 23 



studied writings. Whenever be made any great dis- 
covery lie devoutly returned thanks to God. The 
voice of prayer and the melody of praise rose from 
his ships on discovering the New World, and his first 
action on landing v/as to prostrate himself upon the 
earth and offer up thanksgiving. All his great en- 
terprises were undertaken in the name of the Holy 
Trinity, and he partook of the holy sacrament pre- 
vious to embarkation. He observed the festivals of 
the church in the wildest situations. The Sabbath 
was to him a day of sacred rest, on which he would 
never sail from a port unless in case of extreme ne- 
cessity. The religion thus deeply seated in his soul 
diffused a sober dignity and a benign composure 
over his whole deportment; his very language was 
pure and guarded, and free from all gross or irrev- 
erent expressions. 

A peculiar trait in his rich and varied character 
remains to be noticed; namely, that ardent and en- 
tlmsiastic imagination which threw a magnificence 
over his whole course of thought. A poetical tem- 
perament is discernible throughout all his writings 
and in all his actions. We see it in all his descrip- 
tions of the beauties of the wild land he was dis- 
covering, in the enthusiasm with which he extolled 
the blandness of the temperature, the purity of the 
atmosphere, the fragrance of the air, "full of dew 
and sweetness," the verdure of the forests, the gran- 
deur of the mountains, and the crystal purity of the 
running streams. It spread a glorious and golden 



24 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

world around him, and tinged every thing with its 
own gorgeous colors. 

With all the visionary fervor of his imagination, 
its fondest dreams fell short of the reality. He died 
in ignorance of the real grandeur of his discovery. 
Until his last breath, he entertained the idea that he 
had merely opened a new way to the old resorts of 
opulent commerce, and had discovered some of the 
wild regioiis of the East. What visions of glory 
would have broken upon his mind could he have 
known that he had indeed discovered a new con- 
tinent equal to the Old World in magnitude, and sep- 
arated by two vast oceans from all the earth hith- 
erto known by civilized man! How would his mag- 
nanimous spirit have been consoled amid the afflic- 
tions of age and the cares of penury, the neglect of a 
fickle public and the injustice of an ungrateful king, 
could he have anticipated the splendid empires 
which would arise in the beautiful world he had dis- 
covered, and the nations, and tongues, and languages 
which were to fill its land with his renown, and to 
revere and bless his name to the latest posterity! 



COLUMBUS' VOYAGES. 

10. At length, after what was for that day vast 
preparation and a pompous leave-taking, Colum- 
bus set sail on August 8, 1492, from the town of 
Palos, situated on the southwestern coast of Spain. 
But he took his course in a southwesterly direction 



Coluvibus' Voyages. 25 

to the Canary islands, -wlieie over a full month was 
consumed in taking on a fresh water supply and re- 
fitting. However, on the Gth of September the sec- 
ond and real start was made. For a time all went 
well, then a new and strange behavior of the com- 
pass was observed. It no longer pointed toward 
the North Star, but varied more and more to the 
west of north as they proceeded. It had probably 
been noticed before this voyage that the magnetic 
needle varied to the northeast. Now it was found 
that this variation varied, and that instead of point- 
ing toward the northeast, the needle had swung 
round to the northwest. Hence the fear engen- 
dered by this new and startling feature of the 
needle's behavior. Columbus was himself aston- 
ished, while the seamen became greatly alarmed. 
All began to think that they had entered a region 
where the ordinary laws of nature were suspended, 
and to continue their voyage meant their certain 
destruction. Columbus concealed his own astonish- 
ment in order to pacify their fears as best he could. 
To their entreaties to turn back he gave a deaf ear, 
though he afterward promised to do so if they 
should not see land in a few days. 

Up to this time his course had been due 
west, except when near mid-ocean the variations 
of the needle caused the vessels to describe three 
sides of a square. After this he had resumed his 
westerly course, when, on the 7th of October, an 
event occurred which led the admiral to change his 
direction to the southwest. This decision was 



26 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

brought about on observing a number of land-birds 
flying in that direction. Turning the prow of his 
ship in the direction of his winged guides, land 
was sighted on the fifth day thereafter, or at 2 
o'clock on the morning of October 12, 1492. 

This land proved to be a small island in the 
Bahama group, called by the natives Guanahani, 
but named by Columbus San Salvador, in gratitude 
for his deliverance and success. Although Colum- 
bus had discovered only a small island and was 
never permitted to see the mainland, yet he had 
made possible the certain discovery of North Amer- 
ica. In keeping with the character of weak natures, 
the companions of Columbus now prostrated them- 
selves about his feet, admitted their ill-judgment, 
and implored the forgiveness which he readily and 
generously granted. 

On his first voyage, Columbus discovered the 
Bahamas and the West India islands, including 
Cuba and San Domingo. Having lost his own ves- 
sel, which was the best of the fleet of three, by ship- 
wreck on the coast of Hispaniola, a fort was built 
with her timbers on that island. Leaving a small 
colony in the fort and sailing for Spain, he reached 
that country early in the spring of liOS, after an 
absence of seven months. 

His reception was made royal by his king and 
queen. Those who only a year before had laughed 
at him as crazy, now bowed lowest, cap in hand, in 
doing him honor. 



Columbus' Voyages. 27 



Reception of Columbus. 

11. W. H. Prescott (William Hickling), an American 
v/riter of history and biography, was born in Salem, Mass., 
in 179S, and died in 1859. He was a graduate of Harvard 
university, class of 1814. After graduating, he spent two 
years in Europe. His first work published was Ferdinand 
and Isabella, in 1837, which was so vrell received that the 
author at once rose to distinction. His first work was im- 
mediately reprinted in France, Germany, and Spain. 
Among his best works is the History of Philip the Second. 
Mr. Prescotfs style is a model, and admirably adapted to 
historical composition. 

In the spring of 1493, while the court was still 
at Barcelona, letters were received from Christopher 
Columbus, announcing his return to Spain, and the 
successful achievement of his great enterprise, by 
the discovery of land beyond the western ocean. 
The delight and astonishment raised by this intelli- 
gence were proportioned to the skepticism with 
which his project had originally been viewed. The 
sovereigns were now filled with a natural impatience 
to ascertain the extent and other particulars of the 
imjiortant discovery; and they transmitted instant 
instructions to the admiral to repair to Barcelona, 
as soon as he should have made the preliminary ar- 
rangements for the further prosecution of his enter- 
prise. 

The great navigator had succeeded, as is well 
known, after a voyage of natural difficulties, but 
which difficulties had been much augmented by the 
distrust and mutinous spirit of his followers, in de- 
scrying land on the 12th of October, 1492. After 
some months spent in exploring the delightful re- 
gions, now for the first time thrown open to the 



28 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

eyes of a European, he embarked in the year 1493 
for Spain. One of his vessels had been previously 
foundered, and another had deserted him; so that he 
was left alone to retrace his course across the At- 
lantic. 

After a most temi)estuous voyage he was com- 
pelled to take shelter in the Tagus, sorely against 
his inclination. He experienced, however, a most 
honorable reception from the Portuguese monarch, 
John II., who did ample justice to the great quali- 
ties of Columbus, although he had failed to profit 
by them. After a brief delay, the admiral resumed 
his voyage, and, crossing the bar of Saltes, entered 
the harbor of Palos about noon, on the 15th of 
March, 1493, being exactly seven months and eleven 
days since his departure from that port. 

Great was the commotion in the little commun- 
ity of Pajos, as they beheld the well known vessel 
of the admiral re-entering their harbor. Their de- 
sponding imaginations had long since consigned him 
to a watery grave; for, in addition to the preternat- 
ural horrors which hung over the voyage, they had 
experienced the most stormy and disastrous winter 
within the recollection of the oldest mariners. Most 
of them had relatives or friends on board. They 
thronged immediately to the shore, to assure them- 
selves, with their own eyes, of the truth of their re- 
turn. 

When they beheld their faces once more, and 
saw them accompanied by the numerous evidences 
which they brought back of the success of the ex- 



Columbus' Voyages. 



pedition, they burst forth in acclamations of joy and 
gratulation. They awaited the landing of Colum- 
bus, when the whole population of the place accom- 
panied him and his crew to the principal church, 
where solemn thanksgivings w^ere offered up for 
their return; while every bell in the village sent 
forth a joyous peal in honor of the happy event. 

The admiral was too desirous of presenting him- 
self before the sovereigns to protract his stay long 
at Palos. He took with him on his journey speci- 
mens of the multifarious products of the newly- 
discovered regions. He was accompanied by sev- 
eral of the native islanders, arrayed in their simple 
barbaric costume, and decorated, as he passed 
through the principal cities, with collars, bracelets, 
and other ornaments of gold, rudely fashioned; he 
exhibited also considerable quantities of the same 
metal in dust or in crude masses, numerous vegeta- 
ble exotics possessed of aromatic or medicinal vir- 
tue, and several kinds of quadrupeds unknown in 
Europe, and birds, whose variety of gaudy plumage 
gave a brilliant effect to the pageant. 

The admiral's progress through the country was 
everywhere impeded by the multitudes thronging 
forth to gaze at the extraordinary spectacle, and the 
more extraordinary man, who, in the emphatic lan- 
guage of that time, which has now lost its force from 
familiarity, first revealed the existence of a ''New 
World." As he passed through the busy, populous 
city of Seville, every window, balcony, and housetop 



30 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

which could afford a glimi)se of him is described to 
have been crowded with spectators. 

It was the middle of April before Columbus 
reached Barcelona. The nobility and cavaliers in 
attendance on the court, together with the authori- 
ties of the city, came to the gates to receive him, 
and escorted him to the royal presence. Ferdinand 
and Isabella were seated, with their son. Prince 
John, under a superb canopy of state, awaiting his 
arrival. On his approach they rose from their seats, 
and, extending their hands to him to salute, caused 
him to be seated before them. These were unprece- 
dented marks of condescension, to a person of Co- 
lumbus' rank, in the haughty and ceremonious court 
of Castile. 

It was, indeed, the proudest moment in the life 
of Columbus. He had fully established the truth of 
his long-contested theory, in the face of argument, 
sophistry, sneer, skepticism, and contempt. He had 
achieved this not by chance, but by calculation, sup- 
ported through the most adverse circumstances by 
consummate conduct. The honors paid him, which 
had hitherto been reserved only for rank, or fortune, 
or military success, purchased by the blood and 
tears of thousands, were, in his case, a homage to 
intellectual power successfully exerted in behalf of 
the noblest interests of humanity. 

After a brief interval, the sovereigns requested 
of Columbus a recital of his adventures. His man- 
ner was sedate and dignified, but warmed by the 
glow of natural enthusiasm. He enumerated the 



Columbus' Voyages. 31 

several islands he had visited, expatiated on the tem- 
perate character of the climate, and the capacity 
of the soil for every variety of production, appealing 
to the samples imported by him as evidence of their 
natural productiveness. He dwelt more at large on 
the precious metals to be found in these islands, 
which he inferred less from the specimens actually 
obtained than from the uniform testimony of the 
natives to their abundance in the unexplored regions 
of the interior. 

Lastly, he pointed out the wide scope afforded to 
Christian zeal in the illumination of a race of men 
whose minds, far from being wedded to any system 
of idolatry, were prepared, by their extreme sim- 
plicity, for the reception of pure and uncorrupted 
doctrine. The last consideration touched Isabella's 
heart most sensibly; and the whole audience, 
kindled with various emotions by the speaker's elo- 
quence, filled up the perspective with the gorgeous 
coloring of their own fancies, as ambition, or avar- 
ice, or devotional feeling predominated in their 
bosoms. When Columbus ceased, the king and 
queen, together with all present, prostrated them- 
selves on their knees in grateful thanksgivings, 
while the solemn strains of the Te Deum were 
poured forth by the choir of the royal chapel, as in 
commemoration of some glorious victory. 

Columbus made three more voyages to the 
New World. In the autumn of 1493 he set out on 
the second, discovering the islands of the Carib- 
bean Sea, besides Jamaica and Porto Rico. From 



32 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

the Canary island his course was a little south of 
west to Hispaniola. On the third, in the spring of 
1498, he sailed from the Canaries along the coast 
of Africa as far as the Cape Verde islands, and 
thence in a westerly direction to the coast of South 
America, near the mouth of the Orinoco river, dis- 
covering the island of Trinidad as well as the main- 
land. On the fourth and final voyage, in the spring 
of 1502, his route lay direct from the Canaries to 
Porto Rico and thence to the coast of Central Amer- 
ica and the Isthmus of Panama. After an absence 
of tw^o years, he returned in 1504 to Spain, where 
he died two years later. 

In 1500 a Portuguese fleet of thirteen vessels, 
commanded by Cabral, started from Portugal to 
the East. Cabral went so far westward as to touch 
Brazil. Six years before Spain and Portugal had 
made a treaty that all lands to the west of a line 
370 leagues west of Cape Verde islands should be- 
long to Spain, all east to Portugal. The king of 
Portugal sent Americus Vespucius to explore this 
new land. He explored what is now Brazil and 
secured it for Portugal. A short time afterward a 
German professor published a book calling Brazil 
America, and later the name was applied to both 
continents. 



THE CABOTS. 

12. As Columbus, an Italian, gave the New 
World to Spain, so the Cabots, also Italians, came 
forward, and by their discoveries gave England 



The Cabots. 33 



claim to North America. While Columbus was 
voyaging under the Spanish flag, his fellow coun- 
tryman, John Cabot, was sailing under that of Eng- 
land. Influenced by the achievements of Columbus, 
and encouraged by Henry VII., the English king, 
Cabot sailed westward in the spring of 1497, hoping 
to find a northern passage to China and the Indies. 
Thus his object was the same as that of Columbus. 
The patrons of both the discoverers desired the gain 
of the East India spice trade. All the maritime 
nations were vying with each other in commercial 
enterprises. If a waterway could be discovered, by 
sailing directly west to the Indies, the country mak- 
ing the discovery would have made a long stride 
toward monopolizing the carrying trade between 
Europe and the Orient. 

Though Cabot failed to find what he sought, he 
did better, for he was the first civilized man to 
behold the New Continent. And upon this dis- 
covery England based her claim to the mainland 
of North America. 

John Cabot probably made this discovery near 
Cape Breton island, at the entrance to the Gulf of 
the St. Lawrence. So uncertain is the exact place 
that authorities differ among themselves, some fa- 
voring Labrador, some Newfoundland, and still 
others the island given. But the following year, 
1498, his son, Sebastian Cabot, confirmed the dis- 
covery of his father by exploring the coast from 
Nova Scotia as far south as Cape Hatteras. The 
voyages of the Cabots were not followed up in the 



34 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

same way that Spain followed up the voyages of 
Columbus, and for nearly eighty years the British 
flag was not seen in American waters. 



LOCATION OF INDIAN TRIBES— 1492. 

13. Of all things, the strange inhabitants of 
this new country must have possessed the keenest 
interest for the discoverers and explorers. How 
they lived, whence they came, their habits, dress, 
food, sports, and general characteristics must have 
been an exciting study then, as it has been ever 
since. It was quite evident to the most casual ob- 
server that these inhabitants, called aborigines, 
were different from all other known people and 
were composed of many tribes, which differed very 
widely among themselves. 

By referring to the proper illustration and there 
observing their different locations, as indicated, you 
will notice that the dotted line, representing the 
southern boundary of the Eskimo country, does not 
run due east and west, but inclines abruptly south 
on the eastern coast, and on the Pacific ocean 
northwest and then southwest. By reference to 
your knowledge of physical geography, it will be 
shown that the line indicating the southern limit of 
their territory bends toward the north near Alaska, 
because the warm Japanese current tempers the 
climate; and its dropping toward the south in Lab- 
rador is due to the cold Arctic current flowing in 
that direction along the Atlantic coast. 



Location of Indian Tribes — ;//.92. 35 

The Indians found in the territory now era- 
braced in the United States were a jjeople of a 
roving, restless disposition, following the vast herds 
of deer, elk, antelope, bison, and other game which 
constituted their chief food and supplied them with 
material for clothing, northv*'ard in the spring and 
southward in the fall. 

If 30U will seek out on your maps the 
locations of the Indians now living, and compare 
their old homes with their new, you will find them 
very distinct in most instances. Originally the red- 
man wandered at his own free will or within ill-de- 
fined and vast boundaries; now he is kept within 
prescribed and narrow limits. This change was 
wrought by the central government about the mid- 
dle of the last century, when the Indian was placed 
in reservations set apart for him. 

It must not be supposed, however, that the 
Indians were the first inhabitants of North America. 
In many parts of the Mississippi valley, especially 
in Ohio, are to be found vast earth-works in the 
form of mounds and peculiar structures resembling 
animals. The creators of these are called the Mound 
Builders. Whence they came and whither they 
have gone are mere matters of conjecture. Biblical 
students have been pleased to consider them the 
wandering tribes of Israel or the descendants of the 
builders of the Tower of Babel after the confusion of 
tongues. But as their history was not written and 
was left only in the indefinite form of these monu- 
ments, nothing certain can be known of them. 



36 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

So unequal has been the contest between the 
native's naked helplessness and the thoroughly 
drilled European trespasser, that little account need 
be given of him, in estimating the influences that 
converted a wilderness into flourishing common- 
wealths, beyond making passing allusions to his 
inefi'ectual struggles. With rare exceptions, the 
once proud possessor of these vast domains has 
become a begging pensioner on the bounty of his 
conqueror. 

14. Speaking of the savages of North America, 

Dr. Franklin has the following to say: 

Benjamin Franklin was born in Boston, Mass., Janu- 
ary 17, 1706. He was apprenticed to his brother, a printer 
in that city, but at the age of seventeen he left Boston and 
settled in Philadelphia, where he published the Pennsyl- 
vania Gazette, and became writer, statesman, and philos- 
opher. During Franklin's life, few enterprises of great 
merit in either his adopted city or state were undertaken 
without his influence and aid. He was a prominent signer 
of the Declaration of Independence, and was sent on mis- 
sions in behalf of the government to both England and 
France. He died April 17, 1790. 

Savages we call them, because their manners 
differ from ours, which we think the perfection of 
civility. They think the same of theirs. Perhaps, 
if we could examine the manners of different na- 
tions, we should find no people so rude as to be with- 
out rules of politeness, nor any so polite as not to 
have some remains of rudeness. 

The Indian men, when young, are hunters and 
warriors; when old, counselors; for all their gov- 
ernment is by counsel of the sages; there is no 
force to compel obedience or to inflict punishment. 



Character of the Indian. 37 

Hence, they generally study oratory, the best speaker 
having the most influence. 

The Indian v*'omen till the ground, dress the 
food, bring up the children, and preserve and hand 
down to posterity the memory of public transactions. 
These employments of men and women are accounted 
natural and honorable; having few artificial wants, 
they have abundance of leisure for improvement in 
conversation. 

Our laborious manner of life, compared with 
theirs, they esteem slavish and base; and the learn- 
ing for which we value ourselves, they regard as 
frivolous and useless. An instance of this occurred 
at the treaty of Lancaster, in Pennsylvania, A. D. 
1744, between the government of Virginia and the 
Six Nations. 

After the principal business was settled, the 
commissioners from Virginia acquainted the In- 
dians, by a speech, that there was at Williamstown 
a college, with a fund for educating youth; and that, 
if the Six Nations would send half a dozen of their 
young lads to that college, the government would 
take care that they should be well provided for, and 
instructed in all the learning of the white people. 

It is one of the Indian rules of politeness 
not to answer a public proposition on the same day 
that it is made; they think it would be treating it as 
a light matter, and that they show it respect by tak- 
ing time to consider it as of a matter important. 

They therefore deferred their answer until the 
day following; when their speaker began by express- 



88 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

ing their deep sense of the kindness of the Virginian 
government in making them that offer. 

*'For we know," says he, "that you highly 
esteem the kind of learning taught in those colleges, 
and that the maintenance of our young men would 
be very expensive to you. We are convinced, there- 
fore, that you mean to do us good by your proposal, 
and we thank you heartily. 

*'But you, who are wise, must know, that differ- 
ent nations have different conceptions of things; and 
you will therefore not take it amiss if our ideas of 
this kind of education happen not to be the same as 
yours. 

"We have had some experience of it: several 
of our young people were formerly brought up at 
the colleges of the northern provinces; they were 
instructed in all your sciences; but when they came 
back to us they were bad runners, ignorant of every 
means of living in the woods, unable to bear either 
cold or hunger, knew neither how to build a cabin, 
take a deer, nor kill an enemy; spoke our language 
imperfectly; were therefore neither fit for hunters, 
warriors, nor counselors; they were good for noth- 
ing. 

"We are, however, obliged by your kind offer, 
though, as our ideas differ from yours, we de- 
cline accepting it; and to show our grateful sense 
of it, if the gentlemen of Virginia will send us a 
dozen of their sons, we will take great care of their 
education, instruct them in all we know, and make 
men of them." 



Character of the Indian. 39 



Having frequent occasion to hold public coun- 
sels, they have acquired great order in conduct- 
ing them. The old men sit in the foremost ranks, 
the warriors in the next, and the women and the 
children in the hindermost. 

The business of the women is to notice what 
passes, imprint it in their memories (for they have 
no writing), and communicate it to their children. 
They are the records of the council; and they pre- 
serve traditions of the stipulations in treaties one 
hundred years back, which, when we compare with 
our writings, we always find exact. 

He that would speak, rises; the rest ob- 
serve a profound silence. When he has finished, 
and has taken his seat again, they allow him five or 
six minutes to recollect, so that if he has omitted 
anything he intended to say, or has anything to add, 
he may rise again and deliver it. To interrupt an- 
other, even in common conversation, is reckoned 
highly indecent. 

How different this is from the conduct of 
a British House of Commons, where scare a day 
passes without some confusion that makes the 
Speaker hoarse in calling to order; and how differ- 
ent from the mode of conversation in the polite com- 
panies of Europe, where, if you do not deliver your 
sentence with rapidity, you are cut off in the middle 
of it by the impatience of those with whom you con- 
verse, and never suffered to finish it! 

The politeness of these savages in conver- 
sation is, indeed, carried to excess, since it does not 



40 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

permit them to contradict or deny the truth of what 
is asserted in their presence. By this means they 
avoid disputes, it is true; but then it becomes diffi- 
cult to know their minds, or what impression you 
make upon them. 

The missionaries who have attempted to con- 
vert them to Christianity all complain of this as 
one of the greatest difficulties of their mission. The 
Indians hear with patience the truths of the Gospel 
explained to them, and give their usual tokens of 
assent or approbation; you would think they were 
convinced. No such matter — it is mere civility. 

When any of them come into our towns, our 
people are apt to crowd round them, gaze upon 
them, and incommode them when they desire to be 
private; this they esteem great rudeness, and the 
effect of the want of instruction in the rules of civil- 
ity and good manners. Taciturn as they naturally 
are, this conduct provokes some comment upon their 
part. 

"We have," say they, "as much curiosity as 
you; and when you come into our towns, we wish for 
opportunities of looking at you; but for this purpose 
we hide ourselves behind bushes where you are to 
pass, and never intrude ourselves into your com- 
pany. 

"If a white man, in traveling through our 
country, enters one of our cabins, we all treat him 
kindly: we dry him if he is wet, we warm him if he 
is cold, we give him meat and drink that he may 
allay his thirst and hunger, and spread soft furs for 



The Song of Hiawatha. 41 



him to rest and sleep on. We demand nothing in re- 
turn. But if one of us goes into a white man's 
house, and asks for victuals and drink, he says, 
'Where is your money?' and, if I have none, he says, 
'Get out, you Indian dog!' 

"You see the white men have not yet learned 
those good little things that we need no meet- 
ings to be instructed in, because our mothers 
taught them to us when we were children; and, 
therefore, it is impossible their meetings should be, 
as they say, for any such purpose, or have any such 
effect; they are only to contrive the cheating of In- 
dians in the price of beaver." 

THE SONG OF HIAWATHA. 

15_ Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the most eminent 
of American poets, was born in Portland, Maine, in 1807. 
He graduated at Bowdoin college, with Franklin Pierce and 
Nathaniel Hawthorne as classmates, in 1825. In 1826 he 
was appointed professor of Modern Languages in this insti- 
tution, and was elected professor of Belles-Lettres in Har- 
vard university in 1835. Among his best poems is Evange- 
line. Mr. Longfellow died in 1882. As a writer, he was the 
representative of a school of which he was the founder. 
His writings are mainly poetical, and are distinguished 
for their simplicity, grace and refinement. 



INTRODUCTION. 

Should you ask me, whence these stories? 
Whence these legends and traditions. 
With the odors of the forest, 
With the dew and damp of meadows. 
With the curling smoke of wigwams, 
With the rushing of great rivers, 



42 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

With their frequent repetitions, 
And their wild reverberations, 
As of thunder in the mountains? 

I should answer, I should tell you, 
"From the forests and the prairies, 
From the great lakes of the Northland, 
From the land of the Ojibways, 
From the land of the Dacotahs, 
From the mountains, moors, and fen-lands. 
Where the heron, the Shuli-shuh-gah, 
Feeds among the reeds and rushes. 
I repeat them as I heard them 
From the lips of Nawadaha, 
The musician, the sweet singer." 

Should you ask where Nawadaha 
Found these songs, so wild and wayward. 
Found these legends and traditions, 
I should answer, I should tell you: — 
"In the bird's-nests of the forest, 
In the lodges of the beaver, 
In the hoof-prints of the bison. 
In the eyry of the eagle! 

All the wild-fowl sang them to him, 
In the moorlands and the fen-lands, 
In the melancholy marches; 
Chetow^aik, the plover, sang them, 
Mahng, the loon, the wild goose, Wawa, 
The blue heron, the Shuh-shuh-gah, 
And the grouse, the Mushkodasa!" 

If still further you should ask me, 
Saying, "Who was Nawadaha? 



The Song of Hiawatha. 



Tell us of this Nawadaha," 
I should answer your inquiries 
Straightway in such words as follow: 

''In the Vale of Tawasentha, 
In the green and silent valley, 
By the pleasant water-courses, 
Dwelt the singer Nawadaha. 
Round about the Indian village 
Spread the meadows and the corn-fields. 
And beyond them stood the forest, 
Stood the groves of singing pine-trees, 
Green in Summer, white in Winter, 
Ever sighing, ever singing. 

"And the pleasant water-courses, 
You could trace them through the valley 
By the rushing in the Spring-time, 
By the alders in the Summer, 
By the white fog in the Autumn, 
By the black line in the Winter; 
And beside them dwelt the singer. 
In the Vale of Tawasentha, 
In the green and silent valley. 

"There he sang of Hiawatha, 
Sang the Song of Hiawatha, 
Sang his wondrous birth and being. 
How he prayed and how he fasted. 
How he lived, and toiled, and suffered, 
That the tribes of men might prosper. 
That he might advance his people!" 

Ye who love the haunts of Nature, 
Love the sunshine of the meadow. 



44 Correlation of History, GeograpJiy and Literature. 

Love the shadow of the forest, 
Love the wind among the branches, 
And the rain-shower and the snow-storm, 
And the rushing of great rivers 
Through their palisades of pine-trees, 
And the thunder in the mountains, 
Whose innumerable echoes 
Flap like eagles in their eyries; — 
Listen to these wild traditions, 
To this Song of Hiawatha! 

Ye who love a nation's legends, 
Love the ballads of a people. 
That like voices from afar off 
Call to us to pause and listen, 
Speak in tones so plain and childlike. 
Scarcely can the ear distinguish 
Whether they are sung or spoken ; — 
Listen to this Indian Legend, 
To this Song of Hiawatha! 

Ye whose hearts are fresh and simple, 
Who have faith in God and Nature, 
Who believe, that in all ages 
Every human heart is human, 
That in even savage bosoms 
There are longings, yearnings, strivings 
For the good they comprehend not. 
That the feeble hands and helpless. 
Groping blindly in the darkness. 
Touch God's right hand in that darkness 
And are lifted up and strengthened ; — 



The Song of Hiawatha. 45 

Listen to this simple story, 
To this Song of Hiawatha! 

Ye, who sometimes, in your rambles 
Through the green lanes of the country 
Where the tangled barberry-bushes 
Hang their tufts of crimson berries 
Over stone walls gray with mosses, 
Pause by some neglected graveyard, 
For a while to muse, and ponder 
On a half-effaced inscription. 
Written with little skill of song-craft, 
Homely phrases, but each letter 
Full of hope and yet of heart-break. 
Full of all the tender pathos 
Of the Here and the Hereafter; — 
Stay and read this rude inscription, 
Read this Song of Hiawatha! 



The Peace-Pipe. 
16. On the Mountains of the Prairie, 
On the great Red Pipe-stone Quarry, 
Gitche Manito, the mighty, 
He the Master of Life, descending. 
On the red crags of the quarry 
Stood erect, and called the nations, 
Called the tribes of men together. 

From his footprints flowed a river, 
Leaped into the light of morning. 
O'er the precipice plunging downward 
Gleamed like Ishkoodah, the comet. 



46 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

And the Spirit, stooping earthward, 
With his finger on the meadow 
Traced a winding pathway for it, 
Saying to it, "Run in this way!" 

From the red stone of the quarry 
With his hand he brolce a fragment, 
Moulded it into a pipe-head. 
Shaped and fashioned it with figures; 
From the margin of the river 
Took a long reed for a pipe stem, 
With its dark green leaves upon it; 
Filled the pipe with bark of willow, 
With the bark of the red willow; 
Breathed upon the neighboring forest. 
Made its great boughs chafe together. 
Till in flame they burst and kindled; 
And erect upon the mountains, 
Gitche Manito, the mighty. 
Smoked the calumet, the Peace-Pipe, 
As a signal to the nations. 

And the smoke rose slowly, slowly, 
Through the tranquil air of morning, 
First a single line of darkness, 
Then a denser, bluer vapor. 
Then a snovz-white cloud unfolding, 
Like the tree-tops of the forest, 
Ever rising, rising, rising, 
Till it touched the top of heaven, 
Till it broke against the heaven. 
And rolled outward all around it. 



The Song of Hiairatha. 



From the Vale of Tawasentha, 
From the Valley of Wyoming, 
From the groves of Tuscaloosa, 
From the far-off Rocky Mountains, 
From the Northern lakes and rivers 
All the tribes beheld the signal, 
Saw the distant smoke ascending, 
The Pukwana of the Peace-Pipe. 

And the Prophets of the nations 
Said: ''Behold it, the Pukwana! 
By this signal from afar off, 
Bending like a wand of willow, 
Waving like a hand that beckons, 
Gitche Manito, the mighty. 
Calls the tribes of men together. 
Calls the warriors to his council I" 

Down the rivers, o'er the prairies, 
Came the warriors of the nations. 
Came the Delawares and Mohawks, 
Came the Choctaws and Camanches, 
Came the Shoshonies and Blackfeet, 
Came the Pawnees and Omawhaws, 
Came the Mandans and Dacotahs, 
Came the Hurons and Ojibways, 
All the warriors drawn together 
By the signal of the Peace-Pipe, 
To the Mountains of the Prairie, 
To the great Red Pipe-stone Quarry. 

And they stood there on the meadow. 
With their weapons and their war gear. 
Painted like the leaves of Autumn, 



48 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Painted like the sky of morning, 
Wildly glaring at each other; 
In their faces stern defiance, 
In their hearts the fends of ages, 
The hereditary hatred, 
The ancestral thirst of vengeance. 

Gitche Manito, the mighty, 
The creator of the nations. 
Looked upon them with compassion, 
With paternal love and pity; 
Looked upon their wrath and wrangling 
But as quarrels among children. 
But as feuds and fights of children! 

Over them he stretched his right hand. 
To subdue their stubborn natures, 
To allay their thirst and fever, 
By the shadow of his right hand; 
Spake to them with voice majestic 
As the sound of far-off waters. 
Falling into deep abysses, 
Yv^arning, chiding, spake in this wise: — 

"O my children ! my poor children ! 
Listen to the words of wisdom, 
Listen to the words of warning, 
From the lips of the Great Spirit, 
From the Master of Life, who made you! 

"I have given you lands to hunt in, 
I have given you streams to fish in, 
I have given you bear and bison, 
I have given you roe and reindeer, 
I have given you brant and beaver. 



The Song of Hiawatha. 



Filled the marshes full of wild-fowl, 
Filled the rivers full of fishes; 
Why then are you not contented? 
Why then will you hunt each other? 

"I am weary of your quarrels, 
Weary of your wars and bloodshed, 
Weary of your prayers for Tengeance, 
Of your wranglings and dissensions; 
All your strength is in your union, 
All your danger is in discord; 
Therefore be at peace henceforward. 
And as brothers live together, 

*'I will send a Prophet to you, 
A Deliverer of the nations, 
Who shall guide you and shall teach you, 
Who shall toil and suffer with you. 
If you listen to his counsels, 
You will multiply and prosper; 
If his warnings pass unheeded. 
You will fade away and perish! 

"Bathe now in the stream before you. 
Wash the war-paint from your faces. 
Wash the blood-stains from your fingers, 
Bury 3'our war-clubs and your weapons, 
Break the red stone from this quarry, 
Mould and make it into Peace-Pipes, 
Take the reeds that grow beside you. 
Deck them with your brightest feathers, 
Smoke the calumet together, 
And as brothers live henceforward!" 



50 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 



Then upon the ground the warriors 
Threw their cloaks and shirts of deer-skin, 
Threw their weapons and their war-gear, 
Leaped into the rushing river, 
Washed the war-paint from their faces, 
Clear above them flowed the water, 
Clear and limpid from the footprints 
Of the Master of Life descending; 
Dark below them flowed the water, 
Soiled and stained with streaks of crimson. 
As if blood were mingled with it! 

From the river came the warriors, 
Clean and washed from all their war-paint; 
On the banks their clubs they buried, 
Buried all their warlike weapons. 
Gitche Manito, the mighty, 
The Great Spirit, the creator. 
Smiled upon his helpless children! 

And in silence all the warriors 
Broke the red stone of the quarry. 
Smoothed and formed it into Peace-Pipes, 
Broke the long reeds by the river, 
Decked them with their brightest feathers, 
And departed each one homeward, 
While the Master of Life, ascending, 
Through the opening of cloud-curtains. 
Through the doorways of the heaven. 
Vanished from before their faces. 
In the smoke that rolled around him. 
The Pukwana of the Peace-Pipe! 



The Song of Hiawatha. 51 

Hiawatha's Wooing. 
17. "As unto the bow the cord is, 
So unto the man is woman, 
Though she bends him, she obeys him, 
Though she draws him, yet she follows. 
Useless each without the other!" 

Thus the youthful Hiawatha 
Said within himself and pondered. 
Much perplexed by various feelings. 
Listless, longing, hoping, fearing, 
Dreaming still of Minnehaha, 
Of the lovely Laughing Water, 
In the land of the Dacotahs. 

"Wed a maiden of your people," 
Warning said the old Nokomis; 
"Go not eastward, go not westward. 
For a stranger, whom we know not! 
Like a fire upon the hearth-stone 
Is a neighbor's homely daughter. 
Like the starlight or the moonlight 
Is the handsomest of strangers!" 

Thus dissuading spake Nokomis, 
And my Hiawatha answered 
Only this: "Dear old Nokomis, 
Very pleasant is the firelight, 
But I like the starlight better. 
Better do I like the moonlight!" 

Gravely then said old Nokomis: 
"Bring not here an idle maiden. 
Bring not here a useless woman. 
Hands unskilful, feet unwilling; 



52 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Bring a wife with nimble fingers, 
Heart and hand that move together, 
Feet that run on willing errands!" 

Smiling answered Hiawatha: 
"In the land of the Dacotahs 
Lives the Arrow-maker's daughter, 
Minnehaha, Laughing Water, 
Handsomest of all the women. 
I will bring her to your wigwam. 
She shall run upon your errands. 
Be your starlight, moonlight, firelight. 
Be the sunlight of my people! 

Still dissuading said Nokomis: 
"Bring not to my lodge a stranger 
From the land of the Dacotahs! 
Very fierce are the Dacotahs, 
Often is there war between us. 
There are feuds yet unforgotten. 
Wounds that ache and still may open!" 

Laughing answered Hiawatha: 
"For that reason, if no other, 
Would I wed the fair Dacotah, 
That our tribes might be united, 
That old feuds might be forgotten, 
And old wounds be healed for ever!" 

Thus departed Hiawatha 
To the land of the Dacotahs, 
To the land of handsome women; 
Striding over moor and meadow. 
Through interminable forests, 
Through uninterrupted silence. 



The Song of Hiawatha. 53 



With bis moccasins of magic, 
At each stride a mile he measured; 
Yet the way seemed long before him, 
And his heart outrun his footsteps; 
And he journeyed without resting, 
Till he heard the cataract's laughter, 
Heard the Falls of Minnehaha 
Calling to him through the silence. 
"Pleasant is the sound!'' he murmured, 
"Pleasant is the voice that calls me!" 

On the outskirts of the forest, 
'Twixt the shadow and the sunshine, 
Herds of fallow deer were feeding. 
But they saw not Hiawatha; 
To his bow he whispered, "Fail not!" 
To his arrow whispered, "Swerve not!" 
Sent it singing on its errand. 
To the red heart of the roebuck; 
Threw the deer across his shoulder, 
And sped forward without pausing. 

At the doorway of his wigwam 
Sat the ancient Arrow-maker, 
In the land of the Dacotahs, 
Making arrow-heads of jasper. 
Arrow-heads of chalcedony. 
At his side, in all her beauty. 
Sat the lovely Minnehaha, 
Sat his daughter, Laughing Water, 
Plaiting mats of flags and rushes; 



54 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Of the past the old man's thoughts were, 
And the maiden's of the future. 

He was thinking, as he sat there. 
Of the days when with such arrows 
He had struck the deer and bison, 
On the Muskoday, the Meadow; 
Shot the wild goose, flying southward, 
On the wing, the clamorous Wawa; 
Thinking of the great war-parties. 
How they came to buy his arrows, 
Could not fight without his arrows. 
Ah, no more such noble warriors 
Could be found on earth as they were! 
Now the men were all like women. 
Only used their tongues for weapon! 

She was thinking of a hunter. 
From another tribe and country. 
Young and tall and very handsome. 
Who one morning, in the Spring-time, 
Came to buy her father's arrows, 
Sat and rested in the wigwam, 
Lingered long about the doorway. 
Looking back as he departed. 
She had heard her father praise him, 
Praise his courage and his wisdom; 
Would he come again for arrows 
To the Falls of Minnehaha? 
On the mat her hands lay idle. 
And her eyes were very dreamy. 

Through their thoughts they heard a footstep, 
Heard a rustling in the branches, 



The Song of Hiawatha. 55 

And with glowing cbeelc and forehead. 
With the deer upon his shoulders, 
Suddenly from out the woodlands 
Hiawatha stood before them. 

Straight the ancient Arrow-maker 
Looked up gravely from his labor, 
Laid aside the unfinished arrow, 
Bade him enter at the doorway, 
Saying, as he rose to meet him, 
"Hiawatha, you are welcome !'- 

At the feet of Laughing Water 
Hiawatha laid his burden. 
Threw the red deer from his shoulders; 
And the maiden looked up at him, 
Looked up from her mat of rushes, 
Said with gentle look and accent, 
''You are w^elcome, Hiawatha'.'' 

Very spacious was the wigwam. 
Made of deer-skin dressed and whitened. 
With the Gods of the Dacotahs 
Drawn and painted on its curtains, 
And so tall the doorway, hardly 
Hiawatha stooped to enter. 
Hardly touched his eagle-feathers 
As he entered at the doorway. 

Then uprose the Laughing Water, 
From the ground fair Minnehaha, 
Laid aside her mat unfinished. 
Brought forth food and set before them, 
Water brought them from the brooklet. 



56 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Gave them food in earthen vessels, 
Gave them drink in bowls of bass-wood, 
Listened while the guest was speaking, 
Listened while her father answered, 
But not once her lips she opened, 
Not a single word she uttered. 

Yes, as in a dream she listened 
To the words of Hiawatha, 
As he talked of old Nokomis, 
Who had nursed him in his childhood, 
As he told of his companions, 
Chibiabos, the musician. 
And the very strong man, Kwasind, 
And of happiness and plenty 
In the land of the Ojibways, 
In the pleasant land and peaceful. 

''After many years of warfare. 
Many years of strife and bloodshed. 
There is peace between the Ojibways 
And the tribe of the Dacotahs." 
Thus continued Hiawatha, 
And then added, speaking slowly, 
"That this peace may last for ever, 
And our hands be clasped more closely, 
And our hearts be more united. 
Give me as my wife this maiden, 
Minnehaha, Laughing Water, 
Loveliest of Dacotah women!" 

And the ancient Arrow-maker 
Paused a moment ere he answered, 
Smoked a little while in silence, 



The Song of Hiawatha. 57 

Looked at Hiawatha proudly, 
Fondly looked at Laiigbin<jj Water, 
And made answer very gravely: 
"Yes, if Minnehaha wishes; 
Let your heart speak, Minnehaha!" 
And the lovely Laughing Water 
Seemed more lovely, as she stood there. 
Neither willing nor reluctant. 
As she went to Hiawatha, 
Softly took the seat beside him, 
While she said, and blushed to say it, 
''I will follow you, my husband!" 

This was Hiawatha's wooing! 
Thus it was he won the daughter 
Of the ancient Arrow-maker, 
In the land of the Dacotahs! 

From the wigwam he departed. 
Leading with him Laughing Water; 
Hand in hand they went together, 
Through the woodland and the meadow, 
Left the old man standing lonely 
At the doorway of his wigwam, 
Heard the Falls of Minnehaha 
Calling to them from the distance. 
Crying to them from afar off, 
"Fare thee well, O Minnehaha!" 

And the ancient Arrow-maker 
Turned again unto his labor. 
Sat down by his sunny doorway. 
Murmuring to himself, and saying: 



58 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 



'Thus it is our daughters leave us, 
Those v>'e love, and those who love us! 
Just when they have learned to help us, 
When we are old and lean upon them, 
Comes a youth with flaunting feathers; 
With his flute of reeds, a stranger 
Wanders piping through the village, 
Beckons to the fairest maiden, 
And she follows where he leads her. 
Leaving all thing for the stranger!" 

Pleasant was the journey homeward, 
Through interminable forests, 
Over meadow, over mountain. 
Over river, hill, and hollow. 
Short it seemed to Hiawatha, 
Though they journeyed very slowly. 
Though his pace he checked and slackened 
To the steps of Laughing Water. 

Over wide and rushing rivers 
In his arms he bore the maiden; 
Light he thought her as a feather, 
As the plume upon his head-gear; 
Cleared the tangled pathway for her, 
Bent aside the swaying branches, 
Made at night a lodge of branches, 
And a bed with boughs of hemlock. 
And a fire before the doorway 
With the dry cones of the pine-tree. 

All the travelling winds went with them. 
O'er the meadow, through the forest; 



r/ie Song of Hiawatha. 59 

All the stars of night looked at them, 
Watched with sleepless eyes their slumber; 
From his ambush in the oak-tree 
Peeped the squirrel, Adjidaumo, 
Watched with eager eyes the lovers; 
And the rabbit, the Wabasso, 
Scampered from the path before them 
Peering, peeping from his burrow. 
Sat erect upon his haunches. 
Watched with curious eyes the lovers. 

Pleasant was the journey homeward! 
All the birds sang loud and sweetly 
Songs of happiness and heart's-ease; 
Sang the blue-bird, the Owaissa, 
''Happy are you, Hiawatha, 
Having such a wife to love you!" 
Sang the robin, the Opechee, 
"Happy are you, Laughing W^ater, 
Having such a noble husband!" 

From the sky the sun benignant 
Looked upon them through the branches, 
Saying to them, "O my children, 
Love is sunshine, hate is shadow. 
Life is checkered shade and sunshine. 
Rule by love, O Hiawatha!" 

From the sky the moon looked at them, 
Filled the lodge with mystic splendors. 
Whispered to them, "O my children. 
Day is restless, night is quiet, 
Man imperious, woman feeble; 



60 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Half is mine, although I follow; 
Rule hj patience, Laughing Water!" 

Thus it was they journeyed homeward; 
Thus it was that Hiawatha 
To the lodge of old Nokomis 
Brought the moonlight, starlight, firelight, 
Brought the sunshine of his people, 
Minnehaha, Laughing Water, 
Handsomest of all the women 
In the land of the Dacotahs, 
In the land of handsome women. 



An Indian at the Burial-Place of His Fathers. 

18. W. C. Bryant (William Cullen), one of America's 
best poets, was a native of Cummington, Mass. He was 
born in 1784, ^,nd died on the 12th of June, 1878. As early 
as the age of ten, he made translations from the Latin 
poets, which were published. He received his education at 
Williams College, and then studied law, which profession 
he practiced for ten years. In 1826 he became connected 
with the New York Evening Post, and continued to be editor 
of that paper up to the time of his death, a continuous 
service of fifty-two years. 

It is the spot I came to seek, — 

My father's ancient burial-place. 
Ere from these vales, ashamed and weak, 

Withdrew our wasted race. 
It is a spot, — I know it well — 
Of which our old traditions tell. 

For here the upland bank sends out 
A ridge toward the river-side; 



An Indian at the Burial-Place of His Fathers. 

I know the shaggy hills about, 

The meadows smooth and wide, 
The plains, that, toward the southern sky. 
Fenced east and west by mountains lie. 

A white man, gazing on the scene, 
Would say a lovely spot was here, 

And praise the lawns, so fresh and green, 
Between the hills so sheer. 

I like it not — I would the plain 

Lay in its tall old groves again. 

The sheep are on the slopes around, 
The cattle in the meadows feed, 

And laborers turn the crumbling ground. 
Or drop the yellow seed, 

And prancing steeds, in trappings gay, 

Whirl the bright chariot o'er the way. 

Methinks it were a nobler sight 

To see these vales in woods arrayed. 

Their summits in the golden light. 
Their trunks in grateful shade, 

And herds of deer, that bounding go 

O'er fills and prostrate trees below. 

And then to mark the lord of all, 
The forest hero, trained to wars. 

Quivered and plumed, and lithe and tall, 
And seamed with glorious scars. 

Walk forth, amid his reign, to dare 

The wolf, and grapple with the bear 



62 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

This bank, in which the dead were laid, 
Was sacred when its soil was ours; 

Hither the artless Indian maid 

Brought wreaths of beads and flowers, 

And the gray chief and gifted seer 

Worshiped the god of thunders here. 

But now the wheat is green and high 
On clods that hid the warrior's breast. 

And scattered in the furrows lie 
The weapons of his rest, 

And there, in the loose sand, is thrown 

Of his large arm the mouldering bone. 

Ah, little thought the strong and brave, 
Who bore the lifeless chieftain forth; 

Or the young wife, that weeping gave 
Her first-born to the earth, 

That the pale race, who wastes us nov;, 

Among their bones should guide the plough. 

They waste us — ay — like April snow 
In the warm noon, we shrink away; 

And fast they follow, as we go 
Toward the setting day, — 

Till they shall fill the land, and we 

Are driven into the western sea. 

But I behold a fearful sign, 

To which the white men's eyes are blind; 
Their race may vanish hence, like mine, 

And leave no trace behind. 



Ponce dc Leon and Balboa. 63 



Save ruins o'er tlie region spread, 
And the white stones above tlie dead. 

Before these fields were shorn and tilled, 
Full to the brim our rivers flowed; 

The melody of waters filled 
The fresh and boundless wood; 

And torrents dashed and rivulets played, 

And fountains spouted in the shade. 

Those grateful sounds are heard no more,- 
The springs are silent in the sun. 

The rivers, by the blackened shore. 
With lessening current run; 

The realm our tribes are crushed to get 

May be a barren desert yet. 



SPANISH. 
Ponce de Leon and Balboa. 
19. Up to this time the claims laid to the 
islands newly discovered were vague and timidly 
asserted. Since Columbus sailed under the Spanish 
flag, the priority of his discovery of islands and the 
South American coast gave that country a general 
claim to all the New World. The exception was 
in favor of England by reason of the Cabot voyage 
along the Atlantic coast. Instead of seeking for 
land-titles, the hardy adventurers saw quicker and 
larger gains in digging for the precious metals re- 
ported to abound in mines of fabulous wealth. 



64 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Indeed it was not until many years after this time 
that traders, home-seekers, and a permanent class 
of settlers were induced to give up the pursuit of 
sudden wealth for the slower but surer means of 
gaining a competence by becoming land-holders. 
And it was in the natural course of things that 
exploration should follow discovery, and settle- 
ment follow the explorers that had searched out 
the most desirable locations. 

In the rush for the acquisition of new territory 
were four nations: 

Spanish, 

French, 

English, 

Dutch. 

Spanish — Ponce de Leon, the governor of 
Porto Rico, was the first of the Spanish chief- 
tains to start on an exploring expedition on the 
main-land. In 1512, feeling the weight of years and 
his blood stirred to rivalry by the exploits of his 
fellow-country men, he resolved to accomplish some- 
thing of at least equal note. His quest should be 
two-fold, — for gold, and a fabulous fountain, which 
could make the old young again, and which the 
Indians informed him lay in a land not very distant. 
He readily obtained full consent from the Spanish 
government. The royal charter conferring author- 
ity gave him power to search for that land, and, if 
found, to be its governor for life. Hence the old 
man's heart was in the undertaking; for once he 



Ponce de Leon and Balboa. 65 

had bathed in this miraculous fountain, he should 
be young again, and a life long office-holder. 

After cruising among the Bahama islands for 
several weeks he came upon the mainland near 
where 8t. Augustine now stands. As he landed 
on Easter Sunday and wild flowers were growing 
everywhere about him, he named the new country 
Flowery Easter, which in the Spanish language is 
Pascua Florida, But he found neither gold nor 
the magical fountain. Disappointed in his search, 
he sailed back to Porto Eico. When a number of 
years later he returned to colonize Florida, he was 
fatally wounded by an Indian's arrow, and thus the 
old man found death where he had sought life and 
fortune. 

But this land was destined to be transferred 
many times. From 1513 to 1763 it was owned by 
Spain; from 1763 to 1783, by England; from 1783 
to 1819, by Spain; from 1819 to the present time it 
has been a territory or state of the Union. 

Balboa — In the autumn of 1513 Balboa 
began his expedition over the Isthmus of Panama 
in search of the large body of water which the In- 
dians assured him could be seen from the summit 
of the mountains. After terrible hardships, some 
days making but seven or eight miles through the 
under-brush, Balboa and his companions gained the 
top of the range, and, looking down, were the first 
Europeans to behold what is now called the Pacific 
ocean. Not content with the conquest of land, this 



66 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

daring nobleman took possession of the magnificent 
expanse of water lying at his feet. 

CoRTEZ — In 1519 Cortez landed in Mexico, 
conquered the natives, and in this way estab- 
lished Spanish sovereignty on the Pacific slope of 
North America. However, it must be remembered 
that the territory then embraced in Mexico was of 
immense extent and vague boundary. It included 
much if not all of the land as far east as the Missis- 
sippi river. We shall have occasion to refer to this 
again in connection with the Louisiana Purchase. 
Prescott's Conquest of Mexico gives a charming ac- 
count of his exploit. 

In 1528 Narvaez set forth from Cuba with 400 
men to conquer the north coast of the Gulf of Mex- 
ico. He landed at Apalache Bay, and went inland, 
but on returning missed his ships, built five small 
vessels after traveling a month westward, and put 
to sea. In six weeks they reached the mouth of the 
Mississippi, where two boats were upset and Nar- 
vaez drowned. The rest went on westward, were cap- 
tured by Indians and carried over eastern Texas 
and western Louisiana. Led by Cabeza de Vaca, 
they wandered on westward to the Rio Grande, then 
on to the Gulf of California, thus crossing the con- 
tinent. 

The stories these men told of the cities they had 
seen led Mendoza, the Spanish governor of Mexico, 
to send Marcos to search for them, but he turned 
back on finding the Pueblos of New Mexico. The 
next year Coronado, with 1,100 men, marched 



Be Soto's Roiite. 67 



against these cities, but not finding tbem as rich as 
he thought, pushed on eastward, crossing the state 
of Kansas twice. 



DE SOTO'S ROUTE. 
20. In 1537 De Soto was appointed governor 
of Cuba, with instructions to conquer and hold all 
the country discovered by Narvaez. On this mission 
he set out in May, 1539, and landed at Tampa Bay, 
in Florida. He wandered over the swamps and 
marshes, the moss-grown jungles, and the forests of 
the Gulf states, and spent the winter of 1541 near 
the Yazoo river. Crossing the Mississippi in the 
spring of 1542, at the Chickasaw bluffs, he wan- 
dered about eastern Arkansas till he died of fever, 
and was buried in the Mississippi. His followers 
there built rude boats, floated down the river to the 
Gulf, steered along the coast of Texas, and in Sep- 
tember, 1543, reached Tanipico, in Mexico. 



DE SOTO AND HIS MEN. 
From "Pictures from American History." 
When Columbus returned to Spain with his 
wonderful story of lands beyond the great ocean, 
inhabited by strange races of human beings, an 
eager wish for new discoveries arose. The wild- 
est romances were greedily received; and the Old 



68 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

World, with its familiar realities, seemed mean 
beside the glories of the New. 

To the Spaniard of that day America was a 
region of wonder and mystery, of vague and mag- 
nificent promise. Thither adventurers hastened, 
thirsting for glory and for gold. They roamed over 
land and sea; they climbed unknown mountains, 
surveyed unknown oceans, and pierced the depths 
of tropical forests; while from year to year and 
from day to day new marvels were unfolded — new 
islands and archipelagoes, new regions of gold and 
pearl, and barbaric empires of dazzling wealth. 

It is interesting to read the stirring adventures 
of Cortez, who conquered Mexico, and of Pizarro, 
who overcame Peru. But as these things do not 
strictly concern the story of our country, we will 
give an account of one of the most remarkable of 
the Spanish adventurers — Hernando de Soto, the 
discoverer of the Mississippi. 

De Soto was the companion of Pizarro in the 
conquest of Peru. He had come to America a needy 
adventurer, but returned to Spain enriched by his 
share of the plunder. Not doubting that in the 
north were cities as rich, and barbarians as confid- 
ing, he obtained permission from the Spanish sover- 
eign to conquer Florida. 

This name, as the Spaniards of that day under- 
stood it, included the whole country extending from 
the Atlantic on the east to New Mexico on the west, 
and from the Gulf of Mexico and the River of Palms 
indefinitely northward toward the Polar sea. 



De Soto and His Men. 69 



The plans of De Soto were hailed with enthu- 
siasm. Nobles and gentlemen contended for the 
privilege of joining his standard. The youth of 
Spain were eager to be permitted to go, and they 
sold houses and lands to buy the needful equip- 
ment. 

From the crowd of applicants were chosen six 
hundred and twenty men; and in 1539 the expedi- 
tion sailed, high in courage, splendid in show, and 
boundless in expectation. They landed in Tampa 
bay, in the present state of Florida, and began their 
march into the wilderness. 

What a strangely brilliant spectacle the expedi- 
tion must have presented! How the clangor of 
trumpets, the neighing of horses, the fluttering of 
pennons, the glittering of helmet and lance, must 
have startled the ancient forest! The Spaniards had 
with them fetters for the Indians whom they meant 
to take captive, and bloodhounds lest these captives 
should escape. 

From the outset it was a toilsome and perilous 
enterprise; but to the Spaniard of that time danger 
was a joy. The Indians Vv^ere warlike and generally 
hostile. De Soto had battles to fight and heavy 
losses to bear. For month after month the proces- 
sion of cavaliers and priests, crossbow-men and In- 
dian captives, wandered on, lured hither and thither 
by the hope of finding some great city, the plunder 
of whose palaces and temples would enrich them all. 

But they found nothing better than here and 
there an Indian town composed of a few wretched 



70 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

wigwams. In this way they traversed great por- 
tions of Georgia, Alabama and Mississippi, suffering 
terrible hardships, but never reaching el Dorado — 
the 'Uand of gold." 

At length, in the third year of their wander- 
ings, the Spaniards came to a magnificent river. 
European ej'es had seen no such river till now. It 
was the Mississippi! One of their number describes 
the great stream as almost half a league wide, deep, 
rapid, and constantly rolling down trees and drift- 
wood on its current. 

The Spaniards crossed over at a point above 
the mouth of the Arkansas. Here they resumed 
their journeying, for De Soto would not yet admit 
that he had failed. They advanced westward, but 
still found no treasures — nothing, indeed, but hard- 
ships, and an Indian enemy "furious as mad dogs," 
as one of their officers wrote. 

The Spaniards in their disappointment were 
cruel and pitiless. They amused themselves by in- 
flicting pain upon the prisoners: they cut off their 
hands, hunted them with bloodhounds, burned them 
at the stake. Hoping to awe the Indians, De Soto 
once claimed to be one of the gods. But the natives 
were not to be imposed upon; and a wise savage 
asked him, ''How can you pretend to be a god when 
you can not even get bread to eat?" 

And now the utter failure of the expedition 
could no longer be concealed: so De Soto, with his 
followers, returned to the banks of the Mississippi. 



Magellan's Voyages. 71 

Here, soon afterwards, De Soto was attacked by a 
fever, and died miserably. 

His soldiers felled a tree, and scooped room 
within its trunk for the body of the ill-fated ad- 
venturer. They could not bury their chief on land, 
lest the Indians should dishonor his remains. In 
the silence of midnight the rude coffin was sunk in 
the Mississippi, and the discoverer of the great river 
slept beneath its waters. 

The Spaniards now resolved to make their way 
to Cuba. They had tools, and wood was abundant, 
so they built and launched seven small brigs to float 
them down the Mississippi. They slew their horses 
for flesh, they plundered the Indians for bread, they 
struck the fetters from their prisoners to secure 
their scanty supply of iron. 

Embarking in their frail vessels, the Spaniards 
descended the Mississippi, running the gauntlet be- 
tween hostile tribes who fiercely attacked them. 
After severe loss they reached the Gulf of Mexico, 
and then made their way to one of the Spanish 
settlements. Three hundred ragged and disheart- 
ened men were all that remained of the brilliant 
company whose hopes had been so high, and whose 
good fortune had been so much envied. 



MAGELLAN'S VOYAGES. 
21. Though a Portuguese, Magellan sailed 
under the Spanish flag, and in this capacity was the 
first man to pass entirely around the earth, proving 



72 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

that it is round. Leaving Spain, August the 10th, 
1519, he solved the problem of a water route to the 
West Indies, but only when he had rounded Cape 
Horn, and approached the Philippine islands from 
the east, where he was slain by the natives in 1522. 
But his ship returned to Palos, Spain, whence it 
had sailed three years before, thus completing the 
circuit of the earth's surface. For this voyage five 
ships and 254 men left Spain, but only one ship and 
fifteen men returned. 

This voyage proved that the earth is round, and 
that there is no southwest passage to India. Next 
must begin the search for a northwest passage, and 
in this search the English took the lead. 



SPANISH AMERICA AT THE CLOSE OF THE SIXTEENTH 
CENTURY. 

22. More than half a century passed, before 
the Spaniards had a single settlement in the pres- 
ent domain of the United States. In 1542 and 1561 
missionaries attempted settlements in Florida, but 
were driven out by the Indians. Finally, in 1565, 
Malendez was sent to drive out the French, who 
were attempting to plant colonies there. Finding 
the French, he massacred all, and built the fort and 
town of St. Augustine. 

In 1582 Santa Fe was founded, and this was 
shortly followed by other mission stations in the ter- 
ritories of New Mexico and Arizona. At the close of 



French Explorers — Cartier and Yerazzani. 73 

the sixteenth century, after nearly a hundred years 
of discovery, exploration, colonization, and settle- 
ment, Spain had at least four permanent settle- 
ments as her reward. Of these the two earliest were 
on Porto Rico and the Isthmus of Panama, while 
the two latter were on the mainland of the North 
American continent: 

Isabella, founded 1493, by Columbus. 

Darien, 1510, by Ojeda. 

St. Augustine, 1.505, by Malendez. 

Santa Fe, 1582, by Espejo. 



FRENCH EXPLORERS— CARTIER AND VERAZZANI. 
23. France was the second country to establish 
permanent settlements in the New World. In 
1506 Denys discovered the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 
In 1521, Verazzani, an Italian sailing under the 
French flag, crossed the Atlantic by way of the 
Cape Verdes and coasted from Florida as far north 
as Newfoundland, thus adding new claims to those 
already made for France by the voyage of Denys. 
James Cartier, in 1534, sailed almost directly west 
from France to the northernmost point of New- 
foundland and thence through the Gulf of St. 
Lawrence to a point near where Quebec now stands, 
thus discovering and navigating th'^ St. Lawrence 
river. By these three voyages of discovery, cover- 
ing a period of only twentj^-eight years, France had 
established a claim to the New World, to lie dor- 
mant and fruitless for almost a century. 



74 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 



FRENCH EXPLORERS— CHAMPLAIN AND DE MONTS. 

24. It was now eighty years since Verazzani 
had denominated the country he had discovered 
"New France." In following up the claims laid 
by his fellow-countrymen, in 1603 Champlain as- 
cended the St. Lawrence, and after five years of 
preparation and search for a proper site founded 
Quebec, which was destined to become the French 
capital whence should radiate a series of most im- 
portant influences. But in 1605, Port Royal (now 
Annapolis in Nova Scotia), or Acadie, as it was 
then called, was founded by De Monts, who had 
made the voyage in 1604. This was the first per- 
manent French settlement. These are the colonists 
who were driven out of their homes and distributed 
among the southern settlements in 1755, while the 
French and Indian War was in progress. 

EVANGELINE. 

25. A Tale of Acadie. 

This is the forest primeval. The murmuring pines 
and the hemlocks, 

Bearded with moss, and in garments green, indis- 
tinct in the twilight, 

Stand like Druids of eld, with voices sad and pro- 
phetic. 

Stand like harpers hoar, with beards that rest on 
their bosoms. 



Evangeline. 75 



Loud from its rocky caverns, the deep-voiced neigh- 
boring ocean 

Speaks, and in accents disconsolate answers the 
wail of the forest. 

This is the forest primeval; but where are the 

hearts that beneath it 
Leaped like the roe, when he hears in the woodland 

the voice of the huntsman? 
Where is the thatch-roofed village, the home of 

Acadian farmers, — 
Men whose lives glided on like rivers that water the 

woodlands, 
Darkened by shadows of earth, but reflecting an 

image of heaven? 
Waste are those pleasant farms, and the farmers 

forever departed! 
Scattered like dust and leaves, when the mighty 

blasts of October 
Seize them, and whirl them aloft, and sprinkle them 

far o'er the ocean. 
Naught but tradition remains of the beautiful vil- 
lage of Grand-Pre. 

Ye who believe in affection that hopes, and en- 
dures, and is patient, 

Ye who believe in the beauty and strength of 
woman's devotion. 

List to the mournful tradition still sung by the 
pines of the forest; 

List to a Tale of Love in Acadie, home of the happy. 



76 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

The Church Scene from Evangeline. 
Pleasantly rose next morn the sun on the village of 

Grand-Pre. 
Pleasantly gleamed in tlie soft, sweet air the Basin 

of Minas, 
Where the ships, with their wavering shadows, were 

riding at anchor. 
Life had long been astir in the village, and clamor- 
ous labor 
Knocked with its hundred hands at the golden gates 

of the morning. 
Now from the country around, from the farms and 

the neighboring hamlets. 
Came in their holiday dresses the blithe Acadian 

peasants. 
Many a glad good-morrow and jocund laugh from 

the young folk 
Made the bright air brighter, as up from the numer- 
ous meadows, 
Where no path could be seen but the track of 

wheels in the greensward, 
Group after group appeared, and joined, or passed 

on the highway. 
Long ere noon, in the village all sounds of labor 

w^ere silenced. 
Thronged were the streets with people; and noisy 

groups at the house-doors 
Sat in the cheerful sun, and rejoiced and gossiped 

together. 
Every house was an inn, where all were welcomed 

and feasted; 



Evangeline. 77 



'or with this simple people, who lived like brothers 
together, 

Jl things were held in common, and what one had 
was another's. 

'et under Benedict's roof hospitality seemed more 
abundant: 

'or Evangeline stood among the guests of her 
father; 

{right was her face with smiles, and words of wel- 
come and gladness 

'ell from her beautiful lips, and blessed the cup as 
she gave it. 

Under the open sky, in the odorous air of the 

orchard, 
{ending with golden fruit, was spread the feast of 

betrothal, 
'here in the shade of the porch were the priest and 

the notary seated ; 
'here good Benedict sat, and sturdy Basil the black- 
smith, 
fot far withdrawn from these, by the cider-press 

and the beehives, 
lichael the fiddler was placed, with the gayest of 

hearts and of waistcoats. 
Ihadow and light from the leaves alternately played 

on his snow-white 
lair, as it waved in the wind; and the jolly face of 

the fiddler 
xlowed like a living coal when the ashes are blown 

from the embers. 



78 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Gayly the old man sang to the vibrant sound of his 

fiddle, 
Tons les Bourgeois de Chartres, and Le Carillon de 

Dunkerqiie, 
And anon with his wooden shoes beat time to the 

music. 
Merrily, merrily whirled the wheels of the dizzying 

dances 
Under the orchard-trees and down the path to the 

meadows; 
Old folk and young together, and children mingled 

among them. 
Fairest of all the maids was EA^angeline, Benedict's 

daughter! 
Noblest of all the youths was Gabriel, son of the 

blacksmith! 

So passed the morning away. And lo! with a 
summons sonorous 

Sounded the bell from its tower, and over the mea- 
dows a drum beat. 

Thronged ere long was the church with men. With- 
out, in the churchyard. 

Waited the women. They stood by the graves, and 
hung on the headstones 

Garlands of autumn leaves and evergreen fresh from 
the forest. 

Then came the guard from the ships, and marching 
proudly among them 

Entered the sacred portal. With loud and disson- 
ant clangor 



Evangeline. 79 



Echoed the sound of their brazen drums from ceil- 
ing and casement, — 
Echoed a moment only, and slowly the ponderous 

portal 
Closed, and in silence the crowd awaited the will 

of the soldiers. 
Then up rose their commander, and spake from the 

steps of the altar. 
Holding aloft in his hands, with its seals, the royal 

commission, 
''You are convened this day," he said, "by his 

Majesty's orders. 
Clement and kind has he been; but how you have 

answered his kindness, 
Let your own hearts reply! To my natural make 

and my temper 
Painful the task is I do, which to you I know must 

be grievous. 
Yet must I bow and obey, and deliver the will of 

our monarch; 
Namely, that all your lands, and dwellings, and 

cattle of all kinds 
Forfeited be to the crown; and that you yourselves 

from this province 
Be transported to other lands. God grant you may 

dwell there 
Ever as faithful subjects, a happy and peaceable 

people! 
Prisoners now I declare you; for such is his Maj- 
esty's pleasure!" 



80 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

As, when the air is serene in the sultry solstice of 

summer, 
Suddenly gathers a storm, and the deadly sling of 

the hailstones 
Beats down the farmer's corn in the field and shat- 
ters his windows, 
Hiding the sun, and strewing the ground with 

thatch from the house-roofs, 
Bellowing fly the herds, and seek to break their in- 

closures; 
So on the hearts of the people descended the words 

of the speaker. 
Silent a moment they stood in speechless wonder, 

and then rose 
Louder and ever louder a wail of sorrow and anger, 
And, by one impulse moved, they madly rushed to 

the doorway. 
Vain was the hope of escape; and cries and fierce 

imprecations 
Rang through the house of prayer; and high o'er the 

heads of the others 
Rose, with his arms uplifted, the figure of Basil 

the blacksmith, 
As, on a stormy sea, a sj)ar is tossed by the 

billows. 
Flushed was his face and distorted with passion; 

and wildly he shouted, — 
"Down with the tyrants of England ! we never have 

sworn them allegiance! 
Death to these foreign soldiers, who seize on our 

homes and our harvests!" 



Evangeline. 81 



More he fain would have said, but the merciless 

hand of a soldier 
Smote him upon the mouth, and dragged him down 

to the pavement. 

In the midst of the strife and tumult of angry 
contention, 

Lo! the door of the chancel opened, and Father 
Felician 

Entered, with serious mien, and ascended the steps 
of the altar. 

Raising his reverend hand, with a gesture he awed 
into silence 

All that clamorous throng; and thus he spake to 
his people; 

Deep were his tones and solemn; in accents meas- 
ured and mournful 

Spake he, as, after the tocsin's alarum, distinctly 
the clock strikes. 

"What is this that ye do, my children? What mad- 
ness has seized you? 

Forty years of my life have I labored among you 
and taught you, 

Not in word alone, but in deed, to love one another! 

Is this the fruit of my toils, of my vigils and pray- 
ers and privations? 

Have you so soon forgotten all lessons of love and 
forgiveness? 

This is the house of the Prince of Peace, and would 
you profane it 



82 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Thus with violent deeds and hearts overflowing 

with hatred? 
Lo! where the crucified Christ from His cross is gaz- 
ing upon you 
See! in those sorrowful eyes what meekness and 

holy compassion! 
Hark! how those lips still repeat the prayer, 'O 

Father, forgive them!' 
Let us repeat that prayer in the hour when the 

wicked assail us, 
Let us repeat it now, and say, 'O Father, forgive 

them!'" 
Few were his words of rebuke, but deep in the 

hearts of his people 
Sank they, and sobs of contrition succeeded that 

passionate outbreak; 
And they repeated his prayer, and said, "O Father, 

forgive them !" 

Then came the evening service. The tapers 

gleamed from the altar. 
Fervent and deep was the voice of the priest, and 

the people responded, 
Not with their lips alone, but their hearts; and 

the Ave Maria 
Sang they, and fell on their knees, and their souls, 

with devotion translated. 
Rose on the ardor of prayer, like Elijah ascending 

to heaven. 
Meanwhile had spread in the village the tidings of 

ill, and on all sides 



Evangeline. 



Wandered, wailing, from house to house the women 
and children. 

Long at her father's door Evangeline stood, with 
her right hand 

Shielding her eyes from the level rays of the sun, 
that, descending, 

Lighted the village street with mysterious splendor, 
and roofed each 

Peasant's cottage with golden thatch, and embla- 
zoned its windows. 

Long within had been spread the snow-white cloth 
on the table; 

There stood the wheaten loaf, and the honey fra- 
grant with wild flowers; 

There stood the tankard of ale, and the cheese fresh 
brought from the dairy; 

And at the head of the board the great arm chair 
of the farmer. 

Thus did Evangeline wait at her father's door, as 
the sunset 

Threw the long shadows of trees o'er the broad am- 
brosial meadows. 

Ah! on her spirit within a deeper shadow had 
fallen, 

And from the fields of her soul a fragrance celes- 
tial ascended, — 

Charity, meekness, love and hope, and foregiveness, 
and patience! 

Then, all-forgetful of self, she wandered into the 
village, 



84 Correlation of History, Oeography and Literature. 

Cheering with looks and words the disconsolate 
hearts of the women, 

As o'er the darkening fields with lingering steps 
they departed, 

Urged by their household cares, and the weary feet 
of their childen. 

Down sank the great red sun, and in golden, glim- 
mering vapors 

Veiled the light of his face, like the Prophet de- 
scending from Sinai. 

Sweetly over the village the bell of the Angelus 
sounded. 

Meanwhile, amid the gloom, by the church 

Evangeline lingered. 
All was silent within; and in vain at the door and 

the windows 
Stood she, and listened and looked, until, overcome 

by emotion, 
"Gabriel!" cried she aloud with tremulous voice; 

but no answer 
Came from the graves of the dead, nor the gloomier 

grave of the living. 
Slowly at length, she returned to the tenantless 

house of her father. 
Smouldered the fire on the hearth, on the board 

stood the supper untasted. 
Empty and drear was each room, and haunted with 

phantoms of terror. 
Sadly echoed her step on the stair and the floor of 

her chamber. 



French Explorers — La Salle. 85 

In the dead of the night she heard the whispering 

rain fall 
Loud on the withered leaves of the sycamore-tree 

by the window. 
Keenly the lightning flashed; and the voice of the 

echoing thunder 
Told her that God was in heaven, and governed the 

world He created! 
Then she remembered the tale she had heard of the 

justice of heaven; 
Soothed was her troubled soul, and she peacefully 

slumbered till morning. 

— Longfellow. 



FRENCH EXPLORERS— LA SALLE. 

26. The French began the fur trade with the 
Indians at this time, too, and this, together with 
their efforts to convert the Indians, led them on 
further westward. They pushed on up the Ottawa 
river into Georgian Bay, in sight of the Great Lakes. 
They soon explored the lakes and dotted them with 
trading stations and missions. 

In the course of these explorations the French 
heard accounts of a great river to the westward, 
and in 1672 Marquette and Joliet were sent by the 
governor of New France, as the territory occupied 
by the French was called, to search for it. In May, 
1673, they set out from a mission at the foot of Lake 
Michigan, with six men and two birch-bark canoes, 
crossed Green bay, went up Fox river, then across 



86 Correlation of History, OeograpTiy and Literature. 

to a river, the Wisconsin, tbat tlie Indians told them 
flowed into the Mississippi. They sailed down the 
Wisconsin into the Mississippi, and down the lat- 
ter as far as the mouth of the Arkansas, then made 
their way back to the Great Lakes. 

Five years later the French king authorized 
La Salle to continue these discoveries and con- 
quests for New France. In 1678 La Salle and 
his companions left Canada and went to Lake Erie. 
There they built a vessel in which they went to 
Green bay and up the Illinois river. Near the pres- 
ent site of Peoria, Illinois, he built a fort, and, leav- 
ing some men in it, went back to Canada. On his re- 
turn, finding them gone, he pushed down the Illinois 
to the Mississippi, wintering at St. Joseph river. In 
1681 he set forth again, went by where Chicago now 
is across to the Illinois, then down the Mississippi 
in a canoe to the Gulf of Mexico. There La Salle 
took formal possession, for the French crown, of all 
the lands drained by the Mississippi, and named the 
territory Louisiana. 

La Salle went back up the river to build a fort 
at the mouth of the Illinois to overawe the Indians, 
and then went to bring a colony over to plant at that 
place. In 1685 he brought this colony over, but 
missing the mouth of the Mississippi river they 
landed at Matagorda bay, in Texas. There they 
built a fort, but soon left, starting to the Illinois 
river. Some reached it, but La Salle was murdered 
on the way by his own followers. 



English Explorers — Drake, FroMsher, Gosnold. 87 

Later it will be seen how the French failed in 
their plans to hold the New World by controlling 
the valley of the St. Lawrence, the Mississippi and 
the Hudson, which they failed to get. In grasping 
at too much territory they became so scattered and 
weak that they could not withstand the more com- 
pact and permanent colonies of the English. 



ENGLISH EXPLORERS— DRAKE, FROBISHER, GOSNOLD. 

27. England, like Spain and France, did not 
follow up for nearly one hundred years her claim 
made on the New World by Cabot in 1497. It 
took this time for the different claimants to give up 
their false ideas of the fabulous wealth to be ob- 
tained in seeking gold and precious stones, and in 
making their boundaries sufficiently definite for col- 
onization and settlement. Those of you who will 
undertake the pleasant task of reading Kingsley's 
"West-ward Ho," can readily understand enough of 
the history of that time to know that England was 
not wanting in bold spirits who would contend for 
the possession of the New World. In 1577 Sir 
Francis Drake sails from England in his good ship, 
the Golden Hind, followed by four other vessels, and 
after a three years' voyage completed the circuit of 
the earth very much as had been done by Magellan 
over half a century before. 

Among the many other daring English- 
men of that period, was the explorer Gosnold, who, 



88 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

in 1602, visited the Massachusetts coast. This en- 
terprise meant less in its immediate results than in 
its bearing on commerce and navigation in general, 
for he had sailed directly across the Atlantic to 
Cape Cod, and thus shortened the old Spanish 
routes by 3,000 miles. This gave an impulse to 
colonization and trade. It was one of the factors to 
place England in the fore-front as a maritime power. 
It was another step of England in advance of Spain. 
In 1588 England made impossible further Spanish 
rivalry when she annihilated the great Armada. 
The two successes meant for England nothing less 
than the first place among the nations of the earth 
as a maritime power. Merchantmen should bring 
her wealth, and her navy, power. 

Sir Humphrey Gilbert. 

28. Southward with fleet of ice 
Sailed the corsair Death; 
Wild and fast blew the blast, 

And the east-wind was his breath. 

His lordly ships of ice 

Glistened in the sun; 
On each side, like pennons wide, 

Flashing crystal streamlets run. 

His sails of white sea-mist 

Dripped with silver rain; 
But where he passed there were cast 

Leaden shadows o'er the main. 



Sir Humphrey Gilbert. 



Eastward from Campobello 
Sir Humphrey Gilbert sailed; 

Three days or more seaward he bore, 
Then, alas! the land-wind failed. 

Alas! the land-wind failed, 
And ice-cold grew the night; 

And never more, on sea or shore. 
Should Sir Humphrey see the light. 

He sat upon the deck. 

The Book was in his hand; 

"Do not fear! Heaven is as near,'' 
He said, "by water as by land!" 

In the first watch of the night. 

Without a signal's sound, 
Out of the sea, mysteriously. 

The fleet of Death rose all around. 

The moon and the evening star 
Were hanging in the shrouds; 

Every mast, as it passed. 

Seemed to rake the passing clouds. 

They grappled with their prize. 
At midnight black and cold! 

As of a rock was the shock; 

Heavily the ground-swell rolled. 

Southward through day and dark. 
They drift in close embrace, 

With mist and rain, to the Spanish Main; 
Yet there seems no change of place. 



Correlation of History, OeograpJiy and Literature. 

Southward, forever southward, 
They drift through dark and day; 

And like a dream, in the Gulf-Stream 
Sinking, vanish all away. 

— Longfellow. 



BUTCH EXPLORERS— HUDSON. 

29. This brings us to the discoveries under 
the auspices of the Dutch, or people of Holland, 
the fourth of the great maritime and colonizing 
nations of Europe at that time. 

It is a remarkable fact that everyone of these 
nations based its claim upon parts of the New 
World on discoveries made by a foreign subject 
sailing under its flag. The importance of these 
claims cannot be overestimated, since they were the 
bone of contention for over two hundred years 
among the nations concerned and have resulted in 
almost a complete ownership and possession for the 
English. By comparing the following, one will 
gain a fair general idea of these claims, and by trac- 
ing the history of each claim to its termination the 
vital points of American history are unfolded to the 
student. 

By the voyages of the Italian Columbus, Spain 
gained through his priority of discovery a general 
claim to the New World. The Cabots, also Italians, 
won for England its title to the Atlantic coast by 
sailing from Labrador to a point near the northern 
boundary of Florida, with land on the one hand. A 



Irving's Enickerhocker History — Chapter I. 91 

similar service was performed for France by the 
Italian Verazzani, so that she lay claim to the St. 
Lawrence gulf region. It was for Sir Henry Hud- 
son, an Englishman, under the employ of the East 
India Company, and in a Dutch ship, to assert 
that nation's ownership of the Hudson river region 
by his voyage up that stream in 1G09. His dis- 
covery of the Hudson bay and cruise about its 
coast the two following years were less fruitful to 
the Dutch and of far greater moment to himself and 
son, for it was there, in June, IGll, on the mideast- 
ern coast of the bay, that his crew mutinied, and he 
and his son were set adrift in a boat with seven of 
his crew, and all perished. It is, perhaps, because of 
these facts that the many traditions written by 
Washington Irving have clung about the admiral 
and his famous ship, the Half Moon. 



EXTRACTS FROM IRVING'S KNICKERBOCKER HISTORY 
OF NEW YORK. 

CHAPTER I. 
30. In the ever-memorable year of our Lord, 
1609, on a Saturday morning, the five-and-twentieth 
day of March, old style, did that "worthy and irre- 
coverable discoverer (as he has justly been called), 
Master Henry Hudson," set sail from Holland in a 
stout vessel called the Half Moon, being employed 
by the Dutch East India Company, to seek a north- 
west passage to China. 



92 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Henry (or, as the Dutch historians call him, 
Hendrick) Hudson, was a sea-faring man of renown, 
who had learned to smoke tobacco under Sir Walter 
Raleigh, and is said to have been the first to intro- 
duce it into Holland, which gained him much popu- 
larity in that country, and caused him to find great 
favor in the eyes of their high mightinesses, the 
Lords States General, and also of the honorable 
West India Company. He was a short, square, 
brawny old gentleman, with a double chin, a mastiff 
mouth, and a broad copper nose, which was sup- 
posed in those days to have acquired its fiery hue 
from the constant neighborhood of his tobacco pipe. 

He wore a true Andrea Ferrara, tucked in a 
leathern belt, and a commodore's cocked hat on one 
side of his head. He was remarkable for always 
jerking up his breeches when he gave out his orders; 
and his voice sounded not unlike the brattling of a 
tin trumpet — owing to the number of hard north- 
westers which he had swallowed in the course of his 
sea-faring. 

Such was Hendrick Hudson, of whom we have 
heard so much, and know so little: and I have been 
thus particular in his description, for the benefit of 
modern painters and statuaries, that they may rep- 
resent him as he was; and not, according to their 
common custom with modern heroes, make him look 
like Csesar, or Marcus Aurelius, or the Apollo of 
Belvidere. 

As chief mate and favorite companion, the com- 
modore chose Master Robert Juet, of Limehouse, in 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Chapter I. 93 

England. By some his name has been spelled Cheivit, 
and ascribed to the circumstance of his having been 
the first man that ever chewed tobacco; but this I 
believe to be a mere flippancy; more especially as 
certain of his progeny are living at this day, who 
write their name Juet. He was an old comrade and 
early schoolmate of the great Hudson, with whom 
he had often played truant and sailed chip boats in 
a neighboring pond, when they were little boys — 
from whence it is said the commodore first derived 
his bias towards a sea-faring life. Certain it is, 
that the old people about Limehouse declared 
Robert Juet to be an unlucky urchin, prone to mis- 
chief, that would one day or other come to the gal- 
lows. 

He grew up as boys of that kind often grow up, 
a rambling, heedless varlet, tossed about in all quar- 
ters of the world — meeting with more perils and 
wonders than did Sinbad the Sailor, without grow- 
ing a whit more wise, prudent, or ill-natured. Un- 
der every misfortune, he comforted himself with a 
quid of tobacco, and the truly philosophic maxim, 
that "it will be all the same thing a hundred years 
hence." He was skilled in the art of carving anchors 
and true-lovers' knots on the bulk-heads and quar- 
ter-railings, and was considered a great wit on board 
ship, in consequence of his playing pranks on every- 
body around, and now and then even making a wry 
face at old Hendrick, when his back was turned. 

To this universal genius are we indebted for 
many particulars concerning this voyage; of which 



94 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

he wrote a history, at the request of the commodore, 
who had an unconquerable aversion to writing him- 
self, from having received so many floggings about 
it when at school. To supply the deficiencies of 
Master Juet's journal, which is written with true 
log-book brevity, I have availed myself of divers 
family traditions, handed down from my great-great- 
grandfather, who accompanied the expedition in the 
capacity of cabin-boy. 

From all that I can learn, few incidents worthy 
of remark happened in the voyage; and it mortifies 
me exceedingly that I have to admit so noted an 
expedition into my work, without making any more 
of it. 

Suffice it to say, the voyage was prosperous and 
tranquil — the crew being a patient people, much 
given to slumber and vacuity, and but little troubled 
with the disease of thinking — a malady of the mind, 
which is the sure breeder of discontent. Hudson 
had lain in abundance of gin and sauerkraut, and 
every man was allowed to sleep quietly at his post 
unless the wind blew. True it is, some slight dis- 
affection was shown on two or three occasions, at 
certain unreasonable conduct of Commodore Hud- 
son. Thus, for instance, he forbore to shorten sail 
when the wind was light, and the weather serene, 
which was considered, among the most experienced 
Dutch seamen, as certain tDeather-hreeders, or prog- 
nostics, that the weather would change for the 
worse. He acted, moreover, in direct contradiction 
to that ancient and sage rule of the Dutch navi- 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Chapter I. 95 

gators, who always took in sail at night — put the 
helm a-port, and turned in — by which precaution 
they had a good night's rest — were sure of know- 
ing where they were the next morning, and stood 
but little chance of running down a continent in the 
dark. He likewise prohibited the seamen from wear- 
ing more than five jackets and six pairs of breeches, 
under pretence of rendering them more alert; and 
no man was permitted to go aloft, and hand in sails, 
with a pipe in his mouth, as is the invariable Dutch 
custom at the present day. All these grievances, 
though they might ruffle for a moment the constitu- 
tional tranquillity of the honest Dutch tars, made 
but transient impression; they eat hugely, drank 
profusely, and slept immeasurably, and being under 
the especial guidance of Providence, the ship was 
safely conducted to the coast of America, where, 
after sundry unimportant touchings and standings 
off and on, she at length, on the fourth day of Sep- 
tember, entered that majestic bay, which at this 
day expands its ample bosom before the city of New 
York, and which had never before been visited by 
any European. 

It has been traditionary in our family, that 
when the great navigator was first blessed with a 
view of this enchanting island, he was observed, 
for the first and only time in his life, to exhibit 
strong symptoms of astonishment and admiration. 
He is said to have turned to Master Juet and uttered 
these remarkable words, while he pointed towards 
this paradise of the new world — "See! there!" — and 



96 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

thereupon, as was always his way when he was 
uncommonly pleased, he did puff out such clouds of 
dense tobacco-smoke, that in one minute the vessel 
was out of sight of land, and master Juet was fain 
to wait until the winds dispersed this impenetrable 
fog. 

It was indeed — as my great-great-grandfather 
used to say — though in truth I never heard him, for 
he died, as might be expected, before I was born — 
''it was indeed a spot on which the eye might have 
revelled forever, in ever-new and never-ending beau- 
ties." The island of Mannahata spread wide before 
them, like some sweet vision of fancy, or some fair 
creation of industrious magic. Its hills of smiling 
green swelled gently one above another, crowned 
with lofty trees of luxuriant growth ; some pointing 
their tapering foliage towards the clouds, which 
were gloriously transparent; and others loaded with 
a verdant burthen of clambering vines, bowing their 
branches to the earth, that was covered with flowers. 
On the gentle declivities of the hills were scattered, 
in gay profusion, the dog-wood, the sumach, and the 
wild brier, whose scarlet berries and white blossoms 
glowed brightly among the deep green of the sur- 
rounding foliage; and here and there a curling col- 
umn of smoke rising from the little glens that 
opened along the shore, seemed to promise the 
weary voyagers a welcome at the hands of their 
fellow-creatures. As they stood gazing with en- 
tranced attention on the scene before them, a red 
man, crowned with feathers, issued from one of 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Chapter I. 97 

these glens, and after contemplating in silent won- 
der the gallant ship, as she sat like a stately swan 
swimming on a silver lake, sounded the war-whoop, 
and bounded into the woods like a wild deer, to the 
utter astonishment of the phlegmatic Dutchmen, 
who had never heard such a noise, or witnessed such 
a caper, in their whole lives. 

Of the transactions of our adventurers with the 
savages, and how the latter smoked copper pipes, 
and ate dried currants; how they brought great 
store of tobacco and oysters; how they shot one of 
the ship's crew, and how he was buried, I shall say 
nothing; being that I consider them unimportant to 
my history. After tarrying a few days in the bay, 
in order to refresh themselves after their sea-faring, 
our voyagers weighed anchor, to explore a mighty 
river which emptied into the bay. This river, it is 
said, was known among the savages by the name of 
the Shatemuck; though we are assured, in an excel- 
lent little history published in 1674, by John Jos- 
selyn, Gent., that it was called the Mohegan, and 
master Richard Bloome, who wrote some time after- 
wards, asserts the same — so that I very much in- 
cline in favor of the opinion of these two honest 
gentlemen. Be this as it may, up this river did the 
adventurous Hendrick proceed, little doubting, but 
it would turn out to be the much-looked-for passage 
to China! 

The journal goes on to make mention of divers 
interviews between the crew and the natives, in the 
voyage up the river; but as they would be imperti- 



98 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

nent to my history, I shall pass over them in silence, 
except the following dry joke, played off by the old 
commodore and his school-fellow, Robert Juet, 
which does such vast credit to their experimental 
philosophy, that I can not refrain from inserting it. 
"Our master and his mate determined to try some 
of the chiefe men of the countrey, whether they had 
any treacherie in them. So they tooke them downe 
into the cabin and gave them so much wine and 
aqua vitte, that they were all merrie; and one of 
them had his wife with him, which sate so modestly, 
as any of our countrey women would do in a strange 
place. In the end one of them was drunke, which 
had been aboarde of our ship all the time that we 
had been there, and that was strange to them, for 
they could not tell how to take it." 

Having satisfied himself by this ingenious ex- 
periment, that the natives were an honest, social 
race of jolly roysters, who had no objection to a 
drinking bout, and were very merry in their cups, 
the old commodore chuckled hugely to himself, and 
thrusting a double quid of tobacco in his cheek, 
directed Master Juet to have it carefully recorded, 
for the satisfaction of all the natural philosophers 
of the university of Leyden — which done, he pro- 
ceeded on his voyage, with great self-complacency. 
After sailing, however, about a hundred miles up 
the river, he found the watery world around him 
began to grow more shallow and confined, the cur- 
rent more rapid, and perfectly fresh — phenomena 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Chapter I. 99 

not uncommon in the ascent of rivers, but which 
puzzled the honest Dutchmen prodigiously. A con- 
sultation was therefore called, and having deliber- 
ated full six hours, they were brought to a determin- 
ation, by the ship's running aground — whereupon 
they unanimously concluded, that there was but 
little chance of getting to China in this direction. A 
boat, however, was dispatched to explore higher up 
the river, which, on its return, confirmed the opin- 
ion — upon this the ship was warped off and put 
about, with great difficulty, being, like most of her 
sex, exceedingly hard to govern; and the adventur- 
ous Hudson, according to the account of my great- 
great-grandfather, returned down the river — with a 
prodigious flea in his ear! 

Being satisfied that there was little likelihood 
of getting to China, unless, like the blind man, he 
returned from whence he set out, and took a fresh 
start, he forthwith recrossed the sea to Holland, 
where he was received with great welcome by the 
honorable East India Company, who very much re- 
joiced to see him come back safe — with their ship; 
and at a large and respectable meeting of the first 
merchants and burgomasters of Amsterdam, it was 
unanimously determined, that as a munificent re- 
ward for the eminent services he had performed, and 
the important discovery he had made, the great 
river Mohegan should be called after his name! — 
and it continues to be called Hudson river unto this 
very day. 

L.ofC. 



100 Correlation of History, GeograpJiy and Literature. 

CHAPTER II. 
Containing an Account of a Mighty Ark, Which Floated, 
Under the Protection of St. Nicholas, from Holland to 
Gibbet Island — The Descent of the Strange Animals 
Therefrom — A Great Victory, and a Description of the 
Ancient Village of Communipaw. 

31. The delectable accounts given by the great 
Hudson, and Master Juet, of the country they had 
discovered, excited not a little talk and speculation 
among the good people of Holland. Letters-patent 
were granted by government to an association of 
merchants, called the West India Company, for the 
exclusive trade on Hudson river, on which they 
erected a trading house called Fort Aurania, or 
Orange, from whence did spring the great city of 
Albany. But I forbear to dwell on the various com- 
mercial and colonizing enterprises which took place; 
among which was that of Mynheer Adrian Block, 
who discovered and gave a name to Block island, 
since famous for its cheese — and shall barely confine 
myself to that which gave birth to this renowned 
city. 

It was some three or four years after the return 
of the immortal Hendrick, that a crew of honest, 
Low Dutch colonists set sail from the city of 
Amsterdam for the shores of America. It is an 
irreparable loss to history, and a great proof of the 
darkness of the age, and the lamentable neglect of 
the noble art of book-making, since so industriously 
cultivated by knowing sea-captains, and learned 
supercargoes, that an expedition so interesting and 



Irving's Knickerbocker History— Chapter II. 101 

important in its results, should be passed over in 
utter silence. To my great-great-grandfather am I 
again indebted for the few facts I am enabled to 
give concerning it — he having once more embarked 
for this country, with a full determination, as he 
said, of ending his days here — and of begetting a 
race of Knickerbockers, that should rise to be great 
men in the land. 

The ship in which these illustrious adventurers 
set sail was called the Oocde Vrouw, or good woman, 
in compliment to the wife of the President of the 
West India Company, who was allowed by every- 
body (except her husband) to be a sweet-tempered 
lady — when not in liquor. It was in truth a most 
gallant vessel, of the most approved Dutch con- 
struction, and made by the ablest ship-carpenters 
of Amsterdam, who, it is well known, always model 
their ships after the fair forms of their country- 
women. Accordingly, it had one hundred feet in 
the beam, one hundred feet in the keel, and one 
hundred feet from the bottom of the stern-post to 
the tafferel. Like the beauteous model, who was 
declared to be the greatest belle in Amsterdam, 
it was full in the bows, with a pair of enormous 
cat-heads, a copper bottom, and, withal, a most pro- 
digious poop! 

The architect, who was somewhat of a relig- 
ious man, far from decorating the ship with pagan 
idols, such as Jupiter, Neptune, or Hercules (which 
heathenish abominations, I have no doubt, occasion 
the misfortunes and shipwreck of many a noble ves- 



102 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

sel), he, I say, on the contrary, did laudably erect 
for a head, a goodly image of St. Nicholas, equipped 
with a low, broad-brimmed hat, a huge pair of 
Flemish trunk-hose, and a pipe that reached to the 
end of the bowsprit. Thus gallantly furnished, the 
staunch ship floated sideways, like a majestic goose, 
out of the harbor of the great city of Amsterdam, 
and all the bells that were not otherwise engaged, 
rang a triple bobmajor on the joyful occasion. 

My great-great-grandfather remarks that the 
voyage was uncommonly prosperous, for, being un- 
der the especial care of the ever-revered St. Nicho- 
las, the Gocde Yrouw seemed to be endowed with 
qualities unknown to common vessels. Thus she 
made as much lee-way as head-v/ay, could get along 
very nearly as fast with the wind ahead, as when 
it was a-poop — and was particularly great in a 
calm; in consequence of which singular advantages, 
she made out to accomplish her voyage in a very 
few months, and came to anchor at the mouth of 
the Hudson, a little to ihe east of Gibbet island. 

Here lifting up their eyes, they beheld, on what 
is at present called the Jersey shore, a small Indian 
village, pleasantly embowered in a grove of spread- 
ing elms, and the natives all collected on the beach, 
gazing in stupid admiration at the Goede Vrouw. 
A boat was immediately despatched to enter into 
a treaty with them, and approaching the shore, 
hailed them through a trumpet in most friendly 
terms; but so horribly confounded were these poor 
savages at the tremendous and uncouth sound of 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Chapter II. 103 

the Low Dutch language, that they one and all took 
to their heels, and scampered over the Bergen hills; 
nor did they stop until they had buried themselves, 
head and ears, in the marshes on the other side, 
where they all miserably perished to a man — and 
their bones being collected and decently covered 
by the Tammany Society of that day, formed that 
singular mound called Rattlesnake hill, which 
rises out of the center of the salt marshes, a little 
to the east of the Newark Causeway. 

Animated by this unlooked-for victory, our 
valiant heroes sprang ashore in triumph, took pos- 
session of the soil as conquerors in the name of 
their High Mightinesses the Lords States General; 
and marching fearlessl}^ forward, carried the vil- 
lage of Communipaw by storm, notwithstanding 
that it was vigorously defended by some half-a-score 
of old squaws and pappooses. On looking about 
them, they were so transported with the excellen- 
cies of the place, that they had very little doubt 
the blessed St. Nicholas ha.d guided them thither, 
as the very spot whereon to settle their colony. The 
softness of the soil was Vi'onderfully adapted to the 
driving of piles; the swamps and marshes around 
them afforded ample opportunities for the con- 
structing of dikes and dams; the shallowness of 
the shore was peculiarly favorable to the building 
of docks — in a word, this spot abounded with all 
the requisites for the foundation of a great Dutch 
city. On making a faithful report, therefore, to the 
crew of the Goede Trouw, they one and all deter- 



104 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

mined that this was the destined end of their voy- 
age. Accordingly they descended from the Goede 
Yrouiv, men, women, and children, in goodly 
groups, as did the animals of yore from the ark, 
and formed themselves into a thriving settlement, 
which they called by the Indian name Communi- 
paw. 



How Peter Stuyvesant Defended the City of New Amsterdam, 
for Several Days, by Dint of the Strength of His Head. 

32. There is something exceedingly sublime 
and melancholy in the spectacle which the present 
crisis of our history presents. An illustrious and 
venerable little city — the metropolis of an immense 
extent of uninhabited country — garrisoned by a 
doughty host of orators, chairmen, committeemen, 
burgomasters, schepens, and old women — governed 
by a determined and strong-headed warrior, and 
fortified by mud batteries, palisadoes, and resolu- 
tions — blockaded by sea, beleagured by land, and 
threatened with direful desolation from without; 
while its very vitals are torn with internal faction 
and commotion! Never did historic pen record a 
page of more complicated distress, unless it be the 
strife that distracted the Israelites during the siege 
of Jerusalem — where discordant parties were cut- 
ting each other's throats, at the moment when the 
victorious legions of Titus had toppled down their 
bulwarks, and were carrying fire and sword into 
the very sanctum sanctorum of the temple. 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Peter Stiiyvesant. 105 

Governor Stiiyvesant, having triumphantly, as 
has been recorded, put his grand council to the 
rout, and thus delivered himself from a multitude 
of impertinent advisers, despatched a categorical 
reply to the commanders of the invading squadron; 
wherein he asserted the right and title of their High 
Mightinesses, the Lord States General to the prov- 
ince of New Netherlands, and, trusting in the right- 
eousness of his cause, set the whole British nation 
at defiance! My anxiety to extricate my readers 
and myself from these disastrous scenes, prevents 
me from giving the whole of this gallant letter, 
which concluded in these manly and affectionate 
terms : 

"As touching the threats in your conclusion, 
we have nothing to answer, only that we fear noth- 
ing but what God (who is as just as merciful) shall 
lay upon us; all things being in His gracious dis- 
posal, and we may as well be preserved by Him 
with small forces, as by a great army; which makes 
us to wish you all happiness and prosperity, and 
recommend you to his protection. — My lords, your 
thrice humble and affectionate servant and friend, 
"F. STUYVESANT." 

Thus having resolutely thrown his gauntlet, 
the brave Peter stuck a pair of horse pistols in his 
belt, girded an immense powder horn on his side — 
thrust a sound leg into a Hessian boot, and, clap- 
ping his fierce little war hat on the top of his head — 
paraded up and down in front of his house, deter- 
mined to defend his beloved citv to the last. 



106 CGrrelation of History, Geography and Literature. 

While all tliese woeful struggles and dissen- 
sions were prevailing in tlie unhappy city of New 
Amsterdam, and while its worthy, but ill-starred 
governor was framing the above-quoted letter, the 
English commanders did not remain idle. They had 
agents secretly employed to foment the fears and 
clamors of the populace; and moreover circulated 
far and wide, through the adjacent country, a proc- 
lamation, repeating the terms they had already 
held out in their summons to surrender, and be- 
guiling the simple Nederlanders with the most 
crafty and conciliating professions. They promised 
that every man who voluntarily submitted to the 
authority of his British Majesty, should retain 
peaceable possession of his house, his vrouw, and 
his cabbage garden. That he should be suffered 
to smoke his pipe, speak Dutch, wear as many 
breeches as he pleased, and import bricks, tiles, 
and stone jugs from Holland, instead of manufac- 
turing them on the spot. That he should on no ac- 
count be compelled to learn the English language, 
or keep accounts in any other way than by casting 
them up on his fingers, and chalking them down 
upon the crown of his hat; as is still observed 
among the Dutch yeomanry at the present day. 
That every man should be allowed quietly to in- 
herit his father's hat, coat, shoe buckles, pipe, and 
every other personal appendage, and that no man 
should be obliged to conform to any improvements, 
inventions, or any other modern innovations; but, 
on the contrary, should be permitted to build his 



Irving's Knickerbocker History— Peter Stuyvesant. 107 

house, follow liis trade, manaj^e his farm, rear his 
hogs, and educate his children, precisely as his an- 
cestors did before him since time immemorial. 
Finally, that he should have all the benefits of free 
trade, and should not be required to acknowledge 
any other saint in the calendar than St. Nicholas, 
who should thenceforward, as before, be consid- 
ered the tutelar saint of the city. 

These terms, as may be supposed, appeared 
very satisfactory to the people, who had a great 
disposition to enjoy their property unmolested, and 
a most singular aversion to engage in a contest 
where they could gain little more than honor and 
broken heads — the first of which they held in philo- 
sophic indifference, the latter in utter detestation. 
By these insidious means, therefore, did the Eng- 
lish succeed in alienating the confidence and affec- 
tions of the populace from their gallant old gov- 
ernor, whom they considered as obstinately bent 
upon running them into hideous misadventures; 
and did not hesitate to speak their minds freely, 
and abuse him most heartily — behind his back. 

Like as a mighty grampus, who, though as- 
sailed and butieted by roaring waves and brawling 
surges, still keeps on an undeviating course; and 
though overwhelmed by boisterous billows, still 
emerges from the troubled deep, spouting and blow- 
ing with tenfold Aiolence — so did the inflexible 
Peter pursue, unwavering, his determined career, 
and rise, contemptuous, above the clamors of the 
rabble. 



108 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

But when the British warriors found, by the 
tenor of his reply, that he set their power at defi- 
ance, they forthwith despatched recruiting officers 
to Jamaica, and Jericho, and Nineveh, and Quag, 
and Patchog, and all those towns on Long island 
which had been subdued of yore by the immortal 
Stoffel Brinkerhoff, stirring up the valiant progeny 
of Preserved Irish, and Determined Cock, and those 
other illustrious squatters, to assail the city of New 
Amsterdam by land. In the meanwhile, the hostile 
ships made awful preparation to commence an as- 
sault by water. 

The streets of New Amsterdam now presented 
a scene of wild dismay and consternation. In vain 
did the gallant Stuyvesant order the citizens to 
arm, and assembly in the public square or market 
place. The whole party of Short Pipes in the course 
of a single night had changed into arrant old 
women — a metamorphosis only to be paralleled by 
the prodigies recorded by Livy as having happened 
at Kome on the approach of Hannibal, w^hen statues 
sweated in pure affright, goats were converted into 
sheep, and cocks turning into hens ran cackling 
about the streets. 

The harassed Peter, thus menaced from with- 
out, and tormented from within — baited by the bur- 
gomasters, and hooted at by the rabble, chafed and 
growled and raged like a furious bear, tied to a 
stake and worried by a legion of scoundrel curs. 
Finding, however, that all further attempts to de- 
fend the city were vain, and hearing that an irrup- 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Peter Stuyvesant. 109 

lion of borderers and mosstroopers was ready to 
deluge him from tbe east, he was at length com- 
pelled, in spite of his proud heart, which swelled 
in his throat until it had nearly chocked him, to 
consent to a treaty of surrender. 

Words can not express the transports of the 
people, on receiving this agreeable intelligence; had 
they obtained a conquest over their enemies, they 
could not have indulged greater delight. The 
streets resounded with their congratulations — they 
extolled their governor, as the father and deliverer 
of his country — they crowded to his house to testify 
their gratitude, and were ten times more noisy in 
their plaudits, than when he returned, with vic- 
tory perched upon his beaver, from the glorious 
capture of Fort Christina. But the indignant Peter 
shut his doors and windows, and took refuge in 
the innermost recesses of his mansion, that he 
might not hear the ignoble rejoicings of the rabble. 

In consequence of this consent of the governor, 
a parley was demanded of the besieging forces to 
treat of the terms of surrender. Accordingly, a 
deputation of six commissioners was appointed on 
both sides; and on the 27th of August, 1664, a 
capitulation highly favorable, to the province, and 
honorable to Peter Stuyvesant, was agreed to'by 
the enemy, who had conceived a high opinion of the 
valor of the Manhattoes, and the magnanimity and 
unbounded discretion of their governor. 

One thing alone remained, which was, that the 
articles of surrender should be ratified, and signed 



110 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

by the governor. When the commissioners respect- 
fully waited upon him for this purpose, they were 
received by the hardy old warrior with the most 
grim and bitter courtesy. His warlike accoutre- 
ments were laid aside — an old India night gown 
was wrapped about his rugged limbs, a red night 
cap overshadowed his frowning brow, and an iron 
gray beard, of three days' growth, gave additional 
grimness to his visage. Thrice did he seize a little 
worn-out stump of a pen, and essay to sign the 
loathsome paper — thrice did he clinch his teeth, and 
make a most horrible countenance, as though a pes- 
tiferous dose of rhubarb, senna, and ipecacuanha, 
had been offered to his lips; at length, dashing it 
from him, he seized his brass-hilted sword, and, 
jerking it from the scabbard, swore by St. Nicholas, 
he'd sooner die than yield to any power under 
heaven. 

In vain was every attempt to shake this sturdy 
resolution — menaces, remonstrances, revilings, were 
exhausted to no purpose — for two whole days was 
the house of the valiant Peter besieged by the clam- 
orous rabble, and for two whole days did he betake 
himself to his arms, and persist in a magnanimous 
refusal to ratify the capitulation. 

At length the populace, finding that boisterous 
measures did but incense more determined opposi- 
tion, bethought themselves of an humble expedient, 
by which, happily, the governor's ire might be 
soothed, and his resolution undermined. And now 
a solemn and mournful procession, headed by the 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Peter Stuyvesant. Ill 

burgomasters and scheperis, and followed by the 
populace, moves slowly to the governor's dwelling, 
bearing the capitulation. Here they found the stout 
old hero, drawn up like a giant in his castle, the 
doors strongly barricadoed, and himself in full regi- 
mentals, with his cocked hat on his head, firmly 
posted with a blunderbuss at the garret window. 

There was something in this formidable posi- 
tion that struck even the ignoble vulgar with awe 
and admiration. The brawling multitude could not 
but reflect with self-abasement upon their own 
pusillanimous conduct, when they beheld their 
hardy but deserted old governor, thus faithful to 
his post, like a forlorn hope, and fully prepared to 
defend his ungrateful city to the last. These com- 
punctions, however, were soon overwhelmed by the 
recurring tide of public apprehension. The popu- 
lace arranged themselves before the house, taking 
off their hats with most respectful humility. — Bur- 
gomaster Roerback, who was of that popular class 
of orators described by Sallust as being "talkative 
rather than eloquent," stepped forth and addressed 
the governor in a speech of three hours' length; de- 
tailing in the most pathetic terms the calamitous 
situation of the province, and urging him in a con- 
stant repetition of the same arguments and words 
to sign the capitulation. 

The mighty Peter eyed him from his little gar- 
ret window in grim silence — now and then his eye 
would glance over the surrounding rabble, and an 
indignant grin, like that of an angry mastiff, would 



112 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

mark liis iron visage. But though he was a man of 
most undaunted mettle — though he had a heart as 
big as an ox, and a head that would have set ada- 
mant to scorn — yet, after all, he was a mere mor- 
tal : — wearied out by these repeated oppositions and 
this eternal haranguing, and perceiving that unless 
he complied, the inhabitants would follow their 
own inclinations, or rather their fears, without 
waiting for his consent, he testily ordered them to 
hand up the paper. It was accordingly hoisted to 
him on the end of a pole, and having scrawled his 
name at the bottom of it, he anathematized them 
all for a set of cowardly, mutinous, degenerate pol- 
troons — threw the capitulation at their heads, 
slammed down the window, and was heard stump- 
ing down stairs with the most vehement indigna- 
tion. The rabble incontinently took to their heels; 
even the burgomasters were not slow in evacuating 
the premises, fearing lest the sturdy Peter might 
issue from his den, and greet them with some un- 
welcome testimonial of his displeasure. 

Within three hours after the surrender, a le- 
gion of British beef-fed warriors poured into New 
Amsterdam, taking possession of the fort and bat- 
teries. And now might be heard from all quarters 
the sound of hammers, made by the old Dutch 
burghers, who were busily employed in nailing up 
their doors and windows, to protect their vrouws 
from these fierce barbarians, whom they contem- 
plated in silent sullenness from the garret v^'indows, 
as they paraded through the streets. 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Rip Van Winkle. 113 

Thus did Col. Richard Nichols, the commander 
of the British forces, enter into quiet possession of 
the conquered realm, as lociwi tenens for the Duke 
of York, The victory was attended with no other 
outrage than that of changing the name of the prov- 
ince and its metropolis, which thenceforth were de- 
nominated New York, and so have continued to be 
called unto the present day. The inhabitants, ac- 
cording to treaty, were allowed to maintain quiet 
possession of their property; but so inveterately did 
they retain their abhorrence of the British nation, 
that in a private meeting of the leading citizens, it 
was unanimously determined never to ask any of 
their conquerors to dinner. 

— Irving 



Rip Van Winkle. 
33, The appearance of Rip, with his long, griz- 
zled beard, his rusty fowling-piece, his uncouth 
dress, and an army of women and children at his 
heels, soon attracted the attention of the tavern 
politicians. They crowded around him, eyeing him 
from head to foot with great curiosity. The orator 
bustled up to him, and, drawing him partly aside, 
inquired on which side he voted. Rip stared in 
vacant stupidity. Another short but busy little 
fellow pulled him by the arm, and, rising on tiptoe, 
inquired in his ear "whether he was Federal or 
Democrat." 



114 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Rip was equally at a loss to comprehend the 
question; when a knowing, self-important old 
gentleman, in a sharp cocked hat, made his way 
through the crowd, putting them to the right and 
left with his elbows as he passed, and planting him- 
self before Van Winkle, with one arm akimbo, the 
other resting on his cane, his keen eyes and sharp 
hat penetrating, as it were, into his very soul, de- 
manded, in an austere tone, what brought him to 
the election with a gun on his shoulder, and a mob 
at his heels, and whether he meant to breed a riot 
in the village. 

"Alas! gentlemen," cried Rip, somewhat dis- 
mayed, ''I am a poor, quiet man, a native of the 
place, and a loyal subject of the king, God bless 
him!" Here a general shout burst from the by- 
standers: "A tory! a tory! a spy! a refugee! hustle 
him! away with him!" It was with great diflSculty 
that the self-important man in the cocked hat re- 
stored order; and, having a tenfold austerity of 
brow, demanded again of the unknown culprit, what 
he came there for, and whom he was seeking. The 
poor man humbly assured him that he meant no 
harm, but merely came there in search of some of 
his neighbors, who used to keep about the tavern. 
"Well, who are they? name them." 

Rip bethought himself a moment, and inquired, 
"Where's Nicholas Vedder?" There was a silence 
for a little while, when an old man replied, in a thin, 
piping voice, "Nicholas Vedder! why, he is dead and 
gone these eighteen years! There was a wooden 



Irving' s Knickerbocker History — Rip Va7i Winkle. 115 

tombstone in the church-yard that used to tell 
all about him, but that's rotten and gone too." 
"Where's Brom Butcher?'' "Oh, he went off to the 
army in the beginning of the war. Some say he was 
killed at the storming of Stony Point; others say he 
was drowned in a squall at the foot of Anthony's 
Nose. I don't know; he never came back again." 

"Where's Van Bummel, the schoolmaster?" 
"He went off to the wars, too; was a great militia 
general, and is now in Congress." Rip's heart died 
away at hearing of these sad changes in his home 
and friends, and finding himself thus alone in the 
world. Every answer puzzled him, too, by treating 
of such enormous lapses of time, and of matters 
which he could not understand — war, Congress, 
Stony Point. He had no courage to ask after any 
more friends, but cried out in despair, "Does nobody 
here know Rip Van Winkle?" 

"Oh, Rip Van Winkle!" exclaimed two or three, 
"Oh, to be sure! That's Rip Van Winkle yonder, 
leaning against the tree." Rip looked, and beheld 
a precise counterpart of himself as he went up the 
mountain; apparently as lazy, and certainly as 
ragged. The poor fellow was now completely con- 
founded; he doubted his own identity, and whether 
he was himself or another man. In the midst of his 
bewilderment, the man in the cocked hat demanded 
who he was, and what was his name. 

"God knows!" exclaimed he, at his wit's end. 
"I'm not myself; I'm somebody else; that's me yon- 
der; no, that's somebody else got into my shoes. I 



116 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

was myself last night; but I fell asleep on the moun- 
tain, and they've changed my gun, and everything's 
changed, and I'm changed, and I can't tell what's 
my name or who I am!" 

The bystanders began now to look at each 
other, nod, wink significantly, and tap their fingers 
against their foreheads. There was a whisper, also, 
about securing the gun, and keeping the old fellow 
from doing mischief, at the very suggestion of which 
the self-important man in the cocked hat retired 
with some precipitation. At this critical moment, 
a fresh, comely woman pressed through the throng 
to get a peep at the gray-bearded man. She had a 
chubby child in her arms, which, frightened at his 
looks, began to cry. "Hush, Rip!" cried she, "hush, 
you little fool! the old man won't hurt you." 

The name of the child, the air of the mother, 
the tone of her voice, all awakened a train of recol- 
lections in his mind. "What is your name, my good 
woman?" asked he. "Judith Gardenier." "And your 
father's name?" "Ah, poor man! Rip Van Winkle 
was his name; but it's twenty years since he went 
away from home with his gun, and never has been 
heard of since; his dog came home without him; but 
whether he shot himself, or was carried away by 
the Indians, nobody can tell. I was then but a 
little girl." 

Rip had but one question more to ask; but 
he put it with a faltering voice: "Where's your 
mother?" "Oh, she, too, died but a short time since; 



Irving's Knickerbocker History — Rip Van Winkle. 117 

she broke a bloodvessel in a fit of passion at a New 
England peddler." There was a drop of comfort, 
at least, in this intelligence. The honest man could 
contain himself no longer. He caught his daughter 
and her child in his arms. "I am your father!" 
cried he. "Young Rip Van Winkle once, old Rip 
Van Winkle now! Does nobody know poor Rip Van 
Winkle?" 

All stood amazed, until an old woman, tottering 
out from among the crowd, put her hand to her 
brow, and, peering under it in his face for a moment, 
exclaimed, "Sure enough! it is Rip Van Winkle! it 
is himself! Welcome home again, old neighbor! 
Why, where have you been these twenty long 
years?" Rip's story was soon told, for the whole 
twenty years had been to him but as one night. 

To make a long story short, the company broke 
up and returned to the more important concerns of 
the election. Rip's daughter took him home to live 
with her. She had a snug, well-furnished house, and 
a stout, cheery farmer for a husband, whom Rip 
recollected for one of the urchins that used to 
climb upon his back. Rip now resumed his old 
walks and habits. He soon found many of his for- 
mer cronies, though all rather the worse for the 
wear and tear of time, and preferred making friends 
among the rising generation, with whom he soon 
grew into great favor. 

— Irving. 



118 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 



MISCELLANEOUS REVIEW. 

34. A close connection should be made in a 
most thorough review between the periods of dis- 
covery and exploration just passed over and the fol- 
lowing period of colonization. The transition is 
well-nigh imperceptible. Frequently the explorer 
and colonist are one and the same. 

Do not fail to understand the significance of 
the four great oceanic passages, the result of so 
many voyages. 

The cut for miscellaneous review furnishes the 
best material here and should be studied carefully 
and all data given fixed in the mind. 



Attempted Colony ty Raleigh. 119 



SECOND PERIOD— COLONIZATION. 



ATTEMPTED COLONY BY RALEIGH. 

35. The first English attempt at planting a 
colony on the soil claimed by her in the New World 
was that of the Roanoke Island. This was under 
the direction of Sir Walter Raleigh, to whom Queen 
Elizabeth had granted a charter clothing him with 
all necessary authority for carrying out the project. 
With this end in view, an expedition was fitted out 
under the direction of Raleigh in 1584. Raleigh 
himself started with the fleet, but put back on 
account of rough weather. The colony, numbering 
108 emigrants, under Ralph Lane, came over in 
1585 and landed at Roanoke Island in North Caro- 
lina. These colonists were unsuited to a new coun- 
try, however, and would have starved had not Sir 
Francis Drake touched there and carried them 
home. They took back with them tobacco and 
the potato. 

In 1587, although discouraged, Raleigh sent 
forth a second band, consisting of men and 
women. John White was the leader and governor. 
This colony came to Roanoke Island and attempted 
a settlement. Here was born Virginia Dare, the 



120 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

first child born of English parents in the New 
World. 

Governor White soon found it necessary to go 
back to England for supplies, and, owing to the 
Spanish war, he could not return to America for 
three years. When he did return, it was too late, 
for the colony had disappeared. The tradition has 
been that they were adopted by Indians. There is 
at the present day in that section a race of people 
of mixed descent, and they are regarded as the de- 
scendants of the last colony of Koanoke. 

Kaleigh's attempt to plant a colony aroused 
others, especially Gosnold. Gosnold sailed directly 
westward and touched Cape Cod. Southward then 
he sailed as far as Buzzard bay. Here he landed and 
built a house for colonists whom he intended to 
leave there. But when he had filled his ship with 
sassafras roots and cedar logs and prepared to sail, 
no one would stay and so no colony was established. 



SETTLEMENT OF VIRGINIA. 
36. As a result of Gosnold's voyage he was 
more eager than ever to plant a colony in Virginia, 
the name given to the country known to Raleigh. In 
160G King James I. created two companies to settle 
the new country, Virginia, which then stretched 
from Maine to Florida. The two companies began 
to make preparations, and on December 19, 1606, 143 
colonists set sail for the coast of Carolina. They 



Settlement of Virginia. 121 



entered the James river in 1607 and established the 
colony of Jamestown. It was the month of May. 
Houses were not needed; they built none; only made 
fortifications and tents. But food soon gave out and 
the Indians became hostile. Before September half 
the number had died of fever. Had it not been for 
Capt. John Smith the colony would have perished. 
Soon 500 more worthless people came over. In six 
months all but sixty of these were dead, and the 
colony would have perished utterly had not Lord 
Delaware came over in 1610. He came as governor 
and with a new charter, so that soon the colony was 
put on a sound basis of industry and good govern- 
ment. In a short time it numbered 4,000, and in 1619 
at Jamestown was held the first representative as- 
sembly in America. At the same time slavery was 
introduced by the bringing of a number of negroes 
to work on the plantations. 

Because popular government had been es- 
tablished, the king annulled the charter of the com- 
pany in 1624 and it became a royal colony. A year 
later Charles I. gave part of the territory of Virginia 
to George Calvert, Lord Baltimore, a Roman Catho- 
lic interested in planting colonies in the New World. 
He was given unlimited power over the territory 
granted, and in 1634 Maryland was settled under 
most liberal laws made by the lord proprietor and 
the people who came to his colony, which, though 
founded as a refuge for persecuted Catholics, was 
likewise a retreat for all denominations. 



122 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 



SETTLEMENT OF NEW YORK. 

37. The Dutch followed up their claims, made 
by the discoveries of Sir Henry Hudson, in estab- 
lishing trading posts along the Hudson river for 
the exchange of knives, axes, and trinkets for the 
valuable furs of the Indians. And now they took 
possession of the land on both banks of the Hudson 
river, calling it New Netherland, in memory of their 
own land, and naming the trading post on Manhat- 
tan island, New Amsterdam, after their European 
capital. 

In 1609 Hudson passed up New York bay, and 
in 1614 there were some rude huts at Manhattan 
island and a trading post at Albany. But the su- 
premacy of the Dutch was shortlived, lasting only 
from 1614 to 1664, when the Dutch possessions in 
America passed into the hands of the English. In 
the meanwhile the Dutch had sent out settlers to 
many points. Soon after the settlement of New Am- 
sterdam at Manhattan island, a rival company to the 
Dutch West India Company established a settlement 
of Swedes in Delaware. But these were absorbed 
by the New York colony. 



SETTLEMENT OF MASSACHUSETTS. 

38. Of all the early settlers, few equal and 

none surpass, both in personal worth and influence 

for good, the Filgrim Fathers, who, to the number 

of one hundred and one souls, crossed the ocean 



Settlement of Massachusetts. 123 

aboard the little Mayflower in search of religious lib- 
erty. It would be difficult to find a stronger con- 
trast between two bodies of colonists than may be 
drawn between the Pilgrims, the settlers of Ply- 
mouth in 1G20 and of Boston ten years later, and 
the worthless followers of Captain Smith of James- 
town. 

Landing of the Pilgrim Fathers. 

39. Felicia Dorotliea Hemans, 1794-1835, was born in 
Liverpool, England. Her maiden name was Browne. Her 
childhood was spent in Wales. Her first volume of poems 
was published in 1808; her second in 1812. In 1812 she 
was married to Captain Hemans, but he left her about six 
years after their marriage, and they never again lived to- 
gether. She then went, with her five sons, to reside with 
her mother, then living near St. Asaph, in North Wales. 
Mrs. Hemans now resumed her literary pursuits, and wrote 
much and well. Her poetry is smooth and graceful, and she 
excels in description. Many of her poems are exceedingly 
beautiful. 

The breaking waves dashed high 

On a stern and rock-bound coast, 
And the woods against a stormy sky 

Their giant branches tossed; 

And the heavy night hung dark, 

The hills and waters o'er, 
When a band of exiles moored their bark 

On the wild New England shore. 

Not as the conqueror comes, 

They, the true-hearted, came; 
Not with the roll of the stirring drums, 

And the trumpet that sings of fame. 



124 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Not as the flying come, 

In silence, and in fear; — 
They shook the depths of the desert gloom 

With their hymns of lofty cheer. 

Amidst the storm they sang, 

And the stars heard, and the sea; 
And the sounding aisles of the dim woods rang 

To the anthem of the free! 

The ocean-eagle soared 

From his nest by the white wave's foam; 
And the rocking pines of the forest roared, — 

This was their welcome hojne. 

There were men with hoary hair 

Amidst the Pilgrim band: 
Why had they come to wither there. 

Away from their chilhood's land? 

There was woman's fearless eye, 

Lit by her deep love's truth; 
There was manhood's brow, serenely high, 

And the fiery heart of youth. 

What sought they thus afar? 

Bright jewels of the mine? 
The wealth of seas, the spoils of war? — 

They sought a faith's pure shrine! 

Ay, call it holy ground. 

The soil where first they trod; 
They have left unstained what there they found.- 

Freedom to worship God. 



Settlement of Massachusetts. 125 

40. A better idea can not be given of their re- 
ligious fervor and love of liberty than by reading the 
social compact which was signed by forty-one men 
in the cabin of the Mayflower, November 11, 1620, 
while that vessel still lay in Cape Cod bay.* 

This is thought to be the earliest written con- 
stitution in all history, and was certainly the in- 
ceptive seed out of which has grown the Federal 
Constitution with all its civil liberty and bene- 
ficent influences. These two hundred words 
should be graven on the memory of every American 
citizen. 

In that day, teacher and preacher were fre- 
quently one and the same individual, instructing the 
youth five days out of the week, and in the same 
building exhorting the people on the Sabbath. How- 
ever dry may have been his discourses, his audi- 
ences knew no waning, for attendance was com- 
pulsory. And it was but natural that out of such a 
system should spring schools and colleges. Within 
fifteen years after their first arrival, and within five 
from the founding of Boston, provision was made 
for establishing a public school in that city. Twelve 
years later, or 1G47, a law was enacted providing in- 
struction for every white child in Massachusetts. 
This was the foundation of the common school sys- 
tem of the United States. In 1636 the General 
Court voted the equivalent of a full year's tax of the 
colony, or four hundred pounds, a sum equal to 



See Appendix. 



126 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

$10,000 now, to found what has become Harvard 
University. 

During the reign of Elizabeth there arose 
a sect who insisted that certain changes and reforms 
should be made in the church. From this they were 
called Puritans. They soon separated from the 
church and began to be persecuted. In 1608 a num- 
ber of them went to Holland. From there, in 1620, 
Brewster, Bradford and Miles Standish set sail for 
the New World in the Blaij flower. On December 22, 
1620, they came ashore at Plymouth and established 
that colony. Incredible hardships by weather and 
disease and Indians they suffered, but they were an 
heroic band and carved out for themselves a new 
state. 

In 1629 they obtained a charter or right of self- 
government. This led to the coming of thousands 
of Puritans, and soon Salem, Boston and other 
places were settled. Then colonies to the westward 
on the Connecticut and northward were planted. 

In 1633 a young minister from Plymouth, Roger 
Williams, becoming a dissenter from the established 
beliefs of the Puritans, was banished, and going 
southward among the Indians established the colony 
of Rhode Island. 

In 1638 New Haven was founded by people 
from Boston. Soon all the colonies in New England 
united for greater strength and protection. 



The Courtship of Miles Standish. 127 

THE COURTSHIP OF MILES STANDISH. 
I. 
41. MILES STANDISH. 

In the Old Colony days, in Plymoiith, the land of 
the Pilgrims, 

To and fro in a room of his simple and primitive 
dwelling, 

Clad in doublet and hose, and boots of Cordovan 
leather, 

Strode, with a martial air. Miles Standish, the Puri- 
tan Captain. 

Buried in thought he seemed, with his hands be- 
hind him, and pausing 

Ever and anon to behold his glittering weapons of 
warfare. 

Hanging in shining array along the walls of the 
chamber, — 

Cutlass and corslet of steel, and his trusty sword of 
Damascus, 

Curved at the point and inscribed with its mystical 
Arabic sentence, 

While underneath, in a corner, were fowling-piece, 
musket, and matchlock. 

Short of stature he was, but strongly built and ath- 
letic. 

Broad in the shoulders, deep-chested, with muscles 
and sinews of iron; 

Brown as a nut was his face, but his russet beard 
was already 



128 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Flaked with patches of snow, as hedges sometimes 

in November. 
Near him was seated John Alden, his friend, and 

household companion. 
Writing with diligent speed at a table of pine by 

the window; 
Fair-haired, azure-eyed, with delicate Saxon com- 
plexion, 
Having the dew of his youth, and the beauty thereof, 

as the captives 
Whom Saint Gregory saw, and exclaimed, ''Not An- 
gles but Angels." 
Youngest of all was he of the men who came in the 

Mayflower. 
Suddenly breaking the silence, the diligent scribe 

interrupting. 
Spake, in the pride of his heart, Miles Standish, the 

Captain of Plymouth. 
"Look at these arms," he said, "the warlike weapons 

that hang here 
Burnished and bright and clean, as if for parade or 

inspection! 
This is the sword of Damascus I fought with in 

Flanders; this breastplate. 
Well I remember the day! once saved my life in a 

skirmish; 
Here in front you can see the very dint of the bullet 
Fired point-blank at my heart by a Spanish arca- 

bucero. 
Had it not been of sheer steel, the forgotten bones 

of Miles Standish 



The Courtship of Miles Standish. 129 

Would at this moment be mould, in their grave in 

the Flemish morasses." 
Thereupon answered John Alden, but looked not up 

from his writing: 
"Truly the breath of the Lord hath slackened the 

speed of the bullet; 
He in his mercy preserved you, to be our shield and 

our weapon!" 
Still the Captain continued, unheeding the words of 

the stripling: 
''See, how bright they are burnished, as if in an 

arsenal hanging; 
That is because I have done it myself, and not left 

it to others. 
Serve yourself, would you be well served, is an ex- 
cellent adage; 
So I take care of my arms, as you of your pens and 

your ink-horn. 
Then, too, there are my soldiers, my great, invinci- 
ble army, 
Twelve men, all equipped, having each his rest and 

his matchlock, 
Eighteen shilling a month, together with diet and 

pillage, 
And, like Caesar, I know the name of each of my 

soldiers!" 
This he said with a smile, that danced in his eyes, 

as the sunbeams 
Dance on the waves of the sea, and vanish again 

in a moment. 



130 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Alden laughed as he wrote, and still the Captain 

continued: 
''Look! you can see from this window my brazen 

howitzer planted 
High on the roof of the church, a preacher who 

speaks to the purpose, 
Steady, straight-forward, and strong, with irresisti- 
ble logic, 
Orthodox, flashing conviction right into the hearts 

of the heathen. 
Now we are ready, I think, for any assault of the 

Indians; 
Let them come, if they like, and the sooner they 

try it the better, — 
Let them come if they like, be it sagamore, sachem, 

or pow-wow, 
Aspinot, Samoset, Corbitant, Squanto or Tokama- 

homan!" 
Long at the window he stood, and wistfully gazed 

on the landscape. 
Washed with a cold grey mist, the vapory breath of 

the east wind, 
Forest and meadow and hill, and the steel-blue rim 

of the ocean. 
Lying silent and sad, in the afternoon shadows and 

sunshine. 
Over his countenance flitted a shadow like those on 

the landscape. 
Gloom intermingled with light; and his voice was 

subdued with emotion, 



The Courtship of Miles Standish. 131 

Tenderness, pity, regret, as after a pause he pro- 
ceeded: 

"Yonder there, on the hill by the sea, lies buried 
Rose Standish; 

Beautiful rose of love, that bloomed for me by the 
wayside ! 

She was the first to die of all who came in the Maij- 
flowcr! 

Green above her is growing the field of wheat we 
have sown there, 

Better to hide from the Indian scouts the graves of 
our people, 

Lest they should count them and see how many al- 
ready have perished!" 

Sadly his face he averted, and strode up and down, 
and was thoughtful. 

Fixed to the opposite wall was a shelf of books, and 

among them 
Prominent three, distinguished alike for bulk and 

for binding; 
Bariffe's Artillery Guide, and the Commentaries of 

Caesar, 
Out of the Latin translated by Arthur Goldinge of 

London, 
And, as if guarded by these, between them was 

standing the Bible. 
Musing a moment before them, Miles Standish 

paused, as if doubtful 
Which of the three he should choose for his consola- 
tion and comfort, 



132 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Whether the wars of the Hebrews, the famous cam- 
paigns of the Eomans, 

Or the Artillerj^ practice, designed for belligerent 
Christians. 

Finally down from its shelf he dragged the ponder- 
ous Roman, 

Seated himself at the window, and opened the book, 
and in silence 

Turned o'er the well-worn leaves, where thumb- 
marks thick on the margin, 

Like the trample of feet, proclaimed the battle was 
hottest. 

Nothing was heard in the room but the hurrying pen 
of the strippling, 

Busily writing epistles important, to go by the May- 
flower, 

Ready to sail on the morrow, or next day at latest, 
God willing! 

Homeward bound with the tidings of all that terri- 
ble winter, 

Letters written by Alden, and full of the name of 
Priscilla, 

Full of the name and the fame of the Puritan maiden 
Priscilla: —Longfellow. 



The Twenty-Second of December. 
42. Wild was the day; the wintry sea 

Moaned sadly on New England's strand, 
When first, the thoughtful and the free, 
Our fathers, trod the desert land. 



The Twenty-second of December. 133 

They little tlionglit how pure a light, 

With years, should gather round that day; 

How love should keep their memories bright, 
How wide a realm their sons should sway. 

Green are their bays; but greener still 

Shall round their spreading fame be wreathed. 

And regions, now untrod, shall thrill 

With reverence, when their names are 
breathed. 

Till where the sun, with softer fires, 

Looks on the vast Pacific sleep, 
The children of the pilgrim sires 

This hallowed day like us shall keep. 

— Brijant. 



43. For a long period the colonies mentioned 
flourished without any important changes, and new 
ones were established. These new ones were 
mainly in the South. 

In 166.3 English settlements were made on the 
Cape Fear river in North Carolina, and soon set- 
tlements were planted by French Huguenots at 
Charleston. In 1729 the territory was divided, and 
what had been called Carolina became North and 
South Carolina. These colonies grew rapidly by 
influx of people from their neighbors and Europe. 

New Jersey was cut ofi' from New York and 
became a separate colony in 1661, under Lord Berk- 
eley and Sir George Carteret. A little later Penn 



134 Correlation of History, QeograpTiy and Literature. 

bought part of it, but it all became one colony 
again. 

Pennsylvania was the land granted to Penn 
in 1681 by Charles II. In 1683 Penn made a treaty 
with the Indians and laid out the town of Phila- 
delphia. The growth of the colony under his wise 
and peaceable management and his successors was 
rapid and uneventful. 

Georgia was the last colony established in the 
New World. James Oglethorpe founded it in 1732 
as a refuge for debtors from England. Savannah 
was the first settlement. Not all the colonists were 
poor debtors, but peoples from all over Europe came. 



CONFLICTING GRANTS. 

44. By careful examination of the illustration 
on ''Conflicting Grants" it can readily be seen that 
land was granted the council of Plymouth that com- 
pletely covered the territory which had been granted 
to the Plymouth Company fourteen years previous, 
while in 1663 the Clarendon Company received a 
concession of a strip four degrees in width, two of 
which overlapped the grant made to the London 
Company in 1606. These grants gave rise to two 
sets of claimants, each tracing its origin to the same 
source, — the English sovereign. The contentions 
arising out of these grants and between these 
claimants added internal weakness to the colonists 
and drained them of a strength that should have 



Intercolonial Wars. 135 



been used in a united effort against their external 
foes. Even until this day no small amount of un- 
certainty attaches to certain titles because of these 
conflicting grants. 



INTERCOLONIAL WARS. 

45. In order to understand the significance of 
the four wars which we are now about to take up, 
it is necessary to bear in mind what has already 
been said of the French and their establishment of 
a line of forts and trading posts the entire length 
of the St. Lawrence and Mississippi rivers and along 
the shores of the lakes and Niagara river, which 
almost completed a water line dividing the North 
American continent. This was no accident, but the 
part of a gigantic and well-planned scheme. Hence 
we are not to be surprised at the sharp rivalry, bit- 
ter feeling and consequent wars between the French 
and English. When the Dutch along the Hudson 
had excited the envy of French and English alike, 
it was but a matter of time when the English should 
wipe them from the continent. But now the con- 
test is between two rivals more nearly equal; the 
stake is a continent. Who shall rule North 
America, the English- or the French-speaking 
world? 

Between 1689, the beginning of King William's 
War, and 176.3, the termination of the French and 
Indian War, a period of but seventy-four years, there 
were thirty years of actual war in the four strug- 



136 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

gles between France and England, the Indians tak- 
ing sides first with one and then the other, but 
usuall}' with the French and against the English. 

Though frequent struggles with neighboring 
Indian tribes kept alive their military spirit, no 
conflict of sufficient magnitude and inter-colonial 
interest had up to this time made union of action 
among the English settlers necessary against a com- 
mon foe. But now begins the first of a series of 
wars which called for united support. 

46. King William's War, 1689-1697— King 
James II., who was a Roman Catholic, had fled to 
the court of Louis XIV. of France, and that mon- 
arch espoused his cause. War between England 
and France commenced and the quarrel extended 
to their respective colonies. After eight years of 
strife King William's War was ended in 1697 by 
the treaty of Ryswick, Holland. 

47. Queen Anne's War, 1702-1713— Al- 
though this treaty had been signed but five years be- 
fore, a second war now broke out. James II. had 
died in 1701 and Louis XIV., who had sheltered the 
exiled king, acknowledged his son. Prince James 
(the Pretender) to be the lawful heir to the 
English throne. The French monarch had also 
placed his grandso-n, Philip of Anjou, upon the 
Spanish throne, in the hope of extending the influ- 
ence of France among the European dynasties. 
This and other causes made England declare war 
against France. Because Philip of Anjou succeeded 



Intercolonial Wars. 137 



to the Spanish throne, this conflict was known in 
Europe as the war of the Spanish Succession. 

48. King George's War, 1744-1748— After a 
peace of thirty years another war was begun be- 
tween England and France, in Europe, and renewed 
between their colonists in the New World. George 
II. had succeeded to the English throne, when a 
contest arose between the Empress of Hungary and 
the Elector of Bavaria for the Austrian throne. The 
English king espoused her cause and the king of 
France took part with her opponent. This led 
France to declare war against England. In Europe 
it was called the War of the Austrian Succession, 
but in America, King George's AVar. 

49. French and Indian War, 1754-1763 — 
It will be noticed that, in the three wars just de- 
scribed, the contention arose between England and 
France, in Europe, and the struggle was extended 
to the New World to be fought out between their 
respective American colonists. Indeed the four 
wars embraced within a period of seventy-five years 
was a chain of four links, and might be considered 
so many phases of one continuous struggle. 

But in taking up the fourth and last of these 
wars, known in the New World as the French and 
Indian War, but in the old as The Seven Years War, 
it must be borne in mind that, contrary to the estab- 
lished rule, it had its origin in America between the 
French and English colonists and led the mother 
countries into a European struggle. 



138 Correlation of History, Qeograpfiy and Literature. 

France and England at that time were heirs to 
an ancient quarrel which had originated in the Feu- 
dal ages and been kept alive by subsequent colli- 
sions. It burned as vigorously in the bosoms of 
the colonists in America, fed as it was by frequent 
frontier hostilities, as in the breasts of the inhab- 
itants of the mother countries. Their jealousy now 
became extreme, because the prize before them was 
the supreme rule of the New World. At first the 
trading posts and missionary stations of the French 
in the distant northwest and in the depths of a dark 
wilderness, situated remote from the English set- 
tlements, attracted little attention, until their oper- 
ations began to be extended. But after the capture 
of Louisburg in 1745, the French became vigorous 
in opposing the extension of British power in 
America. This was shown by building vessels on 
Lake Ontario, making treaties with the Indian 
tribes, strengthening Fort Niagara, and by erecting 
a cordon of strongholds to the number of more than 
sixty, between New Orleans and Montreal. Up to 
this time the vastness of unoccupied territory and 
the fewness of colonists had made clashes between 
the French and English frontier settlements en- 
tirely needless. But the claims given the English 
in their old charters allowed them the territory 
westward to the Pacific ocean, south of the latitude 
north of Lake Erie, while the French claimed all 
territory watered by the Mississippi, and the 
streams emptying into it, under the plea that they 
first settled and explored it. This territorial ques- 



Intercolonial Wars. 139 

tion was speedily brought to a decisive issue. Trad- 
ers and trappers of the Ohio Company were sent 
to explore and prepare the region about the Ohio 
river for settlement. They were seized and made 
prisoners by the French. In turn the French be- 
gan to erect forts to connect the Alleghany river 
and Lake Erie. In answer to the complaints of 
the Ohio Company because of these hostile move- 
ments, Lieutenant Governor Dinwiddie, of Vir- 
ginia, in whose territory these intrusions occurred, 
sent George Washington with a letter of remon- 
strance to St. Pierre, the French commander. 

50. St. Pierre returned by Washington a writ- 
ten and sealed reply in which he said he was act- 
ing under the orders of his superior, the Marquis of 
Du Quesne, at Montreal, and therefore refused to 
withdraw his troops from the disputed territory. 
Dinwiddie organized an expedition against the 
French, and called for a general colonial union to 
take action against a common enemy. And thus 
originated the first scheme for concerted action 
among all the colonists. 

Of the Virginia force, Washington was second 
in command, with the title of major. But while 
these military preparations were in progress, the 
Ohio Company had sent a party to construct a fort 
at the confluence of the Monongahela and Alle- 
ghany rivers, the present site of Pittsburg. Penn- 
sylvania. They had just begun when the French 
drove them off, completed the fort, and called it 
Du Quesne, in honor of the Canadian governor. 



140 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Washington, who was on the march, hastened for- 
ward to the Monongahela, upon gaining this in- 
formation. Learning that a force superior to his 
own was marching to attack him, he returned to 
Great Meadows, and there erected Fort Necessity. 
With reinforcements Washington soon moved to- 
ward Fort Du Quesne, but upon learning that 
another strong force of Indians and Frenchmen was 
about to attack him, he retired to Fort Necessity, 
which he was forced to surrender and return to 
Virginia. 

England had always claimed the territory 
lying between the Atlantic ocean and the Missis- 
sippi river, limited north and south by certain 
parallels of latitude, while France considered 
herself proprietor of the land lying from the 
Mississippi east to the crest of the Alleghany 
mountains. Therefore, when the French formally 
asserted their right to this territory by planting 
a fort at the juncture of the Alleghany and 
Monongahela rivers, which unite to form the 
Ohio river, England considered it an encroach- 
ment and the long pending struggle was precipi- 
tated. Though this fort, called Du Quesne. stood 
where now stands the great iron, petroleum and 
manufacturing city of Pittsburg, it was then con- 
sidered to be located in a distant part of the little 
known west. It was within eight miles of this city 
that General Braddock mot defeat and death, July 
9, 1755, and the battle is remarkable to the student 
of history for two events. After the fall of General 



Intercolonial Wars. 141 

Braddock, young Washington, then acting upon that 
general's staff, showed such soldierly qualities that 
from that day, though but twenty-three years of 
age, he stood out as the logical leader of the colonial 
forces. Also, though the combatants in the wars 
between the English and French colonists had here- 
tofore been made up principally of colonial militia, 
it soon became apparent that the mother countries 
would become involved in an international w^ar. 
Such was the case. Not until 1815 were the issues 
closed that had been thus opened. Hence, the Fort 
Du Quesne campaign introduces George Washing- 
ton as a military leader and opens a struggle that 
closes only with Waterloo. 

51. Four expeditions were planned for prose- 
cuting the war. 

1. To go north from New York to Lake Cham- 
plain, take Forts Ticonderoga and Crown Point, and 
move against Quebec. 

2. To sail from New England and make such 
a demonstration against the French towns to the 
northeast as would prevent the French in that quar- 
ter from going to defend Quebec and Crown Point. 

3. To start from Albany, go up the Mohawk 
and down the Oswego to Lake Ontario, and along 
its shores to the Niagara river. 

4. To go from Fort Cumberland across Penn- 
sylvania to Fort Du Quesne. 

As already related, the fourth expedition was a 
failure because Braddock would not listen to Wash- 
ington's advice to fight the Indians in their own 



142 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

way. The expedition against Niagara was a failure. 
The expedition against Crown Point was partially 
successful. 

In May, 1756, Great Britain formally declared 
war against France and both nations prepared for 
a desperate struggle by sending over their best men. 
The French sent over Montcalm, while Pitt, who 
was at the head of affairs in England, sent over 
Wolfe. At once the British began to succeed. Louis- 
burg and Du Quesne were captured and Wolfe was 
selected to lead an expedition against Quebec. 



SIEGE OF QUEBEC. 
52. Four years had elapsed since the com- 
mencement of this struggle. Pitt conceived the 
scheme of conquering all Canada and destroying 
at a single blow French dominion in America. In 
preparation for this, Amherst succeeded Aber- 
crombie as commander-in-chief of the twenty 
thousand provincial troops now in service. Such 
a force plainly shows the alacrity of the colo- 
nists in responding to all military calls made 
upon them. They were strengthened by a co-operat- 
ing land and naval force sent from England. A 
combined land and naval force under General 
Wolfe was to ascend the St. Lawrence to attack 
Quebec. General Amherst was to drive the French 
from Lake Champlain, capture Montreal, and join 
Wolfe before Quebec, while a third expedition, com- 



Siege of Quebec. 143 



manded by General Prideaux, was given the task 
of seizing Fort Niagara and thence hastening by way 
of Lake Ontario to Montreal. 

General Amherst, late in July, 1759, ap- 
peared before Ticonderoga with eleven thousand 
men to find the enemy had retired within the fort, 
whence three days later they fled to Crown Point. 
Pursuing them there, owing to the lateness of the 
season, he was unable to follow them in their flight 
thence across the St. Lawrence. Amherst went into 
winter quarters at Crown Point and occupied him- 
self in the construction of strong fortifications. 

In carrying out his part of the scheme, 
Prideaux sailed from Oswego to his attack at 
Niagara, and on the 17th of July commenced the 
siege. Slain on the same day, he was succeeded in 
command by Sir William Johnson. Though at- 
tacked on the 24th of July by a relief force of French 
regulars and Indians three thousand strong, after a 
severe conflict the column was completely routed 
and on the next day Fort Niagara was surrendered 
to the colonists with its garrison of seven hundred 
men. Thus the last connecting link of French mili- 
tary posts between Canada and Louisiana was 
broken, never to be united. Unable to procure a 
sufficient number of vessels for transporting his 
army and prisoners, General Johnson was unable to 
proceed to Montreal, to co-operate with Amherst and 
Wolfe on the St. Lawrence, as originally planned. 
Garrisoning Fort Niagara, he returned home. 



144 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

All interest now centered about Wolfe at 
Quebec, whither he had gone from Louisburg with 
eight thousand troops and a suitable convoy of bat- 
tleships, commanded by Admirals Saunders and 
Holmes. On June the 27th the force was landed 
upon Orleans Island, a few miles below Quebec. 
As shown in the cut of this siege, the army of 
Montcalm, the French general in command, lay on 
the north bank of the St. Lawrence river, between 
the Montmorenci river on the east and the St. 
Charles on the west. The city consists of an Up- 
per and Lower Town, the former within fortified 
walls three hundred feet above the river; the latter 
lying upon the narrow beach between the edge of 
the water and the upper town. The level plateau 
is called the Plains of Abraham. 

53. On the third day after their arrival, the 
English took possession of Point Levi, and, throw- 
ing hot balls thence from a battery, almost de- 
stroyed the Lower Town. With his small cannon, 
Wolfe was unable to damage the fortifications at so 
great a distance. Hence, on July the 10th, he landed 
Generals Townshend and Murray east of the Mont- 
morenci river and there formed his second camp. 
General Monckton crossed from Point Levi and 
landed at a point just above Montmorenci river on 
July 31. The plan was for Murray and Townshend 
to force a passage of the Montmorenci, while Monck- 
ton made an attack from the water front on Mont- 
calm's camp. He too eagerly rushed forward before 
Townshend and Murray could co-operate with him. 



Siege of Quebec. 145 



In the midst of a heavy thunderstorm, at the rising 
of the tide and the coming of the night, Monckton 
was forced to re-embark on his boats and return to 
Point Levi with a loss of five hundred men. 

After two months of ineffectual maneuvering, 
the camp at Montmorenci was broken up and 
secret preparations were made, at Townshend's sug- 
gestion, to scale the Heights of Abraham, and attack 
the town from the southwest, its weakest side. Sick 
of a violent fever and unable to receive tidings from 
General Amherst, General Wolfe heartily approved 
of the design, and in his fevered condition deter- 
mined to lead the assault in person. 

54. All preparations having been completed, 
the English proceeded to ascend the river several 
miles above the selected landing place. At midnight 
they left their ships, entered flatboats, and with muf- 
fled oars moved silently down to the mouth of a ra- 
vine, a mile and a half above the city, where they dis- 
embarked. At daybreak the ascent was begun and at 
sunrise the entire army stood in battle array upon 
the Plains of Abraham, with equal advantages of 
the French. The surprised Montcalm, perceiving the 
peril of the city, led his whole army from its encamp- 
ment across the St. Charles river and before 10 
o'clock confronted the English. A fierce and bloody 
battle immediately ensued. The twice wounded 
Wolfe, at the moment he was leading his grenadiers 
to a fresh charge, received a bullet in his breast and 
was carried to the rear to die just as the battle 
closed, with a smile upon his lips as his ears caught 



146 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

the victory shouts of his army. Montcalm was also 
carried from the field mortally wounded. 

It is a noteworthy fact that the French and Eng- 
lish people have united in erecting a monument to 
the linked memory of Montcalm and Wolfe, though 
the remains of the latter were later carried to Eng- 
land for burial. 

This victory, with a threatening of famine, 
caused the surrender of the city on September 18, 
1759, which virtually ended the greatest struggle as 
yet on the American continent in its far-reaching 
result. Pitt's plan had succeeded and the question 
was forever settled that this continent should bo 
dominated by the English-speaking race. 

Elegy in a Country Church- Yard. 

55. Thomas Gray, 1716-1771, was born in London and 
educated at Eton and Cambridge. He stands very high 
among English poets, not only for the finish and grace of 
his writings, but also for his profound learning and fas- 
tidious taste. His "Elegy" has been fitly termed "the cor- 
ner-stone of his glory." 

The curfew tolls the knell of parting day, 
The lowing herd winds slowly o'er the lea, 

The plowman homeward plods his weary way, 
And leaves the world to darkness and to me. 

Now fades the glimmering landscape on the sight, 
And all the air a solemn stillness holds. 

Save where the beetle wheels his droning flight, 
And drowsy tinklings lull the distant folds: 



Elegy in a Country Church-Yard. 147 

Save that from yonder ivy-mantled tower. 

The moping owl does to the moon complain 

Of such as, wandering near her secret bower, 
Molest her ancient solitary reign. 

Beneath those rugged elms, that yew-tree's shade, 
Where heaves the turf in many a moldering heap, 

Each in his narrow cell forever laid, 

The rude forefathers of the hamlet sleep. 

The breezy call of incense-breathing morn, 

The swallow twittering from the straw-built 
shed. 

The cock's shrill clarion, or the echoing horn, 

No more shall rouse them from their lowly bed. 

For them no more the blazing hearth shall burn, 
Or busy housewife ply her evening care; 

No children run to lisp their sire's return, 
Or climb his knees the envied kiss to share. 

Oft did the harvest to their sickle yield. 

Their furrow oft the stubborn glebe has broke: 

How jocund did they drive their team afield! 

How bowed the woods beneath their sturdy 
stroke ! 

Let not Ambition mock their useful toil. 
Their homely joys, and destiny obscure; 

Nor Grandeur hear with a disdainful smile 
The short and simple annals of the poor. 



148 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

The boast of heraldry, the pomp of power, 

And all that beauty, all that wealth e'er gave, 

Await alike, the inevitable hour: 

The paths of glory lead but to the grave. 

Nor you, ye proud, impute to these the fault. 
If Memory o'er their tomb no trophies raise; 

Where, through the long-drawn aisle and fretted 
vault, 
The pealing anthem swells the note of praise. 

Can storied urn, or animated bust. 

Back to its mansion call the fleeting breath? 

Can Honor's voice provoke the silent dust. 

Or Flattery soothe the dull, cold ear of Death? 

Perhaps, in this neglected spot is laid 

Some heart once pregnant with celestial fire; 

Hands, that the rod of empire might have swayed, 
Or waked to ecstacy the living lyre: 

But Knowledge to their eyes her ample page. 
Rich with the spoils of time, did ne'er unroll; 

Chill Penury repressed their noble rage. 
And froze the genial current of the soul. 

Full many a gem of purest ray serene. 

The dark, unfathomed caves of ocean bear: 

Full many a flower is born to blush unseen. 
And waste its sweetness on the desert air. 



Elegy in a Country Church-Yard. 149 

Some village Hampden, tliat, with dauntless breast, 
The little tyrant of his fields withstood, 

Some mute, inglorious Milton here may rest. 

Some Cromwell, guiltless of his country's blood. 

The applause of listening senates to command, 
The threats of pain and ruin to despise. 

To scatter plenty o'er a smiling laud, 

And read their history in a nation's eyes, 

Their lot forbade: nor, circumscribed alone 

Their glowing virtues, but their crimes confined; 

Forbade to wade through slaughter to a throne, 
And shut the gates of mercy on mankind, 

The struggling pangs of conscious truth to hide, 
To quench the blushes of ingenuous shame, 

Or heap the shrine of luxury and pride 

With incense kindled at the Muse's flame. 

Far from the madding crowd's ignoble strife, 
Their sober wishes never learned to stray; 

Along the cool, sequestered vale of life. 

They kept the noiseless tenor of their way. 

Yet even these bones, from insult to protect. 
Some frail memorial still, erected nigh, 

With uncouth rhymes and shapeless sculpture 
decked, 
Implores the passing tribute of a sigh. 



150 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Their name, their years, spelt by the unlettered 
Muse, 

The place of fame and elegy supply; 
And many a holy text around she strews, 

Teaching the rustic moralist to die. 

For who, to dumb forgetfulness a prey. 

This pleasing, anxious being e'er resigned. 

Left the warm precincts of the cheerful day, 
Nor cast one longing, lingering look behind? 

On some fond breath the parting soul relies. 
Some pious drops the closing eye requires; 

Even from the tomb the voice of Nature cries, 
Even in our ashes live their wonted fires. 

For thee, who, mindful of the unhonored dead, 
Dost in these lines their artless tale relate, 

If chance, by lonely contemplation led, 

Some kindred spirit shall inquire thy fate, — 

Haply some hoary-headed swain may say, 
''Oft have we seen him at the peep of dawn 

Brushing, with hasty step, the dews away. 
To meet the sun upon the upland lawn: 

"There, at the foot of yonder nodding beech, 
That wreathes its old, fantastic roots so high. 

His listless length at noontide would he stretch, 
And pore upon the brook that babbles by. 



Elegy in a Country Church-Yard. 151 

''Hard by yon wood, now smiling as in scorn, 
Muttering his wayward fancies, lie would rove; 

Now, drooping, woeful-wan, like one forlorn. 

Or crazed with care, or crossed in hopeless love. 

"One morn, I missed him on the customed hill, 
Along the heath, and near his favorite tree: 

Another came; nor yet beside the rill, 

Nor up the lawn, nor at the wood was he: 

"The next, with dirges due, in sad array 

Slow through the church-way path we saw him 
borne : — 

Approach and read (for thou canst read) the lay 
'Graved on the stone beneath yon aged thorn." 

THE EPITAPH. 

Here rests his head upon the lap of Earth, 
A youth, to Fortune and to Fame unknown: 

Fair Science frowned not on his humble birth. 
And Melancholy marked him for her own. 

Large was his bounty, and his soul sincere, 
Heaven did a recompense as largely send: 

He gave to Misery (all he had) a tear; 

He gained from Heaven ('t was all he wished) a 
friend. 

No farther seek his merits to disclose. 

Or draw his frailties from their dread abode 

(There they alike in trembling hope repose). 
The bosom of his Father, and his God. 



152 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

General Wolfe is said to have quoted a part of 
the above poem just before entering the battle, and 
asserted that he would rather be its author than the 
hero of Quebec, after closing the prophetic stanza: 

The boast of heraldry^ the poiwp of power, 
And all that beauty, all that ivealth e'er gave, 

Await alike, the inevitable hour: 

The paths of glory lead but to the grave. 



ENGLISH, FRENCH AND SPANISH POSSESSIONS. 

56. Let us review the territorial claims of the 
Spanish, French, and English nations before the 
treaty of Paris, February 10, 1763, the result of this 
struggle. 

In 1512 Ponce De Leon sailed from Porto Rico 
and discovered Florida; in 1520 Cortez conquered 
Mexico, which extended to a boundary agreeing sub- 
stantially with the western limits of Louisiana, 
which afterward came to be known as the Louisiana 
Purchase; in 1498 Cabot had coasted from New- 
foundland as far south as the northern limit of 
Florida, thus giving the English title to the terri- 
tory from the Atlantic coast to the crest of the 
the Alleghanies and the unasserted right as far west 
as the Mississippi; through the discoveries and ex- 
plorations of many missionaries, but especially of 
Cartier and Champlain on the St. Lawrence and of 
La Salle on the Mississippi, France claimed the 
whole of the Louisiana Purchase and the eastern 



British and Spanish Possessions. 153 

portion of the Mississippi valley. The Dutch ex- 
plorations on the Hudson are here disregarded be- 
cause they were early seized and assimilated by the 
English. Mathematically stated, at the middle of 
the eighteenth century, France claimed eighty per 
cent.; Spain sixteen per cent.; and England the re- 
maining four per cent, of the present United States 
territory on the American continent outside of 
Alaska. 

Thus were the respective national claims at 10 
o'clock on the morning of September 17, 1769. In 
less than a half day's fighting, the French lost 
their eighty per cent., about half going to the Eng- 
lish and half to the Spanish, who took advantage of 
the English victory at Quebec to extend their bound- 
aries as far east as the Mississippi river, though the 
final treaty did not confirm these new claims until 
February 10, 1763. We should here note that the 
French in 1800 got this territory back from Spain 
by secret treaty, and transferred it to the United 
States as the Louisiana Purchase in 1803. 



BRITISH AND SPANISH POSSESSIONS. 
57. By the treaty of Paris, concluded February 
10, 1863, there was a general re-adjustment of terri- 
torial claims, which have been shown roughly in 
the previous cut. These changes were very largely 
the result of the French and Indian War, which 
culminated in the siege and surrender of Quebec. 
By this treaty France ceases to be a factor in Ameri- 



154 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

can affairs, just as the Dutch had gone out a hun- 
dred years before. In both cases England was the 
land-winner. Henceforth the rivalry for territory 
in the New World is between England and Spain. 
Indeed, by the terms of this treaty Spain ceded 
Florida to England, and received what was known 
as the territory of Louisiana from France. So the 
Mississippi river becomes the natural boundary line 
between the English and Spanish possessions. 



The Revolutionary War. 155 



THIRD PERIOD— REVOLUTION. 



THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR. 

58. The acquisition of so much more territory, 
provisions for governing and protecting it, and for 
paying the expenses incurred in the French and In- 
dian war, made changes in the policy of England to- 
ward her colonies. At the same time the prepar- 
ation for the war and the lessons it taught the colon- 
ies led to the Revolution. 

The new territory gained by the British was 
divided into three provinces for government — the 
provinces of Quebec, East and West Florida. All 
west of the mountains was set apart for the Indians. 
Arrangements were made to bring over an army 
of 10,000 troops, scatter them over the entire coun- 
try, and maintain them partly at the expense of the 
colonies. 

The share to be paid by the colonies was to 
be raised — 

1. By enforcing the old trade and navigation 
taxes. 

2. By a tax on imported sugar and molasses. 

3. By a stamp tax. 



156 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

No money had been raised hitherto in the colo- 
nies by such taxes, but money for the use of the king 
had been raised by taxes imposed by the legisla- 
tures. The people were, therefore, much alarmed 
and protested against such a method for collecting 
taxes. 

In 1765 Parliament passed the Stamp Act, re- 
quiring all legal papers to be on stamped and taxed 
paper, but the colonies one and all refused to allow 
the paper to be sold. The question was whether 
Parliament should tax America, and on this issue 
was the matter settled. 

59. But before this time the colonies had 
learned to act in harmony. It was one of the lessons 
taught by the wars. As early as 1754 all the colo- 
nies were invited to convene at Albany to form a 
plan of union. Franklin came forward with the Plan 
of Perpetual Union* which was adopted. But this 
plan was too aristocratic for the people and too 
democratic for the authorities in England, so it 
failed for the time being. Other conventions fol- 
lowed this one at Albany, and as the times became 
riper the results were greater. 

In 1774 the first Continental Congress met and 
passed the Bill of Rights. On May 10, 1775, the 
second Continental Congress met, and on July 4, 
1776, gave out the Declaration of Independence.* 

The Stamp Act was soon repealed, as it was 
not possible to enforce it, but others equally griev- 
ous were passed. These the people were determined 



I 



*See Appendix. 



Patrick Henry Before the Virginia Convention. 157 

to resist, as they had the stamp act. Soon troops 
came over for the defense of the colonies. These 
troops they refused to provide for, and there were 
conflicts between the American and British authori- 
ties. 

When the people refused to buy tea and other 
goods taxed, Parliament passed other and still more 
obnoxious bills. When the first Continental Con- 
gress met they presented addresses to the people 
and to the king, and set forth a declaration of 
rights. These rights were asserted to be — 

1. Life, liberty and i^ropert}'. 

2. To tax themselves. 

3. To assemble peacefully to petition for the 
redress of grievances. 

4. To enjoy the rights of Englishmen, and all 
the rights granted by the colonial charters. 

When the second Congress met in 1775 the 
people had ceased to petition and had begun to fight. 
General Gage, who had been appointed military gov- 
ernor of Massachusetts, attempted to prevent the 
assembly meeting at Boston, but they met at Salem 
and Cambridge. This assembly provided for 12,000 
minute men ready for service. Arming and drilling 
went rapidly on in Massachusetts and other colonies 
and full preparation was being made. 

Patrick Henry's Speech Before the Virginia Convention. 

GO. Patrick Henry, 1736-1799, was born in Hanover 
county, Virginia. He received instruction in Latin and 
mathematics from his father, but seemed to develop a 
greater fondness for hunting, fishing, and playing the fiddle 



158 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

than for study. Twice he was set up in business, and twice 
failed before he was twenty-four. He was then admitted to 
the bar after six weeks' study of the law. He got no busi- 
ness at first in his profession, but lived with his father- 
in-law. His wonderful powers of oratory first showed them- 
selves in a celebrated case which he argued in Hanover 
Court House, his own father being the presiding magis- 
trate. He began very awkwardly, but soon rose to a sur- 
prising height of eloquence, won his case against great 
odds, and was carried off in triumph by the delighted spec- 
tators. His fame was now established; business flowed in, 
and he was soon elected to the Virginia legislature. He 
was a delegate to the Congress of 1774, and in 1775 made 
the prophetic speech of which the following selection is a 
portion. It was on his own motion that the "colony be im- 
mediately put in a state of defense." During the Revolu- 
tion he was, for several years, governor of Virginia. In 
1788 he earnestly opposed the adoption of the Federal Con- 
stitution. When he died, he left a large family and an 
ample fortune. In person, Mr. Henry was tall and rather 
awkward, with a face stern and grave. When he spoke on 
great occasions, his awkwardness forsook him, his face 
lighted up, and his eyes flashed with a wonderful fire. In 
his life, he was good-humored, honest, and temperate. His 
patriotism was of the noblest type; and few men in those 
stormy times did better service for their country than he. 

It is natural for man to indulge in the illusions 
of hope. We are apt to shut our eyes against a 
painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren 
till she transforms us into beasts. Is this the part 
of wise men, engaged in a great and arduous strug- 
gle for liberty? Are we disposed to be of the num- 
ber of those, who, having eyes, see not, and having 
ears, hear not the things which so nearly concern 
their temporal salvation? For my part, whatever 
anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know 
the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide 
for it. 



Patrick Henry Before the Virginia Convention. 159 

I have but one lamp by which my feet are 
guided; and that is the lamp of experience. I know 
of no way of judging of the future but by the past; 
and, judging by the past, I wish to know what there 
has been in the conduct of the British ministry 
for the last ten years to justify those hopes with 
which gentlemen have been pleased to solace them- 
selves and the house? Is it that insidious smile 
with which our petition has been lately received? 
Trust it not: it will prove a snare to your feet. 
Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss. 
Ask yourselves, how this gracious reception of our 
petition comports with those warlike preparations 
which cover our waters and darken our land. Are 
fleets and armies necessary to a work of love and 
reconciliation? Have we shov»'n ourselves so un- 
willing to be reconciled that force must be called 
in to win back our love? Let us not deceive our- 
selves. These are the implements of war and sub- 
jugation, — the last arguments to which kings re- 
sort. 

I ask, gentlemen, what means this martial ar- 
ray, if its purpose be not to force us into submis- 
sion? Can gentlemen assign any other possible 
motive for it? Has Great Britain any enemy in 
this quarter of the world, to call for all this accu- 
mulation of navies and armies? No, she has none. 
They are meant for us: they can be meant for no 
other. They are sent over to bind and rivet upon 
us those chains which the British ministry have 
been so long forging. And what have we to oppose 



160 Correlation of History, Geography and, Literature. 

to them? Shall we try argument? We have been 
trying that for the last ten years. Have we any- 
thing new to offer upon the subject? Nothing. We 
have held the subject up in every light in which 
it was capable; but it has been all in vain. 

Shall we resort to entreaty and humble sup- 
plication? What terms shall we find which have 
not been already exhausted? Let us not, I beseech 
you, deceive ourselves longer. We have done every 
thing that could be done to avert the storm which 
is now coming on. We have petitioned; we have 
remonstrated; we have supplicated; we have pros- 
trated ourselves at the foot of the throne, and im- 
plored its interposition to arrest the tyrannical 
hands of the ministry and Parliament. Our peti- 
tions have been slighted; our remonstrances have 
produced additional violence and insult; our sup- 
plications disregarded; and we have been spurned 
with contempt from the foot of the throne. 

In vain, after these things, may we indulge the 
fond hope of peace and reconciliation. There is no 
longer any room for hope. If we wish to be free; 
if we mean to preserve inviolate those inestimable 
privileges for which we have been so long contend- 
ing; if we mean not basely to abandon the noble 
struggle in which we have been so long engaged, 
and which we have pledged ourselves never to 
abandon until the glorious object of our contest 
shall be obtained — we must fight! I repeat it, we 
must fight! An appeal to arms and the God of 
Hosts, is all that is left us. 



Patrick Henry Before the Virginia Convention. 161 

Tliej tell us that we are weak; unable to cope 
with so formidable an adversary. But when shall 
we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the 
next year? Will it be when we are totally dis- 
armed, and when a British guard shall be stationed 
in every house? Shall we gather strength by irreso- 
lution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means 
of effectual resistance by lying supinely on our 
backs, and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, 
until our enemies shall have bound us hand and 
foot? We are not weak, if we make a proper use 
of those means which the God of nature hath placed 
in our power. 

Three millions of people, armed in the holy 
cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which 
we possess, are invincible by any force which our 
enemy can send against us. Besides, we shall not 
fight our battles alone. There is a just God who 
presides over the destinies of nations; and who will 
raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The 
battle is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, 
the active, the brave. Besides, we have no election. 
If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too 
late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat 
but in submission and slavery! Our chains are 
forged. Their clanking may be heard on the plains 
of Boston! The war is inevitable; and, let it come! 
I repeat it, let it come! 

It is in vain to extenuate the matter. Gentle- 
men may cry peace, peace; but there is no peace. 
The war is actually begun. The next gale that 



162 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the 
clash of resounding- arms! Our brethren are already- 
in the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it 
that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is 
life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased 
at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, 
Almighty God! I know not what course others 
may take; but as for- me, give me liberty, or give 
me death. 



LEXINGTON AND BUNKER HILL. 

From "Pictures From American History." 
61. If we could have entered the town of Bos- 
ton in the autumn of the year 1774, we should soon 
have been made aware that we were in the midst 
of an extraordinary state of affairs. Across the 
''Neck" we should have seen a line of carefully 
guarded earthworks. We should have observed 
cannon mounted on the heights, tents pitched on the 
Common, and companies of red-coated soldiers 
marching through the streets. In the harbor we 
should have descried British men-of-war, their great 
guns showing grimly through the portholes. 

On the other hand, we should have noticed 
an unwonted stillness in the usually busy town. 
We should have seen the wharves almost deserted, 
the work people mainly idle, and the poorer families 
fed by contributions sent from other towns or colo- 
nies. 



Lexington and Bunker Hill. 163 

If now we bad stopped some grave citizen 
in cocked-liat and knee-breeches, and inquired of bim 
tbe explanation of tbese strange scenes, be migbt 
bare replied, — 

''Stranger, I see plainly tbat von. bave not beard 
of a little 'tea party' wbicb we bad here last Decem- 
ber, wben a band of our Boston 'Indians,' unwilling 
to allow tbe landing of a cargo of taxed tea, swooped 
down on tbe sbip, and tumbled its tbree bundred and 
forty cbests into tbe barbor. Tbis act migbtily en- 
raged Parliament, wbicb tbree montbs back made a 
law, tbe 'port bill,' to close our barbor and starve us 
out; but truh' from our sister colonies we bave had 
much aid and sweet sympathy, and we still live. 
Tbis accounts, friend, for our deserted wharves. 

"As for these red-coats, and the batteries 
that frown from yonder bills, and tbe grim war- 
ships in the barbor, our good King George has de- 
clared tbat we are 'rebels,' and has appointed Gen- 
eral Gage governor of Massachusetts: he is seizing 
our stores and ammunition, and harassing our peo- 
ple. Alas! I much fear me tbat bloodshed will come 
of it yet!" 

If, to get more light as to what was going 
on in Boston, we bad resorted to one of tbe private 
meetings or "clubs" of patriotic citizens, held al- 
most nightly in garrets or lofts, we should bave 
learned something of tbe temper of the "rebels" 
whom George III. was trying to crush. We should 
have beard arguments on the necessity of being 
ready to resist oppression, and reports from tbe 



164 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

musters of minute-men in the towns far and near. 
News, too, we should have heard of how the spirit 
of liberty was spreading in the other colonies, and 
cheering letters from members of the first Continen- 
tal Congress. 

One would rise and say, "John Adams writes 
that there is a great spirit in the Congress, and 
that we must furnish ourselves with arms and 
ammunition, but avoid war if possible!" Another 
would say, ''The great Virginia orator, Patrick 
Henry, on being told that Major Hawley of North- 
ampton said, 'We must fight!' answered, 'I am of 
that man's mind.' " 

This is the way the patriots talked in those 
days; ending, perhaps, with the words of the brave 
Dr. Warren, "The contest may be severe: the end 
will be glorious." The contest was to be severe in- 
deed, — a contest lasting through seven years of 
bloody war. 

About the middle of April, 1775, General 
Gage learned, through spies whom he had sent out, 
that a considerable supply of arms and ammunition 
had been collected at Concord, a towm eighteen 
miles from Boston. These he determined to seize in 
the king's name; so he secretly dispatched a body 
of eight hundred troops for this purpose. 

But the secrecy of Gage was no match for 
the vigilance of the patriots. The attempt had for 
several weeks been expected; and it had been ar- 
ranged that a special watch should be kept at 
Charlestown, opposite Boston, and that if at any 



Lexington and Bunker Hill. 165 

time a large force was preparing to leave Boston 
two lanterns should be bung out from tbe Nortb 
cbureb by way of signal. 

Tbe night movement did not escape the sharp 
eyes of the patriots; and its object was at once 
divined by Dr. Warren, one of the patriot lead- 
ers, Warren at once sent stouthearted Paul Severe 
to give the alarm, and warn the people of Concord 
that the troops were coming to seize the military 
stores. 

Only waiting to ask a friend to hang out the 
lanterns from the steeple of the North church as 
a signal to the watchers on the other side of the 
Charles river. Revere crossed in a rowboat to 
Charlestown. Here mounting a horse, he galloped 
towards Concord. 

A little beyond Charlestown, Revere was 
stopped b}' two British officers on horseback; but, 
being himself well mounted, he turned suddenly, and 
leading one of them into a clay pond, escaped from 
the other. As he pressed on, he waked the captain 
of the minute-men of Medford, and continued to 
rouse almost every house on the way to Lexington. 

In a house in that town slept that night John 
Hancock and Samuel Adams, two of the patriot 
leaders. It was very important to rouse these men, 
and this he did with a loud call. 

"Do not make so much noise," said a minute- 
man on guard before the house. ''Noise!" replied 
Revere. "You'll have noise enough before long. The 
regulars are coming out." 



166 Con-elation of History, Geography and Literature. 

And so they were. The British had crossed 
Charles river to what is now East Cambridge, and 
were marching silently along the marshes, when 
suddenly the bells of the country towns began to 
ring. It was plain that the alarm had been given, — 
that Paul Eevere and the other scouts had done their 
work well. 

It was a chilly morning, just before sunrise 
(April 19, 1775), when the British force, after march- 
ing all night, reached Lexington. On the village 
common were collected sixty or seventy minute-men, 
called together by beat of drum, and commanded by 
Captain John Parker. 

Biding up in front of his men, the British 
officer, Major Pitcairn, cried out, "Disperse, ye vil- 
lains; ye rebels, disperse; lay down your arms: why 
don't you lay down your arms and disperse?" Then 
the British soldiers fired; and the Americans fired 
in return, but did little damage. Eight of the Amer- 
icans were killed, and ten wounded. 

After this the British troops marched on to- 
wards Concord, where in the meantime the people 
were removing their military stores to the woods 
for safety. Then the minute-men, who had been hur- 
rying towards Concord, — to the number of about 
four hundred and fifty in all, — took up a position 
near what is called the "North Bridge," just out of 
the village. 

They could see the British soldiers moving 
about the streets, destroying military stores and 
provisions, cutting down the liberty pole, and setting 



Lexington and Bunker Hill. 167 

the courthouse on fire. Then the officers of the min- 
ute-men decided to march down to the bridge, and at 
least drive away the British soldiers who were sta- 
tioned there. Captain Isaac Davis of Acton said 
proudly, "I haven't a man that is afraid to go;" and 
he and his company marched at the head. 

When they reached the bridge, the British 
soldiers fired; and Davis fell dead. Then Major 
Buttrick called, ''Fire! for God's sake, fire!" The 
Americans fired; and the regulars retreated in great 
disorder, one man being killed, and several wounded. 
But the Americans knew that they were too few to 
attack the main body, until it should have set out 
on its return. 

When the British troops had destroyed all 
the military stores at Concord, they prepared to 
return. But they were not to go back as easily as 
they came. The guns and bells had roused the 
whole country round; and men came hurrying from 
all directions, commonly in their shirt sleeves, with- 
out order or discipline, but with guns in their hands. 
A British officer wrote afterwards that it seemed as 
if men had "dropped from the clouds." Every mile 
that the tired English soldiers marched from Con- 
cord back to Lexington, they had more and more 
opponents who kept firing from behind walls and 
trees; so that men were constantly falling, wounded 
or killed. 

At last the British soldiers fairly ran. There 
was great confusion. Their ammunition was al- 
most gone; and they would have had to surrender. 



168 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

had not Lord Percy met them with reinforcements 
and formed his troops into a hollow square at Lex- 
ington. Into this square the tired fugitives ran, and 
were safe. 

Lord Percy had now eighteen hundred men 
under him, and he retreated more slowly for the 
rest of the way: but the British were pursued to Bos- 
ton by greater and greater numbers; so that the 
troops were glad, at sunset, to get under protection 
of the guns of the men-of-war. The British had suf- 
fered nearly three times as much in "killed, wounded 
and missing," as the Americans. 

The actions at Lexington and Concord are 
sometimes spoken of as battles, but such they can 
not be called. Nor does their interest depend on 
their character as combats, but on what they showed 
of the spirit of the American people. 

"O, what a glorious morning is this!" ex- 
claimed John Adams when he heard the guns at 
Lexington; for he knew that the contest would end 
in the freedom of the colonies. Yes, it is the act and 
attitude of the little band, opposing force for the 
sake of freedom, that renders the green of Lexington 
historic, and makes a hallowed spot of the rude Con- 
cord bridge where, in Emerson's grand lines, — 

"The embattled farmers stood. 
And fired the shot heard round the world." 



The Battle of Lexington. 169 

The Battle of Lexington. 

62. Oliver Wendell Holmes, one of the wittiest of 
poets, is a native of Cambridge, Mass. He was born in 1809, 
and graduated at Harvard University in 1829. He first de- 
voted his attention to the study of law, but soon exchanged 
this for the study of medicine. After having spent several 
years abroad, he received his medical degree at Harvard 
in 1836, and in 1838 was elected a professor in Dartmouth 
Medical School. In 1847 he was elected Professor of Anat- 
omy in Harvard University. He was one of the most en- 
tertaining writers of both prose and poetry of the present 
age. He was also the author of several medical works 
of the highest merit. 

I. 

Slowly the mist o'er the meadow was creeping, 
Bright on the dewy buds glistened the sun, 
When from his couch, while his children were sleep- 
ing, 
Rose the bold rebel, and shouldered his gun. 

Waving her golden veil 

Over the silent dale, 
Blithe looked the morning on cottage and spire; 

Hushed was his parting sigh, 

While from his noble eye 
Flashed the last sparkle of liberty's fire. 

II. 

On the smooth green, where the fresh leaf is spring- 
ing, 
Calmly the first-born of glory have met. 
Hark! the death-volley around them is ringing! 
Look! with their life-blood the young grass is wet! 

Faint is the feeble breath, 

Murmuring low in death, — 



170 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

''Tell to our sons how their fathers have died;" 

Nerveless the iron hand, 

Kaised for its native land, 
Lies by the weapon that gleams at its side. 

III. 

Over the hillsides the wild knell is tolling. 
From their far hamlets the yeomanry come; 
As through the storm-clouds the thunder-burst roll- 
ing, 
Circles the beat of the mustering drum. 

Fast on the soldier's path 

Darken the waves of wrath: 
Long have they gathered, and loud shall they fall ; 

Red glares the musket's flash, 

Sharp rings the rifle's crash, 
Blazing and clanging from thicket and wall. 

IV. 

Gfayly the plume of the horseman was dancing. 
Never to shadow his cold brow again; 
Proudly at morning the war-steed was prancing; 
Reeking and panting he droops on the rein; 

Pale is the lip of scorn, 

Voiceless the trumpet horn. 
Torn is the silken-fringed red cross on high; 

Many a belted breast 

Low on the turf shall rest. 
Ere the dark hunters the herd have passed by. 



Paul Revere's Ride. 171 

V. 

Snow-girdled crags where the hoarse wind is raving, 
Rocks where the weary floods murmur and wail, 
Wilds where the fern by the furrow is waving. 
Reeled with the echoes that rode on the gale; 

Far as the tempest thrills 

Over the darkened hills, 
Far as the sunshine streams over the plain. 

Roused by the tyrant band, 

Woke all the mighty land. 
Girded for battle, from mountain to main. 

VI. 

Green be the graves where her martyrs are lying! 
Shroudless and tombless they sank to their rest, — 
While o'er their ashes the starry fold flying 
Wraps the proud eagle they roused from his nest I 

Borne on her Northern pine. 

Long o'er the foaming brine. 
Spread her broad banner to storm and to sun : 

Heaven keep her ever free, 

Wide as o'er land and sea 
Floats the fair emblem her heroes have won! 



Paul Revere's Ride. 
6.3. I. 

Listen, my children, and you shall hear 
Of the midnight ride of Paul Revere, 
On the eighteenth of April, in Seventy-Five: 
Hardly a man is now alive 
Who remembers that famous day and year. 



172 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

II. 

He said to his friend, "If the British march 
By land or sea from the town to-night, 
Hang a lantern aloft in the belfry-arch 
Of the North church tower, as a signal-light,- 
One if by land, and two if by sea; 
And I on the opposite shore will be, 
Ready to ride and spread the alarm 
Through every Middlesex village and farm. 
For the country-folk to be up and to arm." 

III. 

Meanwhile his friend, through alley and street, 
Wanders and watches with eager ears, 
Till in the silence around him he hears 
The muster of men at the barrack-door. 
The sound of arms, and the tramp of feet, 
And the measured tread of the grenadiers 
Marching down to their boats on the shore. 
Then he climbed to the tower of the church. 
Up the wooden stairs, with stealthy tread, 
To the belfry-chamber overhead. 

IV. 

Meanwhile, impatient to mount and ride, 

Booted and spurred, with a heavy stride. 

On the opposite shore walked Paul Revere. 

Now he patted his horse's side. 

Now gazed on the landscape far and near. 

Then impetuous stamped the earth, 

And turned and tightened his saddle-girth; 



Paul Revere's Ride. 173 



But mostly he watched with eager search 
The belfry-tower of the old North church, 
As it rose above the graves on the hill, 
Lonely, and spectral, and somber, and still. 

V. 

And lo! as he looks, on the belfry's height 

A glimmer, and then a gleam of light! 

He springs to the saddle, the bridle he turns, 

But lingers and gazes, till full on his sight 

A second lamp in the belfry burns! 

A hurry of hoofs in a village street, 

A shape in the moonlight, a bulk in the dark. 

And beneath from the pebbles, in passing, a spark 

Struck out by a steed that flies fearless and fleet, — 

That was all! And yet, through the gloom and the 

light. 
The fate of a nation was riding that night; 
And the spark struck out by that steed, in his flight, 
Kindled the land into flame with its heat. 

VI. 

It was twelve by the village clock. 

When he crossed the bridge into Medford town. 

It was one by the village clock. 

When he rode into Lexington. 

He saw the gilded weathercock 

Swim in the moonlight as he passed. 

And the meeting-house windows, blank and bare. 

Gaze at him with a spectral glare, 

As if they already stood aghast 

At the bloody work they would look upon. 



174 Correlation of History, Oeography and Literature. 

VII. 

You know the rest. In the books you have read 
How the British regulars fired and fled, — 
How the farmers gave them ball for ball, 
From behind each fence and farmyard-wall. 
Chasing the red-coats down the lane, 
Then crossing the fields to emerge again 
Under the trees at the turn of the road, 
And only pausing to fire and load. 

VIII. 

So through the night rode Paul Kevere; 

And so through the night went his cry of alarm 

To every Middlesex village and farm, — 

A cry of defiance, and not of fear, — 

A voice in the darkness, a knock at the door, 

And a word that shall echo for evermore! 

For, borne on the night-wind of the Past, 

Through all our history, to the last. 

In the hour of darkness and peril and need, 

The people will waken and listen to hear 

The hurrying hoof-beat of that steed. 

And the midnight message of Paul Revere. 

— Longfelloic. 

The Green Mountain Boys. 
64. I. 

Here we halt our march, and pitch our tent, 

On the rugged forest ground, 
And light our fire with the branches rent. 
By winds from the beeches round. 



The Declaration of Independence. 175 

Wild storms have torn this ancient wood, 

But a wilder is at hand, 
With hail of iron and rain of blood, 

To sweep and scath the land. 

II. 

How the dark waste rings with voices shrill, 

That startle the sleeping bird, 
To-morrow eve must the voice be still, 

And the step must fall unheard. 
The Briton lies by the blue Champlain, 

In Ticonderoga's towers, 
And ere the sun rise twice again, 

The towers and the lake are ours. 

III. 
Fill up the bowl from the brook that glides. 

Where the fireflies light the brake; 
A ruddier juice the Briton hides, 

In his fortress by the lake. 
Build high the fire, till the panther leap 

From his lofty perch in fright. 
And we'll strengthen our weary arms with sleep, 

For the deeds of to-morrow night. 

—W. G. Bryant. 

The Declaration of Independence. 
FROM "PICTURES FROM AMERICAN HISTORY.^" 

65. In Chestnut street, in the city of Philadel- 
phia, stands a building known as Independence 
Hall, but which in the old colonial days was called 



176 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

the "State House." This edifice is one of the shrines 
of American patriotism; for it was in one of its low- 
roofed, quaint old rooms, that the Declaration of 
Independence, which made the United States a 
nation, was debated and decided. 

In the month of May, 1775, the second Con- 
tinental Congress, which had the authority of a gen- 
eral government over the colonies, met in Phila- 
delphia. Lexington and Concord had been fought 
the previous April. In June, Congress chose as 
commander-in-chief of the American army, George 
Washington, who was present as a delegate from 
Virginia. Setting out in the latter part of that 
month to take command in Massachusetts, he heard 
of the battle of Bunker Hill on his way. 

There was thus war. But though the colon- 
ists were in arms, they were so, not for separation 
from the British government, but for their rights 
under that government. To a large portion of the 
American people, the idea of a final separation from 
England was at this time distasteful. Even after 
months of fighting, they clung to the hope of a 
friendly settlement of differences. Franklin was an 
ardent advocate of reconciliation, and so was Wash- 
ington, who at a later period wrote: "When I took 
command of the army, I abhorred the idea of inde- 
pendence." 

In revolutions things move rapidly, and all 
this fine feeling of loyalty was soon to be swept 
away. When the Americans saw their respectful 
petitions to the British government treated with 



The Declaration of Independence. 177 

disdain, and fleets and armies sent to compel them 
to submit to unjust laws, their eyes were opened to 
the fact that submission was slavery. Washington, 
who in July, 1775, had "abhorred independence." 
wrote less than a year afterwards: "Reconciliation 
with Great Britain is now impossible, and I am fully 
convinced that nothing but independence will save 
us." 

Of course this feeling among the people soon 
found voice in Congress. On the 7th of June, 
Richard Henry Lee, one of the delegates from Vir- 
ginia, offered a resolution "that these united colon- 
ies are, and of right ought to be, free and independ- 
ent states." This resolution was at once seconded by 
John Adams of Massachusetts — "glorious old John 
Adams," as he was afterwards called. 

When, however, a vote was taken on this 
resolution, it was seen that Congress was not yet 
prepared for a measure so decisive. Seven of the 
thirteen colonies voted for the resolution; six voted 
against it. As greater unanimity than this was 
necessary, it was agreed that the matter should 
stand over for two or three weeks. 

In the meanwhile, it was thought, the peo- 
ple of the colonies would show whether they were 
ready for independence, or not. And show it very 
clearly they did. Before the end of that month the 
people of every colony but one had either held meet- 
ings and voted that they wished for independence, 
or else had instructed their delegates to vote for it. 



178 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

During this time of delay, Congress had ap- 
pointe'H a committee to draw up a declaration of 
independence; for it was thought very important 
that Lee's resolution should be prefaced by what is 
called a preamble, that is, an introduction setting 
forth the reasons that led Congress to adopt the 
measure. The committee consisted of Thomas Jef- 
ferson of Virginia, John Adams of Massachusetts, 
Benjamin Franklin of Pennsylvania, Roger Sher- 
man of Connecticut, and Robert R. Livingston of 
New York. 

Jefferson, though comparatively young — he 
was then thirty-three years of age — was known as a 
very able man, and, as John Adams tells us, "had 
the reputation of a masterly pen." Accordingly he 
was requested by the committee, after discussing 
the topics, to make a draught of a declaration of 
independence. 

In a few days Jefferson was able to lay be- 
fore the committee a document which proved that 
he had indeed a "masterly pen." This was the im- 
mortal Declaration of Independence — the most fam- 
ous political paper ever written. With the excep- 
tion of two or three verbal changes suggested by 
Franklin and Adams (and which may be seen in 
their handwriting on the original document), the 
declaration was adopted by the committee just as 
Jefferson had written it; and on the 28th of June it 
was presented to Congress. 

On the 2d of July the resolution to declare 
the colonies independent, which had been intro- 



The Declaration of Independence. 179 

duced by Ricliard Henry Lee, was adopted by Con- 
gress. The draught of the Declaration was at once 
taken up, and debate on it began. The discussion 
was long and animated, lasting through the 2d and 
3d of July, and into the 4th. There was still some 
opposition to voting for independence at all; and the 
Declaration was considerably changed, or amended. 
Those who favored it, however, were the leading 
minds in Congress, and they urged its adoption 
with masterly eloquence and power. 

66. Fortunately, while Congress was engaged 
in the discussion, an argument of another kind was 
brought to bear on the more timid members. For 
just at this time news came that a large British 
force under General Howe had arrived at the en- 
trance to New York harbor. Immediate and united 
action was now felt to be essential, and most of 
those who had hitherto faltered went over to the 
cause of independence. 

It was 2 o'clock in the afternoon of the 4th 
of July, 1776, when the final vote was taken; and 
deep silence pervaded the august assembly when 
Secretary Thompson arose and announced to Con- 
gress that the Declaration was adopted by the unani- 
mous voice of the thirteen states. By this solemn 
act the English colonies had ceased to exist, and a 
new nation was born. 

During the forenoon of the 4th, thousands 
of anxious citizens had gathered in the streets of 
Philadelphia, for it was known that the final deci- 
sion was to be made on that day. From the hour 



180 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

when Congress met in the morning, the old bellman 
had been in the steeple ready to peal forth the joy- 
ful tidings. At the door below he had placed a boy 
to give him notice when the announcement should 
be made. As hour after hour passed by, however, 
and no word came, the gray-beard shook his head, 
and said, 'They will never do it! they will never 
do it!" 

Suddenly a loud shout came up from be- 
low; and there stood the blue-eyed lad, clapping his 
hands, and shouting, "Ring! ring! ring!" Grasping 
the iron tongue of the bell, the old man swung it 
backwards and forwards a hundred times; its loud 
voice proclaiming "liberty throughout all the land, 
unto all the inhabitants thereof."* 

The Declaration was signed, on the day of 
its adoption, by every member present who voted 
for it. When the delegates came up to sign, Frank- 
lin was, as ever, ready with his cheerful wit. John 
Hancock, who as the presiding oflflcer of Congress 
headed the signers, said to the others, "We must be 
unanimous: there must be no pulling different ways; 
we must all hang together." 

"Yes," said Franklin, "we must all hang to- 
gether, or else we shall all hang separately." We 
can imagine the members smiling at Franklin's pun. 



*It is a curious fact that this bell, now known as the 
"Liberty Bell." which was cast twentv-three years before 
the Declaration of Independence was adopted, had round its 
crown the quotation from Scripture, "Proclaim liberty 
throughout all the land, unto all the inhabitants thereof." 
The bell, though now cracked, still hangs above Independ- 
ence Hall. 



The Declaration of Independence. 181 

Yet grave thoughts must have been uppermost in 
the minds of those who had just taken a step so 
momentous. 

For, what was this Declaration? It was 
the solemn announcement that the connection with 
Great Britain was and ought to be at an end, and 
that the colonies were free and independent states. 
"And for the support of this declaration," said the 
signers, "we mutually pledge to each other our lives, 
our fortunes, and our sacred honor." 

The vigorous action of Congress nerved the 
colonists for their great enterprise. It was seen 
that the quarrel must now be fought out to the 
end, and gloriously won or shamefully lost. Every- 
where the Declaration was hailed with joy. 

It was read to the army amidst exulting 
shouts. It gave them the inspiration of a great 
cause, and sustained them in the dark days of the 
long Revolutionary struggle till that which was de- 
clared in Independence Hall in 1776 was acknowl- 
edged by all the world in 1783. 

Scholars, — children who are enjoying the 
priceless blessings of that liberty which cost our 
forefathers so much treasure and so much blood, — 
have you read the Declaration of Independence? If 
you have not, read it; if you have, read it again: 
study it; make its noble sentiments your own, and 
do not fail to grave deep in your memories these 
immortal lines: 

"We hold these truths to be self-evident: 
That all men are created equal; that they are en- 



182 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

dowed by their Creator with certain inalienable 
rights; that among these are life, liberty, and the 
pursuit of happiness. That, to secure these rights, 
governments are instituted among men, deriving 
their just powers from the consent of the governed; 
that, whenever any form of government becomes de- 
structive of these ends, it is the right of the people 
to alter or to abolish it, and to institute a new 
government, laying its foundation on such prin- 
ciples, and organizing its powers in such form, as 
to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety 
and happiness." 



BEN FRANKLIN'S WHARF. 

67. Nathaniel Hawthorne, 1804-1864, was born at 
Salem, Mass. He and Longfellow were classmates in Bow- 
doin College, Maine. He is the author of "Twice-Told 
Tales," "The Scarlet Letter," "The House of the Seven 
Gables," "The Marble Faun," etc. Hawthorne's stories are 
fascinating in every detail, and his style is so delightful in 
its polish and clearness that he is justly considered one of 
the finest of American prose writers. 

When Benjamin Franklin was a boy he was 
very fond of fishing; and in the story of his life 
written by himself in later years he gives an amus- 
ing account of an exploit that grew out of this 
sport. 

It seems that the place where Ben and his 
playmates used to fish was a marshy spot on the 
outskirts of the town of Boston. On the edge of the 
water there was a deep bed of clay, in which the 



Ben Franklin's Wharf. 183 

boys were forced to stand while they caught their 
fish. 

"This is very uncomfortable," said Ben Frank- 
lin one day to his comrades, while they were all 
standing in the quagmire. 

"So it is," said the other boys. "What a pity 
we have no better place to stand on!" 

Now, it chanced that scattered round about 
lay a great many large stones which were to be 
used for the cellar and foundation of a new house. 
Ben mounted upon the highest of these stones. 

"Boys," said he, "I have thought of a plan. 
You know what a plague it is to have to stand 
in the quagmire yonder, — over shoes and stockings 
in mud and water. See, I am bedaubed to the 
knees, and you are all in the same plight. 

"Now I propose that we build a wharf. You 
see these stones? The workmen mean to use them 
for building a house here. My plan is to take these 
same stones, and carry them to the edge of the 
water, and build a wharf with them. What say 
you, lads? Shall we do it?" 

"Yes, yes," cried the boys: "that's the very 
thing!" So it was agreed that they should all be 
on the spot that evening as soon as the workmen 
had gone home. 

Promptly at the appointed time the boys met. 
They worked like beavers, sometimes two or three 
of them taking hold of one stone; and at last they 
had carried them all away, and built their little 
wharf. 



184 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

"Now, boys," cried Ben, when the job was 
done, "let's give three cheers, and go home to bed. 
To-morrow we may catch fish at our ease." The 
cheers were given with a will, and the boys scam- 
pered off home and to bed, to dream of to-morrow's 
sport. 

The next morning the masons came to begin 
their work. But what was their surprise to find 
the stones all gone! The master-mason, looking 
carefully on the ground, saw the tracks of many 
little feet leading down to the waterside. Follow- 
ing these he soon found what had become of the 
missing building stones. 

^'Ah! I see through it," said he: "those little 
rascals who were here yesterday have stolen the 
stones to build a wharf with. And I shouldn't won- 
der if Ben Franklin was the ringleader. I must see 
about this." 

He was so angry that he at once went to make 
a complaint before the magistrate; and his Honor 
wrote an order to "take the bodies of Benjamin 
Franklin, and other evil-disposed persons," who 
had stolen a heap of stones. 

If the owner of the stolen property had not 
been more merciful than the master-mason, it 
might have gone hard with our friend Benjamin 
and his comrades. But, luckily for them, the gen- 
tleman was amused at the smartness of the boys: 
so he let the culprits off easily. 

But the poor boys had to go through another 
trial, and receive sentence, and suffer punishment. 



Ben Franklin's Wharf. 185 

too, from their own fathers. Many a rod was 
worn to the stumjj on that unlucky night. As for 
Ben, he was less afraid of a whipping than of his 
father's reproof. And indeed, his father was very 
much disturbed. 

"Benjamin, come hither," said the stern old 
man. The boy approached and stood before his 
father's chair. "Benjamin," said his father, "what 
could induce you to take property which did not 
belong to you?" 

"Why, Father," replied Ben, hanging his head 
at first, but then lifting his eyes to Mr. Franklin's 
face, "if it had been merely for my own benefit, I 
never should have dreamed of it. But I knew that 
wharf would be a public convenience. If the owner 
of the stones should build a house with them, no- 
body will enjoy any advantage but himself. Now, 
I made use of them in a way that was for the ad- 
vantage of many persons." 

"My son," said Mr. Franklin solemnly, "so far 
as it was in your power, you have done a greater 
harm to the public than to the owner of the stones. 
I do verily believe, Benjamin, that almost all the 
public and private misery of mankind arises from 
a neglect of this great truth, — that evil can pro- 
duce only evil, that good ends must be wrought out 
by good means." 

To the end of his life, Ben Franklin never for- 
got this conversation with his father; and we have 



186 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

reason to suppose, that, in most of his public and 
private career, he sought to act upon the principles 
which that good and wise man then taught him. 



FRANKLIN'S ENTRY INTO PHILADELPHIA. 

WRITTEN BY HIMSELF. 

68. Walking in the evening by the side of the 
river, a boat came by, which I found was going to- 
wards Philadelphia, with several people in her. They 
took me in, and, as there was no wind, we rowed all 
the way; and about midnight, not havingyet seen the 
city, some of the company were confident we must 
have passed it, and would row no farther; the oth- 
ers knew not where we were; so we put toward the 
shore, got into a creek, landed near an old fence, 
with the rails of which we made a fire, the night 
being cold, in October, and there we remained till 
daylight. 

Then one of the company knew the place to be 
Cooper's creek, a little above Philadelphia, which 
we saw as soon as we got out of the creek, and ar- 
rived there about eight or nine o'clock on the Sun- 
day morning, and landed at the Market street 
wharf. 

I have been the more particular in this descrip- 
tion of my journey, and shall be so of my first entry 
into that city, that you may in your mind compare 
such unlikely beginnings with the figure I have 
since made there. 



Franklin's Entry Into Philadelphia. 187 

I was in my working dress, my best clothes be- 
ing to come round by sea. I was dirty from my jour- 
ney; my pockets were stuffed out with shirts and 
stockings, and I knew no soul nor where to look 
for lodging. I was fatigued with traveling, rowing, 
and want of rest; I was very hungry; and my whole 
stock of cash consisted of a Dutch dollar, and about 
a shilling in copper. The latter I gave the people 
of the boat for my passage, who at first refused it 
on account of my rowing; but I insisted on their 
taking it, — a man being sometimes more generous 
when he has but a little money than when he has 
plenty, perhaps through fear of being thought to 
have but little. 

Then T walked up the street gazing about, till, 
near the market house, I met a boy with bread. I 
had made many a meal on bread, and, inquiring 
where he got it, I went immediately to the baker's 
he directed me to, in Second street, and asked for 
biscuit, intending such as we had in Boston: but 
they, it seems, were not made in Philadelphia. Then 
I asked for a three-penny loaf, and was told they 
had none such. So not considering or knowing the 
difference of money, and the greater cheapness nor 
the names of his bread, I bade him give me three- 
penny worth of any sort. He gave me, accordingly, 
three great puffy rolls. I was surprised at the 
quantity, but took it, and, having no room in my 
pockets, walked off with a roll under each arm, and 
eating the other. 



188 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Thus I went up Market street as far as Fourth 
street, passing by the door of Mr. Read, my future 
wife's father: when she, standing at the door, saw 
me, and thought I made, as I certainly did, a most 
awkward, ridiculous appearance. Then I turned 
and went down Chestnut street and part of Walnut 
street, eating my roll all the way, and, coming 
round, found myself again at Market street wharf, 
near the boat I came in, to which I went for a 
draught of the river water; and, being filled with 
one of my rolls, gave the other two to a woman and 
her child that came down the river in the boat with 
us, and were waiting to go farther. 

Thus refreshed, I walked again up the street, 
which by this time had many clean-dressed people 
in it, who were all w^alking the same way. I joined 
them, and thereby was led into the great meeting 
house of the Quakers, near the market. I sat down 
among them, and, after looking round awhile and 
hearing nothing said, being very drowsy through 
labor and want of rest the preceding night, I fell 
fast asleep, and continued so till the meeting broke 
up, when one was kind enough to rouse me. This 
was, therefore, the first house I was in, or slept in, 
in Philadelphia. 

Walking down again toward the river, and 
looking in the faces of people, I met a young Quaker 
man, whose countenance I liked, and, accosting him, 
requested he would tell me where a stranger could 
get lodging. We were then near the sign of the 
Three Mariners. "Here," says he, "is one place that 



The First Continental Congress. 189 

entertains strangers, but it is not a reputable house; 
if thee wilt walk with me, I'll show thee a better." 
He brought me to the Crooked Billet, in Water 
street. Here I got a dinner; and, while I was eat- 
ing it, several sly questions were asked me, as it 
seemed to be suspected from my youth and appear- 
ance that I might be some runaway. After dinner 
my sleepiness returned, and, being shown to a bed, 
I lay down without undressing, and slept till six 
in the evening; was called to supper, went to bed 
again very early, and slept soundly till next morn- 
ing. 



69. The first Continental Congress, which met 
in 1774, set forth the views of the people and re- 
monstrated against the conduct of the king and 
Parliament. It also fixed May 10, 1775, for the 
This it did, after a month's delay; made it the Con- 
gress met Lexington and Concord had been fought; 
all New England was in arms and Congress was 
asked to adopt the army gathered around Boston. 
This it did. after a month's delay; made it the Con- 
tinental army, and put George Washington in com- 
mand. Washington at once started from Philadel- 
phia to Boston to assume his duties. On the way 
he heard of the battle at Bunker Hill. 

On a narrow peninsula separated from 
Boston by a sheet of water half a mile wide was 
Charlestown. Behind it were Breed's hill and Bun- 
ker hill. The two hills overlooked Boston and the 



190 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

harbor, hence it was necessary for the British to 
hold these hills, or at least keep the Americans 
from fortifying them. 

The Americans, learning that the British ex- 
pected to fortify them, on the night of June 16, 
1775, under Prescott, took possession of Breed's 
hill and threw up a redoubt. At daybreak the Brit- 
ish opened fire with their cannon. Then Howe sent 
2,500 men over from Boston to charge up the hill 
and take the breastworks. At the first and second 
volleys from the Americans the British were driven 
back, but, powder being exhausted, at the third 
charge of the British the Americans retreated and 
the British were left in possession of the field. 



SIEGE OF BOSTON. 

70. On taking command of the 20,000 men now 
gathered about Boston, Washington fortified Dor- 
chester heights and surrounded Boston. Howe 
dared not attack the Americans after his experi- 
ence at Bunker hill, and so, in March, 1776, Howe 
embarked and sailed with his army to Halifax in 
Nova Scotia. 

By this time matters had progressed so 
far that there was no longer any possibility of a 
peaceable settlement of the differences of the colo- 
nies and mother country. The ting had also de- 
clared the Americans to be rebels, had closed their 
ports, and had hired 17,000 Hessian troops to fight 



Campaign in New York. 191 

them. So, in May, 1776, Congress asked the colo- 
nies to form governments of their own and become 
states. 



CAMPAIGN IN NEW YORK. 

71. Washington felt sure that the next move 
of the British would be against New York. So he 
moved his army there, to be ready for Howe. Wash- 
ington took his position on Brooklyn Heights, on 
Long Island. Howe soon landed on Staten island. 
In August he crossed to Long Island and was pre- 
paring to besiege Washington when the latter, 
leaving his camp fires burning, crossed over to the 
main land at night. Howe followed, drove him up 
the Hudson from New York to White Plains; took 
Fort Washington and attempted to take Fort Lee, 
but failed. The Americans escaped again at night 
and fled to New Jersey. 

When Washington crossed into New Jer- 
sey he left 7,000 men at North Castle under Lee. 
Lee refused to bring these men over as ordered, so 
Washington had to cross New Jersey with a small 
army hotly pursued by Cornwallis. Soon Lee 
was captured outside of his lines and Sullivan took 
command. He joined Washington, and, on Christ- 
mas night, they captured 1,000 British troops at 
Trenton. This victory gave new life to the Ameri- 
can troops and people. 

Cornwallis hurried down to hem in Washing- 
ton between his army and the Delaware river, but 



192 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Washington passed around Cornwallis, hurried to 
Princeton and defeated three regiments. Then he 
went on, unmolested, to Morristown, where he 
passed the remainder of the winter. 

Late in May, 1777, Washington entered New 
York state, but Howe paid little attention to him, 
having determined to capture Philadelphia. Wash- 
ington hurried back to the city, but after some inef- 
fectual attempts to check the British, he was com- 
pelled to leave the city to Howe, who occupied it 
for the winter, while W^ashington went into winter 
quarters at Valley Forge. 



BURGOYNE'S INVASION. 
72. You will recall the envy excited between 
the English and French colonists about the middle 
of the seventeenth century by the Dutch in New 
York, and the extension of their settlements toward 
the north. It was then stated that New Nether- 
land with Lake Champlain interposed a natural 
barrier between Virginia and the unsettled terri- 
tory to the east of New Netherland. The same fact 
confronts us again. In the summer of 1777 General 
Burgoyne ascended Lake Champlain with the pur- 
pose of separating New England from the middle 
and southern colonies, thus dividing their strength 
in two. Trace his victorious march from Ticon- 
deroga to Fort Edward, both of which fell into his 
hands. 



Greene's Retreat. 193 



Thus far his plan had succeeded, but with the 
defeat of Bauni and Breymann by John Stark, at 
Bennington, on August 16, 1777, begins the series 
of reverses which ends with Burgoyne's surrender 
at Saratoga two months later. 

The results of this surrender were fourfold : 

1. It saved New York state. 

2. It destroyed the plan of war. 

3. It induced the king to offer the colonies 
representation in Parliament — anything but inde- 
pendence. 

4. It secured the aid of France. 



GREENE'S RETREAT. 
73. For a year or more there was a lull in the 
military operations of the British. Having failed in 
1775-1776 in New England, and in 1776-1777 in the 
middle states, they sent an expedition to the South 
in December, 1778. Savannah was captured, Geor- 
gia conquered and the royal governor reinstated. 
General Lincoln, v/ith a French fleet aiding him, at- 
tempted to recapture Savannah, but failed. These 
successes encouraged the British, so that in 1780 
Clinton led an expedition against South Carolina, 
capturing Charleston and Clinton. Soon an army 
was raised in the South and Gates put in command, 
but he was utterly unfit for the position and was de- 
feated at Camden by Cornwallis. There was now 
no army in the South. 



194 Correlation of History, Oeography and Literature. 

Affairs were made more gloomy in the North at 
the same time by the treason of Benedict Arnold. 
This general, stung to a spirit of revenge because of 
a just reprimand by Washington, attempted to sur- 
render West Point to the British. Luckily the plot 
was discovered and the fortress saved, though Ar- 
nold escaped to the British. 

After the defeat of Gates at Camden, the 
British overran South Carolina and a regiment of 
them went to King's mountain, where they were 
defeated. 

The battle was between the command of Colonel 
Ferguson, the very flower of Cornwallis' army, and 
the mountaineers from Virginia, western North 
Carolina and what is now the mountains of East 
Tennessee, whose only experience in warfare had 
been gained in the frequent Indian wars to which 
that frontier people were exposed. Gathering at 
Sycamore Shoals, on the Wautauga river, under the 
command of Colonels Sevier and Shelby, the East 
Tennessee contingent prepared for the meeting with 
the forces of Colonel Campbell of Virginia, and to- 
gether they marched rapidly east through the moun- 
tain defiles, until they were joined by the North 
Carolina militia commanded by Colonels McDowell 
and Winston. This triple force marched so rapidly 
and stealthily that their attack was a surprise. 
Though Ferguson occupied an eminence well suited 
to a strong defense, the tactics employed by the In- 
dian fighters succeeded in making prisoners of his 



8ong of Marion's Men. 195 

entire command and leaving him dead upon the 
field. 

Meantime a third army was raised for use 
in the South and placed under Nathaniel Greene. 
Greene and Morgan defeated Tarleton, with a large 
British force, at Cowpens, S. C, January 17, 1781. 
Cornwallis then took the field and hurried after 
Greene, who fled northward, not having sufficient 
troops to withstand the British array. Finally se- 
curing reinforcements, Greene halted at Guilford 
courthouse and gave battle. He was compelled 
to retreat after a bloody battle, but Cornwallis could 
pursue no further, and left for Wilmington at once, 
with Greene in full pursuit. Greene left Cornwallis 
there and went to South Carolina, driving the Brit- 
ish into Charleston and Savannah. As soon as 
Greene left him Cornwallis started for Virginia. 

Song of Marion's Men. 

74. Our band is few, but true and tried. 

Our leader frank and bold; 
The British soldier trembles 

When Marion's name is told. 
Our fortress is the good green wood, 

Our tent the cypress-tree; 
We know the forest round us, " 

As seamen know the sea. 
We know its walls of thorny vines, 

Its glades of reedy grass. 
Its safe and silent islands 

Within the dark morass. 



196 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Wo to the English soldiery 

That little dread us near! 
On them shall light at midnight 

A strange and sudden fear: 
When waking to their tents on fire 

They grasp their arms in vain, 
And they who stand to face us 

Are beat to earth again ; 
And they who fly in terror deem 

A mighty host behind, 
And hear the tramp of thousands 

Upon the hollow wind. 

Then sweet the hour that brings release 

From danger and from toil; 
We talk the battle over, 

And share the battle's spoil. 
The woodland rings with laugh and shout, 

As if a hunt were up, 
And woodland flowers are gathered 

To crown the soldier's cup. 
With merry songs w^e mock the wind 

That in the pine-top grieves, 
And slumber long and sweetly, 

On beds of oaken leaves. 

Well knows the fair and friendly moon 
The band that Marion leads — 

The glitter of their rifles, 

The scampering of their steeds. 

'Tis life our fiery barbs to guide 
Across the moonlight plains; 



Siege and Surrender of Yorktown. 197 

'Tis life to feel the night-wind 

That lifts their tossing manes. 
A moment in the British camp — 

A moment — and away 
Back to the pathless forest, 

Before the peep of day. 

Grave men there are by broad Santee, 

Grave men with hoary hairs, 
Their hearts are all with Marion, 

For Marion are their prayers. 
And lovely ladies greet our band, 

With kindliest welcoming, 
With smiles like those of summer, 

And tears like those of spring. 
For them we wear these trusty arms. 

And lay them dowm no more 
Till we have driven the Briton, 

Forever, from our shore. 

— Bryant. 



SIEGE AND SURRENDER OF YORKTOWN. 
75. On reaching Virginia, Cornwallis took com- 
mand of an army under Arnold which had been de- 
vastating Virginia. Soon he had orders to fortify 
some seaport town, and so went to Yorktown. 
Washington hurried down from New York, w^hile a 
French fleet came up the river and cut off escape in 
that direction. Soon the combined American forces, 
with the French under Lafavette and Rochambeau, 



198 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

besieged Lord Cornwallis in Yorktown by land, 
while the French fleet under De Grasse prevented 
his escaping by water. On October 19, 1781, he was 
forced to surrender his entire army and fleet with all 
their equipments and shipping. 

This virtually ended the Revolutionary War; 
for, though the final treaty of Paris was not signed 
until September 3, 178.>, nearly two years after, the 
contest had been won, and only the formalities were 
left incomplete. 

Yorktown. 

76, J. G, Whittier (John Greenleaf) was born in 1808 
in Haverhill, Mass. His early life, up to his eighteenth 
year, was spent in working on the farm, and his educational 
advantages were therefore somewhat limited. In 1829 he 
was editor of a political newspaper in Boston, being a 
strong opponent of slavery. He moved to Amesbury, Mass., 
in 1840, and resided at that place until his death. He ranks 
very high as a poet, his writings being both numerous and 
popular. Mr. Whittier was a member of the Society of 
Friends. Among his best poems are Maud Muller, The 
Barefoot Boy, Centennial Ode, and Snow-Bound. 

I. 

From Yorktown's ruins, ranked and still, 
Two lines stretch far o'er vale and hill: 
Who curbs his steed at head of one? 
Hark! the low murmur: Washington! 
Who bends his keen, approving glance 
Where down the gorgeous line of France 
Shine knightly star and plume of snow? 
Thou, too, art victor, Rochambeau ! 



Yorktown. 199 



II. 

The earth which bears this calm array 
Shook with the war-charge yesterday; 
Plowed deep with hurrying hoof and wheel, 
Shot down and bladed thick with steel; 
October's clear and noonday sun 
Paled in the breath-smoke of the gun; 
And down night's double blackness fell, 
Like a dropped star, the blazing shell. 

ITT. 
Now all is hushed: the gleaming lines 
Stand moveless as the neighboring pines; 
While through them, sullen, grim, and slow. 
The conquered hosts of England go: 
O'Hara's brow belies his dress, 
Gay Tarleton's troop ride bannerless: 
Shout, from thy fired and wasted homes, 
Thy scourge, Virginia, captive comes! 

IV. 

Nor thou alone: with one glad voice 
Let all thy sister states rejoice; 
Let Freedom, in whatever clime 
She waits v/ith sleepless eye her time. 
Shouting from cave and mountain wood, 
Make glad her desert solitude. 
While they who hunt her quail with fear: 
The New World's chain lies broken here. 

— Whittier. 



200 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

77. The Union. 

Thou, too, sail on, O Ship of State! 

Sail on. O Union, strong and great! 

Humanity, with all its fears. 

With all the hopes of future years, 

Is hanging breathless on thy fate! 

We know what Master laid thy keel. 

What Workmen wrought thy ribs of steel. 

Who made each mast, and sail, and rope, 

What anvils rang, what hammers beat. 

In what a forge and what a heat 

Were shaped the anchors of thy hope! 

Fear not each sudden sound and shock: 

'Tis of the wave, and not the rock; 

'Tis but the flapping of the sail, 

And not a rent made by the gale. 

In spite of rock and tempest's roar, 

In spite of false lights on the shore, 

Sail on, nor fear to breast the sea! 

Our hearts, our hopes, are all with thee; 

Our hearts, our hopes, our prayers, our tears, 

Our faith triumphant o'er our fears, 

Are all with thee, — are all with thee! 

— Longfellow. 



"Washington. 

78. Lord Byron (George Gordon Noel), an English 
poet, was born in 1788, and died in 1824. He was a student 
at Trinity College, Cambridge. He left college at the age of 
nineteen, and prepared a volume of poems, which was ridi- 
culed by the Edinburgh Revieio. A year later he published 
a powerful satire, entitled, English Bards and Scotch Re- 



The American Flag. 201 

viewers, which at once brought him prominently to notice. 
His best work is generally thought to be Childe Harold, one 
of his earliest productions. 

Where may the wearied eye repose, 

When gazing on the great, 
Where neither guilty glory glows. 

Nor despicable state? 
Yes, one, — the first, the last, the best, — 
The Cincinnatus of the West, 

Whom envy dared not hate, 
Bequeathed the name of Washington, 
To make man blush there was but one. 

— Byron. 



The American Flag. 

79. I. 

When Freedom, from her mountain height, 

Unfurled her standard to the air, 
She tore the azure robe of night, 

And set the stars of glory there; 
She mingled with its gorgeous dyes 
The milky baldric of the skies 
And striped its pure celestial white 
With streakings of the morning light; 
Then, from his mansion in the sun, 
She called her eagle bearer down, 
And gave into his mighty hand 
The symbol of her chosen land. 



202 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

II. 

Majestic monarch of the cloud. 

Who rear'st aloft thy regal form, 
To hear the tempest-trumpings loud, 
And see the lightning lances driven, 

When strive the warriors of the storm, 
And rolls the thunder-drum of heaven. 
Child of the sun! to thee "lis given 

To guard the banner of the free, 
To hover in the sulphur smoke, 
To ward away the battle stroke. 
And bid its blendings shine afar, 
Like rainbows on the cloud of war, 

The harbingers of victory I 

III. 

Flag of the brave! thy folds shall fly. 
The sign of hope and triumph, high. 
When speaks the signal trumpet tone, 
And the long line comes gleaming on; 
Ere yet the life-blood, warm and wet. 
Has dimmed the glistening bayonet, 
Each soldier eye shall brightly turn 
To where thy sky-born glories burn. 
And, as his springing steps advance, 
Catch war and vengeance from the glance. 
And when the cannon-mouthings loud 
Heave in wild wreaths the battle-shroud, 
And gory sabers rise and fall 
Like shoots of flame on midnight's pall, — 



The American Flag. 203 

Then shall thy meteor glances glow, 

And cowering foes shall sink beneath 

Each gallant arm that strikes below 
That lovely messenger of death. 

IV. 

Flag of the seas! on ocean wave 
Thy stars shall glitter o'er the brave; 
When death, careering on the gale, 
Sweeps darkly round the bellied sail, 
And frighted waves rush wildly back 
Before the broadside's reeling rack. 
Each dying wanderer of the sea 
Shall look at once to heaven and thee, 
And smile to see thy splendors fly 
In triumph o'er his closing eye. 

V. 

Flag of the free heart's hope and home, 

By angel hands to valor given, 
Thy stars have lit the welkin dome, 

And all thy hues were born in heaven. 
Forever float that standard-sheet! 

Where breathes the foe but falls before us, 
With Freedom's soil beneath our feet, 

And Freedom's banner streaming o'er us? 
— J. Rodman Drake. 



204 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

THE UNITED STATES AFTER SEPTEMBER 3, 1783. 
80. When, in 1775 and 177G, the colonial gov- 
ernors were driven out, all the colonies established 
governments of their own, adopted constitutions, 
and became states. The Continental Congress at 
tempted to bind them together compactly by the 
"Articles of Confederation."* These articles were 
sent out for adoption by the states in November, 
1777. Seven states claimed land under the "from sea 
to sea" charters. Hence, Massachusetts, Connecti- 
cut, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Geor- 
gia and New York claimed to extend to the Missis- 
sippi, as is seen from the cut showing the territory of 
the thirteen original states. The other six states 
had no such claims, and so refused to adopt the 
Articles unless these states gave up this land to 
Congress to pay the debts of the Revolution. They 
claimed that France had discovered and owned this 
land; that it had been ceded to the British as a re- 
sult of the French and Indian war; that it was the 
property of the king, and hence now belonged to all 
the states. Virginia gave up her claim; Mary- 
land ratified the Articles, and since all the others 
had done so, on March 2, 1781, Congress met for 
the first time under a form of government that all 
the states were pledged to obey. 

The form of government adopted that day 
proved bad from beginning to end. There was no 
officer to enforce any laws, no courts, and only a 

*See Appendix. 



The United States After September 3, 1783. 205 

public legislative body. Under the Articles, Con- 
gress, which was to consist of not fewer than three 
or more than seven representatives from each state, 
could declare war, make peace, issue money, main- 
tain an army and navy, contract debts, enter into 
treaties of commerce, and settle disputes between 
states. But it could not enforce a treaty, or a law, 
when made, nor levy a tax for any purpose. 

Beginning with Virginia, in 1781, and ending 
with Georgia, in 1802, all the territory claimed by 
the states was given to Congress, and, by the Ordi- 
nance of 1787, was to be enacted into not less than, 
three or more than five territories, which should be- 
come states when they had a population of 5,000 
each or more. One condition was, that there should 
be no slavery in this territory, but by the grants of 
North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia these 
three were allowed to be slaveholders. 

Since Congress could not collect taxes, nor 
enforce trade laws, soon money became scarce, and 
paper money was issued by most of the states. This 
would not be accepted in trade, however. Congress 
proposed many plans to raise money for expenses, 
and to carry out other provisions for governing and 
paying the debts of the Revolution, but the states 
would not ratify them. Then the states attempted 
to regulate trade for themselves, but this was not 
satisfactory. A trade convention was called at 
Annapolis in 1786, but since nothing could be done, 
this convention recommended that Congress ask all 
the states to send delegates to Philadelphia "to 



208 Correlation of History, Oeography and Literature. 

take into consideration the situation of the United 
States" and ''to devise such further provisions as 
shall appear to them necessary to render the Con- 
stitution of the federal government adequate to the 
exigencies of the Union." This led to the adoption 
of the Constitution. 

In 1787 delegates from all the states (Rhode 
Island excepted) met at Philadelphia and drew 
up the Constitution. The plan presented by Madi- 
son and the Virginia delegation w^as accepted, v^^ith 
some modifications. An examination of the Con- 
stitution will show the articles as they were sub- 
mitted to the states for ratification. When nine 
states ratified it, it went into effect between them. 
In June, 1788, nine states had done so, and it became 
the organic law of the laud. Under the provisions of 
the new Constitution Washington was elected presi- 
dent and John Adams vice-president. At New York, 
on April 30, 1789, Washington was inaugurated. 



Organization and Development — /-//. 207 



FOURTH PERIOD— NATIONAL. 



ORGANIZATION AND DEVELOPMENT, I-II. 

81. When the president was inaugurated and 
Congress met for business, much work in legislation 
needed to be done. The first act was a duty levied 
on goods imported, and the establishment of custom 
houses, to obtain revenue for the new government; 
the ordinance of 1787 was modified and re-enacted; 
the departments of state, war and treasury were 
established, and a call was made on the secretary 
of the treasury for a j)lan to pay the old Continental 
debt. 

Congress also made provision for a Su- 
preme Court, consisting of a chief justice and five 
associate justices, and for three Circuit Courts, to 
be presided over by the associate justices. Wash- 
ington named John Jay as first chief justice. 
He also appointed Jefferson secretary of state, 
Hamilton secretary of the treasury, and Henry 
Knox secretary of war. Thus government rapidly 
took shape and became efficient. 

Hamilton's plans in providing for the debts 
of the Eevolution were to bond the debts of 
Congress and the states, thus raise |75,000,000, and 



208 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

take up the Continental money issued in 1775-1776, 
the loan certificates of people who had advanced 
money to the government in 1776, the bills of credit 
in 1777, and the domestic and foreign debts. To 
obtain the support of the delegates from the South- 
ern states, it was agreed that Congress and the seat 
of government should be removed from New York. 
Accordingly, Philadelphia was the capital from 1790 
to 1800; then Washington became the seat of gov- 
ernment. 

Hamilton recommended the establishment of a 
bank of the United States, with a capital of |10,000,- 
000, of which the government was to take |2,000,000, 
the people the rest. This bank was chartered in 
1791, for a period of twenty years, and at once took 
control of the financial business of the government 
and established branches in the leading cities. These 
financial plans of Hamilton restored confidence and 
credit. 

82. At this time arose the two parties, ''Feder- 
alist" and "Republican." The former wished the 
central government to have large powers, the latter 
for the powers to remain with the states. Jefferson 
was the leader of the Republicans, and Hamilton 
of the Federalists. The student should here read 
the "Federalist," a collection of papers by Hamilton, 
Madison, Jay and others, dealing with the issues 
of this period. The Whisky Rebellion in Penn- 
sylvania, caused by the resistance of the people to 
the payment of the tax on whisky, was a result of 
the opposition to the government. But this was 



Organization and Development — 7-7/. 209 

ci'usbed and the powers of the government main- 
tained. 

When, in 1792, the French Revolution began, 
and, later, trouble between France and Great 
Britain, many people wanted the United States to 
take the part of France because of French 
help received by us during the Revolution, 
but Washington wisely kept the states out of the 
trouble. This was the more difficult because 
Great Britain insisted on searching American 
ships for goods going to French ports, and for 
impressing American sailors on English shii)S. 
Congress passed an Embargo Act, stopping all 
shipping for thirty days, and Washington sent 
John Jay to conclude a treaty with Great Britain. 
This he succeeded in doing in 1794. By this treaty 
the rights of the United States in trading were 
acknowledged and the British withdrew their troops 
from western territory really belonging to the 
United States. At the same time a treaty was made 
with Spain opening the Mississippi to American 
ships and fixing the boundary between Florida and 
the states at the thirty-first degree of latitude. 

Washington retired at the end of his sec- 
ond term, in 1797, and John Adams became presi- 
dent, with Thomas JetTerson as vice-president. Soon 
Adams had trouble with France, for the Directory, 
offended at Jay's treaty, drove out Pinckney, the 
American minister to France. John Marshall, El- 
bridge Gerry and Pinckney were sent to France. 
The Directory demanded that the United States 



210 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

apologize for Adams' denunciation of the conduct 
of France, pay each director $50,000, and pay trib- 
ute to France. This demand caused the greatest 
indignation. A navy department was created, ships 
ordered to be built, and preparations for war were 
made. At this time was written ''Hail, Columbia," 
by Joseph Hopkinson. 

Under the excitement of the time Congress 
passed the Alien and Sedition laws. These laws re- 
quired a foreigner to reside in the United States 
nine years before becoming a citizen, and gave the 
president power to expel any foreigner whom he 
considered dangerous to the country. 

The Republicans objected to these laws, and 
Virginia and Kentucky adopted resolutions as to the 
powers of Congress and the states. Here was a 
manifestation of the question settled by the Civil 
War — State's Rights. Congress soon repealed the 
objectionable laws. 

War was begun with France in 1798, and 
American vessels were very successful in conflicts 
with the French. But, in 1800, the Directorate fell 
from power and soon a treaty of peace was made 
with Napoleon. 

83. Jefferson was elected over Adams in 1800, 
and many of the obnoxious laws of the Federalists 
were repealed. One of the first acts of Jefferson was 
to obtain from Congress authority to purchase so 
much territory from France (which now held Louis- 
iana by a secret treaty) as would suffice for fortifica- 
tions and control of the Mississippi. But Napoleon, 



Organization and Development. 211 

wauting money and hoping to avoid the loss of 
Louisiana by reason of EngU\nd's superior navy, 
agreed to sell the whole territory for $15,000,000. 
This was paid, and in 1803 the United States more 
than doubled her area. 

In May, 1804, Jefferson sent Lewis and Clark 
into the northwest to explore what was known as 
the Oregon territory. Thus was begun the work 
that added later an immense territory to the United 
States. In 180G Zebulon Pike started westward 
across Kansas to the Arkansas river, then across 
the plains to Pike's peak, and over the mountains, 
with incredible hardships, to the Rio Grande. Here 
he was captured by the Spanish and taken to Santa 
Fe, but was allowed to return home. The immediate 
effect of these explorations was to extend trade. 
John Jacob Astor, of New York, founded the Pacific 
Fur Company and established forts in Oregon, thus 
beginning in Astoria the settlement of the great 
Northwest, 

84, The United States became involved in the 
struggle between France and Great Britain again 
in 1803. As she had done ten years before. Great 
Britain insisted on interfering with the trade of 
the United States and in impressing her seamen. 
But as matters grew worse in Europe between the 
two nations and in a few years all trade with Euro- 
pean ports was practically at an end, Jefferson be- 
gan to prepare for trouble by building gunboats 
and preparing to man them should war be neces- 
sary. He also sent Monroe and Pinckney to Lon- 



212 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

don to make a treaty, but this treaty said nothing 
about impressing sailors, so he did not even send 
it to the senate. He also "boycotted" Great Brit- 
ain, cutting off her trade with the states. In June, 
1807, trouble began between the Chesapeake and 
Leopard, a British vessel, and this soon led to war. 

Jefferson refused a third term, thus with 
Washington setting a precedent that has since been 
followed, and in 1808 he was succeeded by James 
Madison. 

Finally in 1811 the United States, becoming 
tired of the injustice and trickery of both the 
French and English, declared war on Great Britain. 
The causes set forth were: tampering with the In- 
dians, interfering with trade, searching American 
vessels, and impressing American sailors. 

The fighting in this War of 1812 took place in 
Canada, on the lakes, on the sea, and at New Or- 
leans, 

Hull was sent to fight the British in Canada, 
but was defeated. Van Kensaeler was to join him 
at Montreal, but was defeated at Queenstown, 
while Dearborn, who was to go by way of Lake 
Champlain to Montreal, never got out of New York. 
Thus nothing was accomplished in 1812. The Brit- 
ish now invaded Ohio, but were repulsed at Fort 
Meigs by General Harrison. 

At Erie, in Pennsylvania, Oliver H; Perry built 
a fleet and set sail to find the British fleet on Lake 
Erie. In September, 1813, he found the British 
fleet and captured them. He then carried Harri- 



Old Ironsides. 213 



son's army across into Canada, where the war was 
pushed with vigor, but the following jear they were 
forced to leave Canada, 

In the meanwhile much fighting was going on 
at sea in which the Americans were mainly suc- 
cessful. The most notable victory was that of the 
Constitution over the Guerriere. The British block- 
aded the coast and finally sent a fleet up the Po- 
tomac, captured Washington and burned the capi- 
tol. The British army then went to Jamaica to 
make a great expedition against the South. Land- 
ing at New Orleans, they were defeated with great 
slaughter by Andrew Jackson. Peace was then 
made and the United States obtained her demands. 

OLD IRONSIDES. 
85. I. 

Ay, tear her tattered ensign down! 

Long has it waved on high. 
And many an eye has danced to see 

That banner in the sky; 
Beneath it rung the battle shout. 

And burst the cannon's roar; — 
The meteor of the ocean air 

Shall sweep the clouds no more. 

II. 

Her deck — once red with heroes' blood, 
Where knelt the vanquished foe. 

When winds were hurrying o'er the flood. 
And waves were white below — ■ 



214 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

No more shall feel the victor's tread, 
Or know the conquered knee; — 

The harpies of the shore shall pluck 
The eagle of the sea ! 

III. 

O, better that her shattered hulk 

Should sink beneath the wave; 
Her thunders shook the mighty deep, 

And there should be her grave: 
Nail to the mast her holy flag, 

Set every threadbare sail; 
And give her to the god of storms, 

The lightning and the gale! 

— Holmes. 



THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER. 

86. Francis Scott Key, son of an army officer of the 
Revolution, was born in Frederick county, Maryland, in 
1779. He commenced the practice of law at Fredericktown 
in 1801, but soon removed to Washington, D. C, where he 
became district attorney for the city. He died January 11, 
1843. A small volume of his poems was published in 1857. 

I. 

O say, can you see, by the dawn's early light. 
What so proudly we hailed at the twilight's last 
gleaming; 
Whose broad stripes and bright stars, through the 
perilous fight, 
O'er the ramparts we watched, Y>'ere so gallantly 
streaming? 



The 8tar-8pangled Banner. 215 

And the rockets' red glare, the bombs bursting in 

air, 
Gave proof through the night that our flag was still 

there; 
O, say, does that star-spangled banner yet wave 
O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave? 

II. 

On the shore, dimly seen through the mists of the 
deep, 
Where the foe's haughty host in dread silence re- 
poses, 

What is that which the breeze o'er the towering 
steep, 
As it fitfully blows, half conceals, half discloses? 

Now it catches the gleam of the morning's first 
beam; 

Its full glory, reflected, now shines on the stream; 

'Tis the star-spangled banner, oh! long may it wave 

O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave. 

III. 

And where is the band who so vauntingly swore, 
'Mid the havoc of war and the battle's confusion, 

A home and a country they'd leave us no more? 
Their blood hath washed out their foul footsteps' 
pollution; 

Xo refuge could save the hireling and slave 

From the terror of flight, or the gloom of the grave; 

And the star-spangled banner in triumph doth 
wave 

O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave. 



216 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

IV. 

Oh! thus be it ever, when freemen shall stand 
Between our loved home and the war's desola- 
tion; 
Blessed with victory and peace, may the heaven- 
rescued land 
Praise the Power that hath made and preserved 
us a nation! 
Then conquer we must, for our cause it is just. 
And this be our motto, ''In God is our Trust;" 
And the star-spangled banner in triumph shall 

wave 
O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave. 



87. The inauguration of Monroe in 1817 
opened a new era. The questions at issue between 
the parties had been settled by the War of 1812, 
and the international complications by the defeat 
of Napoleon in 1815. The "Era of Good Feeling" 
began. Monroe visited every state. 

The events of importance in his administration 
were the trouble with the Seminole Indians in 
Florida, the Canadian boundary, the Spanish 
boundary line and the relations of European powers 
to the states and countries in the Americas. Jack- 
son was sent against the southern Indians, defeated 
them, and they gave no further trouble. In 1818 the 
boundary line of the Louisiana Purchase on the 
north was made at the forty-ninth parallel to the 
Rocky mountains. Beyond the mountains, Oregon, 



The Monroe Doctrine. 217 

claimed by both countries, was to be occupied 
jointly for ten years. In 1819 the boundary line of 
the Louisiana territory with Spain was settled, and 
the Floridas bought for |5,000,000. 

Russia made claims to the Pacific coast, for she 
had planted a colony there. John Quincy Adams 
protested against this, telling the Russian minister 
that European powers no longer had the right to 
plant colonies or acquire territory in the Americas. 
This was called the ''Monroe Doctrine" and has 
been enforced in the Americas since that time. 

In the meanwhile the West was rapidly 
filling up by the enterprising peoples of the East, 
and new states were being admitted into the Union. 
In 1820 there were already four states west of the 
Mississippi and all territory east of the river had 
been taken up. The men who went into this new 
country had many hardships and privations to en- 
dure, but they were resolute in founding new homes 
and new states out of the new West. 

The settlement of the West brought up the 
question of the extension of slavery to the new 
states. Slavery had been prohibited in the terri- 
tory between the Ohio and Mississippi and allowed 
in Tennessee, Georgia, Alabama and Mississippi. 
Louisiana w^as admitted as a slave state because 
it had many slaves. The fight came to be made on 
the new states west of the Mississippi. Each side 
v/as resolute. Finally an agreement, known as the 
"Missouri Compromise," was effected. The provi- 
sions were: 



218 Correlation of History, OeograpTiy and Literature. 

1. Maine should come in as a free, Missouri 
as a slave state. 

2. That territory south of 86° 30' in the 
Louisiana Purchase should be slaveholding, and ter- 
ritory north, free. 

This law was passed in 1836. There were now 
twenty-four states, and no more were admitted for 
sixteen years. 

88. Another important factor in the settle- 
ment of the West was the construction of highways 
of transportation connecting the East and West. 
The steamboat had come into general use; the riv- 
ers of both the East and West were covered with 
them. Canals were constructed and railroads be- 
gan to be built. The Erie canal was begun in 1817 
and opened in 1825. The effect of this canal was 
tremendous. Freight could now be carried from 
New York to Buffalo, then to the states bordering 
on the lakes, for |14 per ton instead of |120. This 
made New York the center of trade, and hastened 
the settling of the sections reached by the lakes 
and rivers flowing into them. 

Pennsylvania began a competing line of canals 
to join Philadelphia and Pittsburg, but the horse- 
power railroad came in and the line was part canal, 
part railroad. Soon Baltimore began railroads to 
the West also, to obtain part of the trade. Rail- 
road building became common as a means of 
transportation and travel, and the introduction of 
the locomotive in 1830 led to the rapid building of 



Andrew Jackson. 219 



railroads all over the East and leading into the 
West. 

89. In 1824 the candidates for president were 
four, John Q. Adams, Henry Clay, Andrew Jackson, 
and William H. Crawford. No candidate receiving 
a majority, the House of Representatives elected 
Adams because he believed in internal improve- 
ments at government expense and a protective 
tariff. In 1828 he was renominated on this platform 
and Jackson was nominated by the ''Democratic Re- 
publicans," as they called themselves. Jackson was 
elected. Jackson was called "a man of the people," 
and as such gained the election, and politics had lit- 
tle to do with the result. 

It was evident at this time that the North 
and South w^ere different kinds of people, with differ- 
ent ideas of government and its forms. The South 
opposed the protective features of the tariffs of the 
North, and in 1838 South Carolina declared these 
tariff laws null and void. Jackson ordered the col- 
lector at Charleston to continue to collect them. 
Then South Carolina threatened to secede. This led 
to the great debates in Congress by Webster, Cal- 
houn, and Hayne. Finally Clay offered a compro- 
mise in 18.33 and South Carolina withdrew her or- 
dinance of secession. 

In 1S3G the charter of the Bank of the United 
States was to expire. The South and West 
were full of state banks, and so Jackson and his 
party were opposed to rechartering the Bank of the 
United States. Jackson began to attack this bank 



220 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

at once as unconstitutional and unnecessary, and 
the question was made the party platform in 1831. 
Jackson was elected and destroyed the bank. He 
withdrew the government money from it and depos- 
ited it in state banks. This led to the establishment 
of many more state banks, the issuance of paper 
money by them and an unstable currency. There 
was much speculation as a result, too, and all values 
became fictitious. Specie became scarce and was 
withdrawn from circulation. The surplus revenue 
of the United States, obtained by duties, and the 
sale of government lands, was distributed among the 
states. The banks of the states in which this sur- 
plus was were asked to call it in. The result was 
a panic. Mills and factories were shut down, thou- 
sands thrown out of employment, values became un- 
settled, and even bread riots occurred in the cities. 
Thus in 1837 for awhile the government, the banks 
and the people were bankrupt. 

Martin Van Buren was elected by the Dem- 
ocratic party in 1836. The panic came at once after 
his inauguration. To relieve it Congress authorized 
the secretary of the treasury to issue |10,000,000 in 
treasury notes, and this became the basis of the sec- 
ond national debt. The experiences of the govern- 
ment with state banks convinced it that they were 
not safe, so an "Independent Treasury" was estab- 
lished to handle the moneys of the government. The 
trouble with banks was ascribed to the Democratic 
party, so in 1840 Van Buren was opposed by the 



Harrison and Tyler. 221 

Republican candidate, Harrison, and by an anti- 
slavery candidate, Birney. 

This anti-slavery party was the beginning in 
national affairs of what had already arisen in 
territorial matters. William Lloyd Garrison was 
one of the leaders, and the publisher of the litera- 
ture. Soon the country was flooded with anti- 
slavery literature, which was finally shut out of the 
mails. The pro-salvery party went further then, and 
adopted what was known as the ''gag rule," refus- 
ing in Congress to accept petitions. This rule was 
adopted again and again till 184-4. The effect of 
these extreme measures was to increase the anti- 
slavery sentiment. But the first time this sentiment 
found expression in national politics was in a con- 
vention at Albany in 1840, which nominated James 
G. Birney for president. 

90. Van Buren was a shrewd and skilful poli- 
tician; Harrison, a popular favorite. The Demo- 
crats ridiculed Harrison's honorable poverty and 
western surroundings. The Whigs took up the 
sneer and called him the "Log Cabin'' candidate. 
Immense mass meetings were held and an unusual 
campaign carried on. Harrison was elected as ninth 
president, with John Tyler as vice-president. A 
month after inauguration Harrison died and Tyler 
became president. The first thing the Whigs did 
was to repeal the law establishing the Independent 
Treasury. This Tyler approved. But when they at- 
tempted to re-establish the Bank of the United 
States he vetoed the measure, and also a similar 



222 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

one following it. For this he was read out of the 
party and all the members of his cabinet resigned, 
save Webster, who remained to conclude a treaty 
with Great Britain defining our fishing rights and 
boundary line between Maine and Canada. 

Tyler, belonging to neither party, now com- 
mitted an act which was very important in results. 
In 1821 Mexico became independent from Spain and 
set up a republic. Texas was one of the states of 
this republic. It was attractive to Americans, but 
had not been settled by them, because it was not 
known who owned it. Moses Austin obtained the 
right to bring in settlers, and soon there was a 
large colony of Americans. Soon there were seven- 
teen grants, or rights given by the Mexican govern- 
ment to establish colonies. These colonies gov- 
erned themselves. In 1830 Mexico began to rule 
them harshly. In 1833 they rebelled and in 1836 set 
up the republic of Texas. At first the Texans were 
defeated, and bands of them massacred after they 
had surrendered. Money and troops were sent from 
the United States and finally Santa Anna, the presi- 
dent of Mexico, was defeated by Sam Houston at 
San Jacinto in 1836. At once the independence of 
Texas was acknowledged by the United States, Eng- 
land, France and Belgium, 

91. Texas then applied for admission to the 
Union, but slavery existed in Texas, hence anti- 
slavery men opposed it. But Taylor secretly made a 
treaty of annexation and submitted it to the Senate 
in 1844. The Democrats took up the issue in favor 



Peopling of the West— Oregon. 223 

of it as their platform. The Republicans opposed 
it. James K. Polk was nominated on this platform 
by the Democrats and elected. Another plank in the 
platform was the disposition of the Oregon territory. 
As said before, this was jointly occupied by the Brit- 
ish and Americans. In 1824, 54° 40' had been made 
the boundary line between Oregon and British Co- 
lumbia. 

In 1832 four Flathead Indians appeared in St. 
Louis and asked General Clark for the white man's 
Bible. It was not given them by the general, so a 
young clerk in his oflflce wrote a letter to a friend in 
Pittsburg, telling of the incident. The letter was 
published and led to the sending of four mission- 
aries into the Oregon country to the Indians. One 
of these, Marcus Whitman, crossed over the Rockies 
into the Columbia valley. Soon he and another mis- 
sionary went to Walla Walla with their wives, and 
in five years 137 immigrants had followed him. This 
alarmed the English fur traders, for joint possession 
meant the right of each country to settle Oregon, 
and whichever country had the greater number of 
settlers would hold it. 

92. When, in 1842, 140 English immigrants 
started to that territory, Whitman started to Wash- 
ington to inform the president. After a hard trip 
across the Rocky mountains in the winter, he 
reached Santa Fe, January 3, 1843, and two months 
later was in Washington. He told the president the 
state of affairs, and it was agreed that nothing 
should be done in regard to the boundary until he 



224 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

led out a band of settlers. Two months later he had 
200 wagons started for the new country, and in 1845 
there were 7,000 Americans in Oregon, and the next 
3^ear 12,000, The Democrats took up the matter of 
boundary line at "fifty-four forty or fight," and won 
not only the election, but the boundary as well. 

In January, 1845, Congress passed a resolu- 
tion in favor of annexing Texas. In December, 1845, 
her senators and representatives took their seats in 
Congress. 

93. When Texas entered the Union she claimed 
as her boundary line the Rio Grande, from its mouth 
to its source, then a line due north to 42°. Mexico 
disputed this, claiming the Neuces river as the 
western boundary of Texas. President Polk took 
the side of Texas, and sent Gen. Zachary Taylor to 
occupy the disputed strip. Mexico attacked him, 
and at once Polk asked Congress to declare war; so 
war was declared May 13, 1846. Taylor won battles 
at Palo Alto, Resaca de la Palma, Matamoras, Mon- 
terey, and went to Saltillo. Gen. Winfield Scott v/as 
sent to Mexico and took command. Taylor defeated 
Santa Anna at Buena Vista. Scott in the meantime 
landed at Vera Cruz and started for the City of 
Mexico. After many battles and great losses, by 
both battle and disease, he captured Mexico. Polk 
asked Congress for ^2,000,000 to settle the boundary 
line and end the war. This was granted. 

While Taylor was winning victories in Mex- 
ico, Col. Stephen W. Kearny was sent to oc- 
cupy New Mexico. From Fort Leavenworth he went 



Peopling of the West — Mexican War. 225 

up the Arkansas river to Bent's Fort, and by the 
Santa Fe trail through the valley of the Rio Grande 
to Santa Fe. Taking the city, he declared the whole 
of the territory to be the property of the United 
States. Then he started to seize California. On ar- 
riving there he found Fremont and Stockton had al- 
ready conquered it. 

94. Before this time the "Great American Des- 
ert" had been regarded as uninhabitable and worth- 
less. But at last Thomas H. Benton succeeded in in- 
ducing Congress to have it explored. So, in 1842, 
Fremont, Benton's son-in-law, was sent to see if emi- 
grants could cross by the South pass. Starting from 
Kansas City, with Kit Carson as guide, he crossed 
the mountains and reported the pass easy, giving a 
fine account of the country. In 1843 he was sent 
out again. This time he went northward to Walla 
Walla, where Whitman was, then to Dallas, Van- 
couver and Sutter's Fort, in the Sacramento valley. 

95. In 1845 Fremont set out a third time, 
crossed Nebraska and Utah, and went on to Monte- 
rey. He was ordered out by the Mexicans, went to 
the mountains and spent the winter. When, in 1846, 
the war began with Mexico, the Americans, fearing 
the Mexicans, revolted, raised a flag with a grizzly 
bear as their emblem, and proclaimed the Bear Re- 
public of California. These republicans were pro- 
tected by Fremont and Stockton until Kearny came. 

When peace was made with Mexico, in 1848, 
Mexico gave up the land and received |15,000,000. 



226 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Thus was added 522,568 square miles to the terri- 
tory of the United States. 

The boundary line between Mexico and the 
United States offered so much trouble that in 
1853 Congress paid Mexico |10,000,000, and estab- 
lished the line where it now is, making the Gadsden 
Purchase of 45,535 square miles. 

96. Most of the territory thus acquired had 
been settled by Spaniards and Mexicans. The ques- 
tion now confronting the government was the best 
way to govern this territory, and the extension of 
slavery into it. Both the Whig and Democratic par- 
ties refused to make any declaration of policy, and a 
new party, the Free-Soil party, came into existence, 
demanding that this territory should be non-slave- 
holding. The Whig candidates, Taylor and Fillmore, 
were elected. The Southern states demanded that 
the territories be open to slavery. The Northern 
states opposed it. A strong feeling arose in the 
South that they should establish a Southern confed- 
eracy of slave-holding states, while in the North the 
feeling against slavery was quite as high. 

In 1848 gold was discovered in California, and 
at once a rush began to the new territory, and 
soon it had a large population. In 1849 the people 
in California made a free-state constitution and ap- 
plied for admission into the Union. 

The South opposed any more free states, and 
Clay offered a compromise: that California should be 
admitted as a free state; that the slave trade should 
be abolished in the District of Columbia; that a new 



Slavery and Rise of the Republican Party. 227 

and stringent fugitive slave-law should be enacted; 
that New Mexico and Utah should be made terri- 
tories regardless of slavery, and that Texas should 
sell as much of New Mexico as was east of the Rio 
Grande. The debate on this compromise was a great 
one. Finally the measure was passed. 

97. In 1852 the Democrats nominated and 
elected Franklin Pierce. He believed, as the Whigs 
did, that all slavery questions were settled; but soon 
the old question was raging as fiercely as ever. Soon 
the territories of Kansas and Nebraska came into 
question, as to whether they were covered by the 
Missouri Compromise bill of 36° 30', or, as new ter- 
ritories, had "squatter sovereignty" rights. For 
seven years the struggle existed for the possession 
of Kansas by the two factions. The territory was 
occupied and claimed by both sides. The pro-slavery 
men won and slavery was established in Kansas. 

98. In 1856 there was a general breaking up 
of old parties. Webster and Clay were both dead. 
The Whig party weakened and was completely de- 
stroyed by the Kansas-Nebraska bill. The Demo- 
crats who opposed extension of slavery could no 
longer support the government. There was, too, a 
strong party opposed to immigration which was 
organized as the Native American party in 1841. 
Since its members would not tell its principles, it 
M^as called the "Know Nothing party." Soon a new 
party was founded in Michigan and Wisconsin out 
of the wrecks of the old ones. This party, calling 
themselves Republicans, met at Philadelphia and 



228 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

nominated Fremont and Dayton. The Free-Soilers 
joined the Republicans. The Whigs indorsed Fill- 
more, while the Democrats nominated Buchanan 
and Breckenridge, who were elected. 

Certain questions of slavery were regarded as 
settled, but a new one arose that opened the whole 
matter again. This was the "Dred Scott Case." 

99. A slave named Dred Scott was taken by his 
master from Missouri to Illinois, a free state, then 
back to Missouri. He claimed that his residence 
on free soil had made him a free man. The case 
went to the Supreme Court, which decided as fol- 
lows: 

1. That Dred Scott was not a citizen and 
therefore could not sue in the United States courts. 
His residence in a free state had not made him free. 

2. That Congress could not shut slave prop- 
erty out of the territories any more than it could 
shut out a horse or cow. 

3. That the piece of legislation known as the 
Missouri Compromise of 1820 was null and void. 
This confirmed all that had been gained for slavery 
by the Kansas-Nebraska act of 1854 and opened 
to slavery Oregon and Washington, which were 
free territories. 

This decision filled the Southern people with 
delight and split the Democratic party in the North, 
while it made the Republicans more determined 
than ever to prevent the spread of slavery. 

When the pro-slavery men submitted a consti- 
tution to Kansas with the question, Will you have 



Slavery and Rise of the Republican Party. 229 

this constitution with or without slavery? the free 
settlers would not vote and slavery was adopted. 
Soon an anti-slavery legislature submitted the ques- 
tion of adopting the constitution and it was de- 
feated. President Buchanan submitted the consti- 
tution and asked that Kansas be admitted as a 
slave state. Douglas opposed this, and, with the 
aid of Northern Democrats, kept Kansas a terri- 
tory until 18G1. 

100. Then came the great debates between 
Douglas and Lincoln which gave Douglas the sena- 
torship from Illinois, but Lincoln the presidency 
later. 

In 1859 John Brown, a fanatic who had taken 
part in the border ruffianism in Kansas in 1855, 
and was outlawed, w'ent to Virginia to stir up 
a slave insurrection and thus secure the liberation 
of the negroes. He seized the arsenal at Harper's 
Ferry, freed slaves and arrested white people, but 
no insurrection followed. He was soon captured 
by Robert E. Lee, a colonel in the army, tried on 
the charge of murder and treason against Virginia 
and hanged. 

101. So one event after another embittered the 
struggle until 18C0. The Democrats met in conven- 
tion at Charleston, S. C, but went to pieces. 
One group, extreme Southerners, met in Baltimore 
later and nominated Breckenridge and Lane, on a 
platform declaring that Congress had no power to 
abolish slavery in the territories; that territorial 
legislatures could not interfere with slavery, and 



230 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

that the federal government must .protect slave 
property M^herever government extended. 

The other part of the Charleston convention 
met at Baltimore and nominated Stephen A. Doug- 
las and Herschel V. Johnson. 

Another party, calling itself the National Con- 
stitutional Union, nominated Bell and Everett, and 
declared for "the Constitution of the country, the 
union of the states, and the enforcement of the 
laws." 

102. The Republican party met at Chicago, 
nominated Lincoln and Hannibal Hamlin, and 

1. Repudiated the principles of the Dred Scott 
decision. 

2. Demanded the admission of Kansas as a 
free state. 

3. Denied all sympathy v^^ith any kind of in- 
terference M'ith slavery in the states. 

4. Insisted that all territories must be kept 
free. 

5. Called for a railroad to the Pacific and a 
homestead law. 

At the election Lincoln received 180 votes; 
Breckenridge, 72; Bell, 39; and Douglas, 12. 

103. Since 1840 many improvements had 
taken place in the United States. Population had 
moved westward. In 1840 there were 17,000,000 
people, of whom all but 876,000 were east of the 
Mississippi. Now the population was 31,000,000, 
the number of states increased to thirty-three. The 
immigration had come to be enormous. Railroads 



Slavery and Rise of the Republican Party. 231 

were built, express companies, postage stamps and 
the telegraph were introduced, sewing machines 
and the harvester were invented, anaesthesia was 
discovered, the Atlantic cable laid and steamship 
lines with Europe established. 

Every class of society was benefited by these 
improvements, especially the laboring classes, and 
manufacturing had come to be a great industry in 
all save the slave-holding states, which remained 
mainly agricultural. 

vVhen it became known that Lincoln was 
elected. South Carolina seceded on December 20, 
1860. Soon Mississippi, Florida, Alabama, Georgia, 
Louisiana, and Texas left the Union. On February 
4, 1861, delegates from these states met at Mont- 
gomery, Ala., and established a provisional govern- 
ment, which they called the ^'Confederate States of 
America," and elected Jefferson Davis and Alex- 
ander H. Stephens as president and vice-president. 

Buchanan did nothing against this, saying that 
no state had a right to secede, but having seceded, 
he had no right to make war upon that state. 

The states seceded because the people believed 
that the election of Lincoln meant the abolition of 
slavery, hence their rights under the Constitution 
would not be protected. The Eepublican party, 
at the time, had no idea of abolishing slavery, and 
attempts were made to effect a compromise, but it 
was too late. 

Immediately after his inauguration, Lincoln 
declared that he had no intention of interfer- 



232 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

ing with the institutions of the states, but that he 
should protect the property of the United States. 
This led the Confederate commander at Charleston, 
General Beauregard, under the order of Governor 
Pickens, to fire on Fort Sumter, and this was the 
beginning of the war. 



THE CIVIL WAR. 

104. Thus was begun the War of the Rebellion, 
The life of the Union was at stake. The ques- 
tion of the right of a state to secede was to 
be settled by arms, and for this settlement both 
sides began to prepare. The North was full 
of Southern sympathizers. The South was united. 
The nations of Europe, save Russia, were in 
support of the South, and the South had the 
advantage of acting on the defensive, while the 
North had greater resources and greater wealth. 
Lincoln at once called Congress to meet and for 
75,000 volunteers to reduce the seceding states. The 
border states, Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee 
and Arkansas seceded. The capital of the Confed- 
eracy was moved to Richmond, an army raised, and 
soon both sides were ready with armies in the 
field. 



The Battle of Bull Run. 233 



THE BATTLE OF BULL RUN. 

105. On June 21, 18G1, was fought, near where 
the Orange and Alexandria railroad crosses Bull 
Run, the first battle of the war in which any consid- 
erable numbers were engaged. In the first part of the 
engagement General Beauregard was in command, 
but upon the arrival of Gen. Joseph Johnston from 
Winchester, with six thousand fresh troops, the 
command devolved upon him as senior in rank. 
The Union forces were under the command of Gen- 
eral McDowell, because the commander-in-chief, 
General Scott, was too feeble to take an active part. 
Until the arrival of Johnston with reinforcements, 
the Union troops seemed upon the point of gaining 
a brilliant victory, but his arrival turned the ad- 
vance into a disastrous rout back toward Washing- 
ton City. The result of this Confederate victory was 
two-fold: giving the Confederates an ill-founded 
over-confidence which meant misfortune to them; 
the National government was roused to a more seri- 
ous effort in putting down what was for the first 
time recognized as a' serious rebellion. 

106. On the part of the Union, the plan for 
suppressing the rebellion gradually took the fol- 
lowing form: (1) To blockade the Southern ports 
and thus cut off the Confederacy from foreign war 
supplies; (2) To capture Richmond; (3) To open the 
Mississippi river; (4) To occupy Kentucky and Ten- 
nessee, and thence cut through to the Atlantic. To 
carry out the first, all the naval engagements along 



234 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

the coast and in mid-ocean were fought. Under the 
second, the first and second advances on Richmond 
were made. Under the third both attempts to open 
up the Mississippi river were essayed, while under 
the fourth may be considered the campaign in East 
Tennessee and Sherman's march from Chattanooga 
to the sea. The Confederacy was principally acting 
on the defensive, and hence its part was to establish 
and maintain its own form of government and repel 
the invaders. However, the Confederate states did 
assume the offensive with the purpose of invading 
the North, and thus removing the seat of war out of 
their own into the enemy's territory. 

At the time of the battle of Bull Run General 
McClellan was in western Virginia with an army; 
General Patterson, with another Union force, was 
near Harper's Ferry, and General Lyons was in 
command in Missouri, opposing the Confederate 
General Price. 



FIRST ATTEMPT TO OPEN THE MISSISSIPPI. 
107. An excellent idea can be gained of con- 
ditions along the Mississippi river in the spring of 
1862 from a close study of this map. It will be 
seen that the Confederacy was in full control of the 
Mississippi river from Columbus, Kentucky, to its 
mouth. Fort Henry commanded the Tennessee and 
Fort Donelson the Cumberland river. Hence the 
importance of capturing Fort Henry and Donelson 
and of Grant's battle with General Albert Sidney 



McClellan's First Advance. 235 

Johnston at Pittsburg Landing. This gave the Union 
its first great victory, with a loss of 15,000 men to 
the Confederates, and on the following day, April 
7, 1862, Island No. 10, surrenders to General Pope 
with seven thousand prisoners of war. This left the 
Mississippi river open as far north as Vicksburg as 
a result of Grant's restless campaign. His next 
camijaign is against Vicksburg. 



McCLELLAN'S FIRST ADVANCE. 

108. Early in 18G2 McClellan made the first ad- 
vance on Kichmond, going by water to Fortress 
Monroe and thence toward Richmond, between the 
James and York rivers. At Yorktown McClellan's 
army was detained a month in besieging and cap- 
turing that towm. Yorktown being evacuated on 
the 5th of May, McClellan's troops pursued the re- 
tiring Confederates and on the same day fought the 
battle of Williamsburg, the Confederates continuing 
to retreat at night toward Richmond. In the mean- 
time Stonewall Jackson made a series of rapid 
maneuvers, by w^hich he defeated and confused sev- 
eral bodies of Union troops in detail and frightened 
the authorities at Washington, so that the troops at 
Fredericksburg were prevented from joining Mc- 
Clellan before Richmond. Also, General Johnston 
attacked one wing of McClellan's army at Fair Oaks 
and won a partial victory, while the remaining por- 
tion of the Union army was still east of the Chicka- 



236 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

hominy river. Johnston, having received a wound 
in this battle, was succeeded by General R. E. Lee, 
who was joined by Stonewall Jackson from the Val- 
ley of Virginia. McClellan withdrew his forces to- 
ward the James river, fighting continuously for 
seven days. 

109. McClellan's plan had failed, and he was 
succeeded by General Pope, whose success at Island 
No. 10 had given him a reputation that inspired con- 
fidence. Observe that the Union army had had three 
commanders. Pope was destined to be no more for- 
tunate than his predecessors, and on August 29 
and 30, 1862, was defeated by Lee on the old Bull 
Run battle-field, whence his disheartened army fell 
back to the neighborhood of Washington, where it 
had been a year before. 

Another change was made by placing McClel- 
lan in chief command a second time. On the 16th 
and 17th of September McClellan and Lee fought the 
severe battle of Antietam, which caused Lee to with- 
draw across the Potomac, McClellan following 
slowly. But McClellan had lost the confidence of 
his superiors, and was now finally removed, to make 
place for General Burnside. 

General Burnside crossed the Rappahannock 
at Fredericksburg, and attacked the Confederate 
works on the heights back of the town on De- 
cember 13th, with the result that his army was de- 
feated with fearful slaughter. Therefore he was 
succeeded by General Hooker. 



Battle of Qettysturg. 237 

Early in May, Hooker tries his hand with Gen- 
eral Lee at the battle of Chancellorsville, where, 
like his predecessors, he was beaten by Lee's gen- 
eralship and Jackson's great movement to his rear. 
Hooker was forced to withdraw across the Rappa- 
hannock. Meade succeeded him in the command. 

In this battle Stonewall Jackson was mortally 
wounded by a part of his own command, who, in the 
darkness, mistook him and staff for the enemv. 



BATTLE OF GETTYSBURG. 

110. Because of the advantages gained at 
Chancellorsville, Lee was enabled to cross the Po- 
tomac and march toward Harrisburg, Pa. The 
two great armies met at Gettysburg on the first 
day of July, 1863, and engaged in a three 
days' battle. The first and second were largely 
spent in fighting for the final positions which should 
decide the battle. On the third day, though the Con- 
federates broke through the center of the Federal 
army, they were driven back and the victory re- 
mained with Meade. The Confederates lost nearly 
thirty thousand, while the Union loss was over 
twenty-three thousand. As a result, Lee retreated 
into Virginia and gave up the hope of a Northern in- 
vasion, which had been twice thwarted. 



238 Con-elation of History, Geography and Literature. 



ADDRESS AT THE DEDICATION OF GETTYSBURG 
CEMETERY. 

111. Four score and seven years ago our fath- 
ers brought forth upon this continent a new nation, 
conceived in liberty, and dedicated to the proposition 
that all men are created equal. Now we are engaged 
in a great civil war, testing whether that nation, or 
any nation, so conceived and so dedicated, can long 
endure. We are met on a great battle-field of that 
war. We are met to dedicate a portion of it as the 
final resting place of those who here gave their lives 
that that nation might live. 

It is altogether fitting and proper that we 
should do this. But in a larger sense we cannot 
dedicate, we can not consecrate, we can not hallow 
this ground. The brave men, living and dead, who 
struggled here, have consecrated it far above our 
power to add or detract. The world will little note, 
nor long remember what we say here, but it can 
never forget what they did here. 

It is for us, the living rather, to be dedicated 
here to the un^nished work they have thus far so 
nobly carried on. It is rather for us to be here 
dedicated to the great task remaining before us, 
that from these honored dead we take increased de- 
votion to the cause for which they gave the last 
full measure of devotion; that we here highly re- 
solve that these dead shall not have died in vain; 
that the nation shall, under God, have a new birth 



Fall of Vicksiurg. 239 



of freedom, and that the government of the people, 
by the people, and for the people, shall not perish 
from the earth. 

— Abraham Lincoln. 



FALL OF VICKSBURG. 

112. In the summer and early fall of 1862 Gen- 
erals Grant and Pope, in connection with Admiral 
Foote's gunboats, had been able to open the Mis- 
sissippi river as far south as Vicksburg. 

At the same time Farragut was pounding the 
forts below New Orleans, which he finally silenced, 
and captured the city. After a series of ineffectual 
attempts to capture Vicksburg and thus open up the 
entire Mississippi river, in this way cutting the Con- 
federacy in two, Grant sat down in regular siege 
about Vicksburg, which surrendered July 4, 1863, 
the day following the great Gettysburg victory in 
Pennsylvania. The surrender of Vicksburg resulted 
in the capture of Port Hudson farther down the 
river, and gave the Union armies possession of the 
whole of the Mississippi. 

113. After the battle of Murfreesboro, which 
was fought December 31, 1862, about the time Grant 
was beginning operations against Vicksburg, Rose- 
crans occupied Murfreesboro, and the Confederate 
general, Bragg, retreated, in the summer and fall 
of 18G3, Eosecrans forced Bragg by his maneuvers 
to fall back and leave Chattanooga in Union hands. 
But on the 19th and 20th of September Bragg was 



240 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

enabled by his reinforcements to fight the great 
battle of Chickamauga. In effect it was the oppo- 
site of the meeting of these same two generals at 
Murfreesboro nine months before, for on the first 
day the Union army won considerable advantage, 
but on the second the right half of Rosecrans' army 
was driven in confusion towards Chattanooga. Gen- 
eral Thomas had prevented an utter rout in both 
these battles. By this brilliant stand, Thomas held 
Bragg in check until Rosecrans prepared Chatta- 
nooga for defense. 

But Grant, whose success about Vicksburg had 
gained him great reputation, was now given com- 
mand of all the western forces. Thomas succeeded 
Rosecrans. 

114. In the battles now fought about Chatta- 
nooga was one of the greatest array of distinguished 
officers known on any field of the war. When Grant 
took advantage of Longstreet's absence in East 
Tennessee to attack Bragg's army. Hooker, Sher- 
man, Thomas, Sheridan and other ranking officers 
were present with him. After a series of brilliant 
movements, in which Hooker carried Lookout moun- 
tain and Sherman broke Bragg's line in six places, 
the Confederate army was forced to retreat. 

As a result of his brilliant military movements 
at the west. Grant was put in command of all the 
Union armies, and took charge in person of the 
army in front of Washington, while Sherman was 
left in command at the west. 



Sherman's March to the Sea. 241 



SHERMAN'S MARCH TO THE SEA. 

115. In tlie spring of l<Sr)4 Sherman left Chatta- 
nooga, Tennessee, for Savannah, Georgia, being op- 
posed bj General Johnston. Sherman tried to force 
Johnston to fight in the open field, but it was John- 
ston's purpose to draw Sherman further south, 
which would both compel the Union force to attack 
breastworks and at the same time increase the diffi- 
culty of supplying their wants. Finally, Sherman 
attacked Johnston at Kenesaw mountain, and was 
repulsed. Soon after this the Confederate govern- 
ment, dissatisfied with Johnston's continued retreat- 
ing before the enemy, removed him and substituted 
General Hood in his place. In the numerous bat- 
tles that took place about Atlanta, because of this 
change of policy, the Union army was usually suc- 
cessful. 

When Sherman outflanked Hood and got a 
large part of his army south of Atlanta, that city 
was surrendered. Later, Johnston was restored to 
the command and in numerous engagements was 
opposed to Sherman until the surrender at Raleigh, 
April 26, 1865. 



GRANT'S ADVANCE ON RICHMOND. 

116. While Sherman was marching towards 
the sea. Grant moved toward Richmond. For six- 
teen days in May, Grant's and Lee's armies were in 

16 



242 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

close contact in the Wilderness and about Spottsyl- 
vania Court House. Marcliing from position to posi- 
tion was usually done at night, and the fighting 
reserved for the day. In these sixteen days the 
Union army lost over 35,000 men. Though Grant 
was unable to crush Lee, he continued to approach 
nearer to Richmond, Lee keeping constantly be- 
tween the Union army and his capital. At length, 
on the 3d of June, 1804, Grant encountered Lee at 
Cold Harbor in full force, and was repulsed with a 
loss of six thousand men in one hour. Near the 
middle of June, Grant marched rapidly to the left 
and began to cross to the south bank of the James 
river, with the intention of capturing Petersburg 
and cutting off one of the sources of supplies and 
reinforcements for Richmond. Though the outer 
works were carried, there was a long siege. 

117. SHERIDAN'S RIDE. 

Up from the South at break of day, 
Bringing to Winchester fresh dismay. 
The affrighted air with a shudder bore, 
Like a herald in haste, to the chieftain's door. 
The terrible grumble and rumble and roar, 
Telling the battle was on once more. 
And Sheridan — twenty miles away. 

And wider still those billows of war 
Thundered along the horizon's bar, 
And louder yet into Winchester rolled 



Sheridan's Ride. 243 



The roar of that red sea uncontrolled, 
Making the blood of the listener cold 
As he thought of the stake in that fiery fray, 
And Sheridan — twenty miles away. 

But there is a road from Winchester town, 

A good, broad highway leading down; 

And there, through the flush of the morning light, 

A steed, as black as the steeds of night, 

Was seen to pass as with eagle flight — 

As if he knew the terrible need. 

He stretched away with the utmost speed; 

Hills rose and fell — but his heart was gay, 

With Sheridan fifteen miles away. 

Still sprung from these swift hoofs, thundering 

South, 
The dust, like the smoke from the cannon's mouth. 
Or the trail of a comet sweeping faster and faster. 
Foreboding to foemen the doom of disaster; 
The heart of the steed and the heart of the master 
Were beating like prisoners assaulting their walls, 
Impatient to be where the battle-field calls; 
Every nerve of the charger was strained to full 

play. 
With Sheridan only ten miles away. 

Under his spurning feet, the road 
Like an arrowy Alpine river flowed. 
And the landscape sped away behind 



244 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Like an ocean flying before the wind; 
And the steed, like a bark fed with furnace ire, 
Swept on with his wild eyes full of fire. 
But, lo! he is uearing his heart's desire — 
He is snuffing the smoke of the roaring fray. 
With Sheridan only five miles away. 

The first that the General saw were the groups 
Of stragglers, and then the retreating troops; — 
What was done — what to do — a glance told him 

both, 
Then striking his spurs with a terrible oath. 
He dashed down the line 'mid a storm of huzzahs. 
And the wave of retreat checked its course there 

because 
The sight of the master compelled it to pause. 
With foam and with dust the black charger was 

gray; 
By the flash of his eye, and his red nostril's play, 
He seemed to the whole great army to say, 
"I have brought you Sheridan all the icay 
From, Winchester down to save the dayT 

Hurrah, hurrah for Sheridan! 

Hurrah, hurrah for horse and man! 

And when their statues are placed on high 

Under the dome of the Union sky, — 

The American soldier's Temple of Fame, — 

There, with the glorious General's name. 

Be it said in letters both bold and bright: 



Reconstruction and Development. 245 

"Here is the steed that saved the day 
By carrying Sheridan into the fight 
From Winchester — twenty miles aicay!" 

—T. B. Read. 



118. Events crowded upon each other. The 
war was fast approaching its close. Petersburg 
was evacuated April 2, 1805, and the United States 
flag was floating over Kichmond on the 3d. Lee 
had abandoned the capital and was retreating south 
to join Johnston, who was marching north through 
North Carolina. Federal soldiers were on Lee's 
right, his left and his rear, while Sheridan's cavalry 
was near to cut off his advance. At Appomattox 
Court House Lee surrendered his entire army, less 
than ten thousand strong, on April 9, 1865. John- 
ston could hold out no longer alone, and so sur- 
rendered April 26, followed by the yielding of the 
smaller bodies of Confederates, and the war was 
closed. 



RECONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT. 

119. Five days after Lee's surrender President 
Lincoln was assassinated while at a theater. On 
the 15th he died, and Andrew Johnson was at once 
sworn in as president. Under him began the recon- 
struction. 

The cost of the war to both sides in money, 
property and blood had been tremendous. The ef- 



246 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

forts and plans of the North to meet the expenses 
need to be described to understand our history since 
that time. 

In 1861 Congress increased the duties on all ar- 
ticles imported, laid a direct tax of |20,000,000, a 
tax of three per cent, on incomes exceeding |800, 
taxes on spirits and tobacco, and on trades and pro- 
fessions. The amount realized from these sources 
from 1862 to 1865 was $780,000,000. Congress also 
authorized the issuance of interest-bearing bonds, 
and 11,109,000,000 were issued from July 1, 1861, to 
August 31, 1865. Also, interest-bearing notes to the 
amount of |577,000,000 were outstanding, and $450,- 
000,000 of non-interest-bearing, or greenbacks, were 
issued. 

So much paper money led the banks to suspend 
specie payment, and soon all fractional currency dis- 
appeared from circulation. In 1863, $50,000,000 in 
fractional paper currency was issued. National 
banks were authorized at this time, too. These asso- 
ciations could buy government bonds and issue on 
them ninety per cent, of the face value of the bonds 
in their own notes. 

On August 31, 1865, the national debt thus cre- 
ated and outstanding was $2,845,000,000. This debt, 
taken with interest, pensions and claims of all sorts, 
made the war cost the Union $6,190,000,000. The 
number of men enlisted in the Union armies was 
2,772,408. Of this number 67,000 were killed, 43,000 
died of wounds, and 230,000 of diseases and other 
causes. The loss on the Confederate side was 



Reconstruction and Development. 247 



equally great, so that the entire loss was not fewer 
than 700,000 men. 

The suffering in the South was greater than in 
the North, for the South manufactured nothing, and 
when her ports were blockaded she could not sell 
her cotton and obtain necessary goods from Eng- 
land and elsewhere. Thrown on their own re- 
sources, the people employed many makeshifts for 
goods they could not get, and heroically endured 
untold privation and suffering. The loss entailed 
upon the South by the emancipation of the slaves 
amounted to |2,000,000,000. 

120. After the assassination of Lincoln, in 
1865, Andrew Johnson, a Union man and war Demo- 
crat, from Tennessee, became president. Before him 
lay the most gigantic task ever given any president. 
He must decide what to do with the states which 
had seceded. Lincoln had promised the states con- 
quered amnesty if they would lay down their arms, 
swear allegiance to the Constitution, and obey the 
emancipation proclamation. He also promised that 
if one-tenth of the voters in any state should 
take this oath and adopt a state government, he 
would recognize it, and allow the representatives 
their seats in Congress. Arkansas, Tennessee and 
Louisiana did this, but Congress stepped in and re- 
fused the senators from those states their seats. 
It made a plan of its own; this Johnson vetoed. So 
matters stood when the war ended. 

121. In the South all was at a standstill. John- 
son at once raised the blockade, opened all the ports 



248 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

of the South to commerce, saw that taxes were col- 
lected, the mails carried, and the courts put in opera- 
tion, and all laws enforced. Finally he placed over 
each state a provisional governor. These governors 
called conventions, which did four things: 

1. They declared the ordinances of secession 
null and void. 2. They repudiated all debts incurred 
by the Confederacy. 3. They abolished slavery. 
4. They ratified the thirteenth amendment. This 
amendment abolished slavery in all the states. 

When Congress met in December, 1865, the 
members were very angry because the president 
had proceeded in his own way in dealing with the 
states. Congress then refused to seat the members 
from the eleven seceding states, and proceeded to 
pass several acts to protect the freedmen. One of 
these was the "Civil Rights" bill, which gave all 
negroes the rights of citizenship. This was vetoed, 
but passed over the veto. In order that this law 
should not be repealed by any subsequent Congress, 
the fourteenth amendment was passed and made the 
condition of readmittance to the Union. Finally 
a freedmen's bureau bill, ordering the sale of land 
to the negroes on easy terms, was passed over the 
president's veto before Congress adjourned. 

During the summer the president made 
speeches abusing Congress. When it met again it 
gave the negroes the right to vote, and compelled 
the president to issue orders to the army, through 
General Grant. It also passed the "tenure of office" 
act, and the "reconstruction act." The "reconstruc- 



Reconstruction and Development. 249 



tion act" divided the ten seceded states into five 
military districts, and required the people to adopt 
a Constitution, giving the right to vote to the ne- 
groes as a requisite for readmission. 

To these terms North Carolina, South Carolina, 
Florida, Alabama, Louisiana and Arkansas submit- 
ted, and were readmitted to Congress in 1868. Ten- 
nessee had been admitted in 1866. These states rati- 
fied the fourteenth amendment, and it became part 
of the Constitution. 

122. By this time the quarrel between the 
l)resident and Congress had reached such a crisis 
that they feared he would obstruct the execution of 
the reconstruction acts by removing the officials who 
must enforce it. So, in 1867, the ''tenure of office" 
act was passed. Now, the president could only sus- 
pend an officer pending investigation by the senate, 
and must reinstate at the dictation of the senate. 
Johnson denied the right to make such a law, and 
soon disregarded it by suspending Stanton as secre- 
tary of war. But when Congress met it gave the 
office back to Stanton, and tried to impeach John- 
son. In this it failed by one vote, and Stanton re- 
signed. 

In 1858 gold was discovered near Pike's 
peak, and soon Denver had grown to a city of im- 
portance, with a stage line connecting it with Fort 
Leavenworth. Locomotives ran to Kansas, but 
there were still 2,000 miles to the Pacific. A mail 
route by horse and stage was established, and soon 



250 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

came the Wells, Fargo & Co.'s Express and regular 
stage companies. 

In 1860 both parties pledged themselves in favor 
of a railroad to the Pacific. The eastern end, or 
Union Pacific, vv^as begun at Omaha and built to 
Ogden, Utah, while the Central Pacific started at 
Sacramento and built eastward to Ogden. Congress 
gave a subsidy of $27,226,000 to the Union Pacific, 
and $27,850,000 to the Central Pacific. It also gave 
to the roads every odd-numbered quarter-section in 
a strip twenty miles wide its entire length. These 
roads were begun in 1806 and opened in 1869. Con- 
gress granted to railroads, canals and roads, 215,- 
000,000 acres between 1827 and 1860, an area almost 
as large as the thirteen original states. 

123. In 1859 silver was discovered in Utah ter- 
ritory. Soon Virginia City sprung up, and the ter- 
ritory of Nevada was created in 1861, and admitted 
as a state in 1864. In 1861 Colorado was made a 
territory, and Dakota was organized, embracing also 
Montana. Soon gold was discovered on Jefferson 
Fork of the Missouri, and Montana was made a ter- 
ritory in 1864. In 1863 the discovery of gold led to 
the forming of the territory of Idaho. Five years 
later Wyoming was formed from Nebraska. In 
1863 Arizona was cut off from New Mexico. Thus, 
in ten years, gold, silver and the Pacific railroad 
caused two new states and six territories, and more 
than 1,000,000 people lived along the line of the rail- 
road. The population of the United States in 1870 
was 38,000,000. 



Reconstruction and Development. 251 

124. Now that the war had been over for five 
years and the Southern states were back in the 
Union, about 1870 the people began to be tired of 
war issues. 

An important issue was the management of the 
nation's finances. There was the bonded debt of 
11,120,000,000, and the floating debt, greenbacks, 
fractional paper currency, etc., |1,620,000,000. One 
question was how to dispose of the bonded debt, and 
another how to dispose of the paper money and re- 
sume specie payment. In the first instance it was 
decided to pay off the bonds as rapidly as possible. 
In the second case the treasury began to contract 
the currency by calling in the greenbacks and cancel- 
ling them. This made money scarce and a party 
called ''Greenbackers," who opposed this contrac- 
tion, and also the payment of interest on bonds in 
coin which was worth more than paper money. 

There was much opposition to land grants 
to railroads, too. In 1862 a homestead law was 
passed, giving any citizen or head of a family the 
right to take up and occupy for five years a farm 
of 80 or 160 acres, and thus obtain a title to it. In 
the presidential campaign in 1868 the questions at 
issue were the financial questions mentioned above. 
Grant was elected over Horatio Seymour. 

Grant found that the reconstruction policy 
had not been so successful as could be wished. 
As soon as the Southern states gave the negroes a 
right to vote, a swarm of unprincipled politicians, 
called "Carpetbaggers," came down from the North, 



252 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

persuaded the negroes to give them their support, 
and began to rule the states in their own interest 
rather than that of the people. When the southern 
men who were property owners found themselves 
thus ruled they formed, in many parts of the South, 
secret societies called the ''Ku-Klux Klan," for the 
purpose of preventing the negroes from voting and 
thus breaking the rule of the "Carpetbaggers." To 
secure the negro the right to vote and make it 
no longer dependent on state action, the fifteenth 
amendment became a part of the Constitution in 
1870. Congress also passed the "Force Act," and 
the "Ku-Klux Act," as measures against attempts 
to regulate matters in the South contrary to the 
new amendment. 

125. As a result of these acts the Republican 
party was split and a new party, called Liberal Re- 
publicans, in favor of a more liberal treatment of 
the South, arose. This party nominated Horace 
Greeley in 1872, and the Democrats endorsed him. 
The Republicans renominated Grant. There was 
also a Labor Reform party, with David Davis and 
Joel Parker nominated, but they declined and in 
their place were put Charles O'Conor and J. Q. 
Adams, the candidates of a dissatisfied faction of 
the Democrats. There was a movement at this time, 
too, against the Chinese, who were coming in great 
numbers to the Pacific states and reducing the price 
of labor. This opposition led to the passage of a 
Chinese exclusion act in a short time. 



Reconstruction and Development. 253 

126. A great Prohibition party had risen by 
this time, too, and now for the first time had candi- 
dates in the field, James Black and John Russell. 

There were thus seven candidates in the field. 
The negroes voted and all the states again took 
part in the election. Grant and Wilson were elected. 

In 1873 stringency of money caused by re- 
building at Chicago and Boston after their great 
fires, by fights between the farmers and railroads in 
the West, and the failure of banks, caused a panic. 
An attempt to relieve the situation was made by a 
bill to issue more greenbacks. Grant vetoed it. 
Then Congress passed a bill resuming specie pay- 
ment. All fractional currency was called in and 
replaced by silver, the issue of national bank notes 
was increased, greenbacks called in and redeemed. 
These measures brought relief. 

In the presidential election in 1876 R. B. 
Hayes and William A. Wheeler were nominated by 
the Republicans; Samuel J. Tilden and Thomas A. 
Hendricks by the Democrats. The Republican plat- 
form endorsed the financial policy, favored civil ser- 
vice, protection, no more land grants, etc. The Dem- 
ocrats called for reforms in every branch of govern- 
ment. 

Colorado was admitted in 1876. There were 
then thirty-eight states, casting 369 electoral votes. 
This made 185 necessary for a choice. South Caro- 
lina, Florida, Louisiana and Oregon were in doubt. 
Both parties claimed the votes. Congress appointed 
an ''Electoral Commission" of five senators, five rep- 



254 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

resentatives and five justices of the Supreme Court. 
This commission consisted of eight Republicans and 
seven Democrats. The decision was in favor of the 
Republicans and Hayes was declared elected by a 
strict party vote. 

In this year was celebrated the 100th year of 
our independence, in the city of Philadelphia; an 
event of international interest, and to which all the 
leading nations of the world sent representatives. 
It marked an era of unprecedented growth and 
development, and demonstrated the fact that a 
popular government could exist and flourish. 

CENTENNIAL HYMN. 

Sung at the Opening of the International Exhibition, Phila- 
delphia, May 10, 1876. 

127. Our fathers' God ! from out whose hand 
The centuries fall like grains of sand. 
We meet to-day, united, free. 
And loyal to our land and Thee, 
To thank Thee for the era done, 
And trust Thee for the opening one. 

Here, where of old, by Thy design, 
The fathers spake that word of Thine 
Whose echo is the glad refrain 
Of Tended bolt and falling chain. 
To grace our festal time, from all 
The zones of earth our guests we call. 

Be with us while the New World greets 
The Old World thronging all its streets, 



"America^' — National Hymn. 255 

Unvailing all the triumphs won 
By art or toil beneath the sun; 
And unto common good ordain 
This rivalship of hand and brain. 

Thou, who hast here in concord furled 
The war flags of a gathered world, 
Beneath our Western skies fulfil 
The Orient's mission of good-will. 
And, freighted with love's Golden Fleece, 
Send back its Argonauts of peace. 

For art and labor met in truce, 
For beauty made the bride of use, 
We thank Thee; but, withal, we crave 
The austere virtues strong to save, 
The honor proof to place or gold. 
The manhood never bought nor sold! 
Oh, make Thou us, through centuries long. 
In peace secure, in justice strong; 
Around our gift of freedom draw 
The safeguards of Thy righteous law; 
And cast in some diviner mould, 
Let the new cycle shame the old ! 

— Whittier. 



AMERICA— NATIONAL HYMN. 
128. My country! 'tis of thee. 

Sweet land of liberty. 
Of thee I sing; 



256 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Land where my fathers died, 
Land of the pilgrims' pride; 
From every mountain side, 
Let freedom ring. 

My native country! thee. 
Land of the noble free, 

Thy name I love: 
I love thy rocks and rills. 
Thy woods and templed hills; 
My heart with rapture thrills 

Like that above. 

Let music swell the breeze, 
And ring from all the trees. 

Sweet freedom's song; 
Let mortal tongues awake, 
Let all that breathe partake. 
Let rocks their silence break. 

The sound prolong. 

Our fathers' God! to thee. 
Author of Liberty! 

To thee we sing; 
Long may our land be bright 
With freedom's holy light; 
Protect us by thy might. 

Great God, our King! 

—8. F. Smith. 



Post Bellum Events. 257 

129. The European powers, with the exception 
of Russia, had favored the South. Two of them, 
France and Great Britain, were openly hostile to the 
North. Confederate vessels were built in French 
and English ports and did great damage to the com- 
merce of the North during the war. The United 
States claimed this should be paid for. Finally the 
matter was referred to a court of arbitration, which 
adjudged that Great Britain should pay the '^Ala- 
bama claims" of $15,500,000 to the United States for 
vessels destroyed by the Alabama and other cruisers 
built in British ports. 

The French also sent an army into Mexico to 
overturn the government and establish an empire. 
Mexico owed the subjects of Great Britain, France 
and Spain large sums of money, and, as she would 
not pay, in 18G1 these powers sent an army to oc- 
cupy her ports. Soon it was clear that Napoleon 
had designs on Mexico; so Great Britain and Spain 
withdrew. While the United States could not in- 
terfere, because of the Civil War, Napoleon destroyed 
the republic and put Maximilian on the throne. In 
1865 the United States sent Sheridan with 50,000 
men to the Rio Grande, the French soldiers with- 
drew and Maximilian was captured and shot. Thus 
the republic was saved and the Monroe doctrine en- 
forced. In 1867 Alaska was purchased for |7,200,000. 

In the meanwhile the North was develop- 
ing in many ways. The discovery of oil in Pennsyl- 
vania gave a new industry. The meat dressing and 
packing houses of Chicago, Kansas City and other 



258 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

western cities, the immense flouring mills of the 
northwest, the growth of manufactures of steel and 
iron of all kinds, and countless other industries, have 
given great impetus to the growth of cities and 
states, especially in the middle and west. 

In the South the change from agriculture to 
manufacturing has been slow, but many manufac- 
turing cities have arisen, and soon the South will 
have most of the cotton mills. The change from 
slave to free labor gave an impetus to agriculture 
as well. The cotton crop increased from 4,670,000 
bales in 1860 to about 11,000,000 in 1900. 

The northwest was opened still further by the 
Northern Pacific railroad from St. Paul to Puget 
Sound. Montana and the Dakotas gained rapidly 
in population, so that the Dakotas were admitted as 
states in 1889, and Montana in 1890, followed the 
same year by Idaho and Wj^oming. 

The Great American desert became a huge farm, 
with millions of cattle and horses, and thousands 
of acres reclaimed by irrigation. 

130. In 1873 Congress passed an act declaring 
that 5-20 bonds should be paid "in coin." It also 
stopped the coinage of silver dollars, so the words 
"in coin" meant gold. In 1878 Bland, of Missouri, 
introduced a bill providing for the coinage of silver 
bullion by the mints on the same basis as gold, or 
free. The senate rejected it; finally a law was passed 
over the president's veto authorizing the secretary of 
the treasury to buy not less than |2,000,000 or more 
than 14,000,000 silver a month and coin it. But sil- 



Post Bellum Events. 259 

ver being bulky, certificates were issued for circula- 
tion in the place of the silver. In 1879 the govern- 
ment resumed specie payment and redeemed green- 
backs with gold on demand. 

131. In 1880 James A. Garfield and Chester A. 
Arthur were nominated by the Republicans, and W. 
S. Hancock and W. H. English by the Democrats. 
The platform of the Republicans favored protection, 
civil service, no more land grants, national aid to 
education, and the suppression of polygamy in Utah. 
The Democrats favored tariff for revenue only, hon- 
est money, gold or silver, convertible into paper, and 
public land for actual settlers. All parties agreed 
on anti-Chinese legislation. The Republicans were 
successful. On July 2, 1881, Garfield was assassin- 
ated by a disappointed oflQceseeker and Arthur be- 
came president. 

132. In 1884 the candidates were James G. 
Blaine and John A. Logan on the Republican ticket; 
Grover Cleveland and Thomas A. Hendricks on the 
Democratic. After an exciting campaign the Dem- 
ocrats were elected. All parties united in enacting 
an anti-contract labor law in 1885, an interstate 
commerce act in 1887, and in 1888 a Chinese exclu- 
sion act. A commissioner of labor was also ap- 
pointed. In 1887 a surplus was accumulating in the 
treasury, so the tariffs were to be reduced by the 
Democrats, under the Mills law, but the Republi- 
can senate defeated it. 

133. In 1888 Benjamin Harrison was the Re- 
publican candidate and Grover Cleveland the Demo- 



260 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

cratic. The issues were: (1) Taxation; (2) Tariff; 
(3) The surplus. The Kepublicans were successful. 
The Republicans gained control and passed the Mc- 
Kinley bill and the Sherman act. The Democratic 
senate passed a silver coinage bill. The house re- 
jected it. In the conference which ensued a bill was 
passed authorizing the secretary of the treasury to 
buy 4,500,000 ounces of silver each month. This was 
to be paid for in treasury notes, vvhich were to be 
redeemed in gold or silver on demand, after July 1, 
1891. This silver need not be coined, but could be 
stored in the treasur3\ This was the Sherman act. 

This legislation, combined with agricultural de- 
pression and discontent, led to the organization of 
the Farmers' Alliance, and finally a People's party. 
This party soon had senators and representatives 
and made a platform demanding the free and un- 
limited coinage of silver, the sub-treasury scheme, 
and a land mortgage tax. In 1892 this party put 
out candidates. Weaver and Field. The Democrats 
nominated Cleveland and Stevenson; the Republi- 
cans, Benjamin Harrison and Whitelaw Reid. The 
Prohibitionists also had candidates. Cleveland was 
elected. 

134. Soon in 1893 came a panic. This was 
caused by fear that the government could not redeem 
its greenbacks and treasury notes in gold, but 
must pay them in silver. This fear led foreigners to 
cease investing in the United States, and the people 
to draw gold out of circulation and hoard it. This 
led to light money and a panic. Fearing that this 



Post Bellum Events. 261 

would soon put us on a silver basis, the Sherman 
act was repealed. The steady fall in the value of 
silver bullion was a great blow to the silver pro- 
ducing states of the west. No relief was brought 
about by the repeal of the Sherman act, and soon 
the Wilson tariff bill was enacted by the Democrats. 
A two per cent, income tax on all incomes over 
|4,000 was passed, but the Supreme Court declared 
it unconstitutional. 

In 1894-05 the gold reserve was so low that 
$202,000,000 in bonds were issued to purchase gold, 
thus increasing the debt. 

135. In 1893 a treaty was pending in the senate 
providing for the annexation of the Hawaiian is- 
lands. A revolution was going on at the same time. 
This revolution was successful, but President Cleve- 
land withdrew the treaty and the islands were not 
annexed until 1898. 

In 1895 there was a dispute over the boundaries 
of Venezuela. It became necessary for Cleveland to 
make a pointed statement to Great Britain of the 
application of the Monroe doctrine. This statement 
brought England to terms. 

In 1896 William McKinley and Garret A. 
Hobart were nominated and elected by the Republi- 
cans on a platform for sound money or gold stand- 
ard. The Democrats and People's party nominated 
William J. Bryan on a free coinage platform. The 
dissatisfied Democrats nominated Palmer and Buck- 
ner. 



262 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

136. In 1895 the Cubans for the sixth time in 
fifty years rebelled against the harsh government of 
Spain. A cruel, bloody and ominous war followed. 
Our people became interested. We had |50,000,000 
invested there and an annual trade of $96,000,000. 
Soon our sympathies were added, for Cuba was re- 
duced to a deplorable state. In 1898 the Maine was 
blown up in the harbor at Havana. An investiga- 
tion fixed the cause on the Spaniards, and, accord- 
ingly, on April 21st, war was declared against Spain. 
The Spanish had a fleet at Manila bay, in the Phil- 
ippines. Admiral George Dewey was sent there to 
destroy it, which he did on May 1, 1898. General 
Merritt was sent with 20,000 troops to take posses- 
sion of the islands for the United States. 

Dewey, King of the Sea. 
137. AIR : '^'^PRODIGAL SON/-* 

Oh! we have a bold sailor in Manila bay, 

We have, we have. 
He captured the whole place in half a day. 

He did, he did. 
The gunners they made every shot tell, 
While they were not troubled by a single shell; 
Remember the Maine and give them hell, 
Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 

They avenged our boys who were killed on the 
Maine, 

They did, they did. 



Dewey, King of the Sea. 263 



The Spaniards won't try their dirty tricks again, 

They won't, they won't. 
When Dewey sailed in to Manila bay 
A short time ago on the first of May 
The Spaniards found it was moving day, 

Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 

Our gallant ships slipped through their lines. 

They did, they did. 
They sailed right over the harbor mines, 
The gunners were primed with American rum. 
They dodged and juggled each bursting bomb. 
Sent three hundred Spaniards to Kingdom come, 
Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 

The batteries started to fire their shells. 

They did, they did. 
But into the water each one fell, 

It did, it did. 
Then the flagship turned her ugly snout 
And her forward turrets commence to shout, 
We'll give 'em some points on how to shoot, 

Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 

A torpedo boat came out with a dash. 

It did, it did. 
It started for Dewey like a flash, 

It did, it did. 
Not a man at his post was seen to flinch. 
The commander gave the button a pinch. 
Let go his twelve pounders — Oh! what a cinch! 
Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 



264 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

All this took place on the first of May, 

It did, it did. 
Troops in ships were hurried away. 

They were, they were. 
Re-enforced by batteries H and K, 
John Astor's battery started away, 
And they hurried them on to Manila bay. 

Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 

Hard it was for me to wait. 

It was, it was. 
I am glad they did not come too late, 

I am, I am. 
The Newport is anchored here in the bay. 
So we'll start the ball whenever you say. 

Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 

How anxious I was about your boat, 

I was, I was. 
She was the richest prize afloat. 

She was, she was. 
To Spanish soil and tropic seas 
They hurried you on by every means 
With the governor of the Philippines, 

Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 

Now the four expeditions came in safe and sound. 

They did, they did. 
Entrenchments the Spaniards were planting around, 

They were, they were. 
Since the thirteenth of August they're planting no 
more, 



Colorado's Advance on Manila. 265 

They've learned what they never knew before, 
Entrenchments can't stop the Eighth Army Corps, 
Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 

The Eighth Army Corps I'll never forget, 

I won't, I won't. 
They put up a fight that was hot, you bet. 

It was, it was. 
We've driven our foes from land and sea. 
We all have shared in the victory. 
In this glorious fight for humanity. 

Sang Dewey, the king of the sea. (Repeat.) 

— Charles C. Webster, Astor Battery, V. 8. A. 



Colorado's Advance on Manila. 
138. August 13, 1898. 

When the bugle call was sounded 

We were ready, every man; 
Do you think that any faltered? 

Not a one but took his stand. 
We'd been waiting there in silence; 

When we heard the joyful note, 
A yell went up to heaven 

From every soldier's throat. 

And with springy step we bounded 
O'er our breastworks to the fray; 

Not a man was there who lingered, 
Not a man who cared to stay. 



266 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

And with exultation beaming 
From each noble soldier's face, 

Each one vying with his comrade 
To be first one in the race. 

Forward! On! Through mud and water — 

We were eager for the fray; 
We were bound to reach the trenches 

Where the hostile Spaniards lay. 
Though we heard the bullets whistling, 

Though we heard the cannon's roar, 
Onward! Swifter! was our motto, 

For Old Glory was before. 

But the harder that we pressed them, 

Faster still the Spaniards fled, 
Leaving all of their equipments, 

Leaving all their wounded, dead. 
When we saw Old Glory waving 

O'er Malate's stony wall, 
We then vowed before the night came 

That Manila, too, must fall. 

Forward! march! the word was given. 

And with a determined tread 
We were bound to be victorious 

Or be numbered with the dead. 
But the boastful Spaniards wilted 

Ere the fight was well begun; 
O'er the wall of old Manila 

Soon a flag of truce was run. 



Territorial Growth. 267 



Oh! Spain where are your fabled heroes? 

Are your days of conquering o'er? 
You are now despised by nations 

That you ruled so long before. 
Now I'll write for you a watchword, 

And its meaning I'll make plain, 
''Uncle Sam" you must remember. 

And don't forget the Maine. 

—G. F. Taylor, 1st Colorado, U. S. V. 



139. The Spanish had a second fleet at Santi- 
ago, in Cuba, under Admiral Cervera. Admiral 
Sampson was sent to destroy it. On July 4, 1898, 
Admiral Schley, who was in command at the time, 
with his fleet, annihilated the Spanish vessels as 
they came out of the harbor. Soon the Spanish gen- 
eral, Toral, surrendered his army to General Shaf- 
fer. A week later General Miles set off to capture 
Puerto Rico, which he soon did. 

In August, 1898, a protocol was signed and soon 
a treaty negotiated. By this treaty Cuba gained 
its independence, Puerto Rico, Guam and the Philip- 
pines were given to the United States, and Spain 
was paid ^20,000,000 for debts incurred by her on 
internal improvements in the islands. 

In 1898 Hawaii was also annexed. Thus in this 
year was made a large addition to the territory of 
the United States. 



268 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

140. Let us now trace the approximate terri- 
torial growth since that time. The following table 
will furnish all necessary data: 



TEEEITOEY 


ACQUIRED 


SyXJARE 
UILES 


COST 


PRESI- 




WHEN 


HOW 


FROM 
WHOM 




Original 

Louisiana 

Florida 

Texas 

Oregon 

California 
Gadsden ( 
Tract 1 
Alaska 
Hawaii 
Puerto Rico 
Philippines 


17S3 
1803 
1819 
1845 
( 1789 
1 1846 
1846 
1853 
1867 
1898 
1898 
1898 


Conquest 

Purchase 

Purchase 

Annexed 

Explorat'n 

Occupancy 

Conquest 

Purchase 

Purchase 

Annexed 

Conquest 

Conquest 


England 
France 
Spain 
Texas 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Russia 

Hawaii 

Spain 

Spain 


833,744 
925,269 

59,268 
274,356 
251,562 
636,760 

45,535 

577,390 

6,677 

3,668 

114,326 


$15,000,000 
5,000.000 

18,000,000 
10,000,000 
7,200,000 

20,000,000 


Jefferson 
Monroe 
Tyler 
Washing- 
ton—Polk 
Polk 

Pierce 

Johnson 

McKinley 

McKinley 

McKinley 



By reference to this table it will be plain that 
Roosevelt is president of a territory whose extent 
is almost five times as great as that presided over 
by Washington. 

141. In the presidential campaign of 1900 the 
Republicans nominated McKinley. Vice-President 
Hobart having died in office, Theodore Roosevelt was 
named by the party for second place. The plat- 
form of 1896 was reaffirmed. Bryan and Adlai 
Stevenson were put forward by the Democrats, en- 
dorsing the party doctrines of four years before. 
The Republicans were again successful. 



President Roosevelt— His First Message. 269 

In September, 1901, McKinle}', while in attend- 
ance at the Buffalo Exposition, and shaking hands 
with the people filing by him in the Temple of 
Music, was shot by an anarchist, and died a week 
later. Roosevelt was promptly sworn in as presi- 
dent. 

142. Mr. Roosevelt brings to the high office a 
mind thoroughly trained in the college curriculum 
and richl}^ experienced in a most varied and active 
life; to the culture of the East has been added the 
broader views of the great West; the student's 
thought-life is happily blended with the practical 
doing-life. A gentleman born, a scholar by train- 
ing, a plainsman, traveler, hunter, writer, soldier, 
orator, reformer, — all these are found in the man 
at the early age of forty years. No wonder it is 
that his personality should claim so much atten- 
tion at home and abroad, coming to the first place 
as an individual in a government that has recently 
become a world-power in the highest sense. 

143. To this nation-audience and world-audi- 
ence the president has addressed his best thoughts 
in his recent message to Congress. It is the first 
document of the kind that has ever excited universal 
interest. This was due to the rapid development of 
American industrial conditions, as well to the presi- 
dent's personality. Following are some of the sali- 
ent features of this state paper: 

Eight hours' labor. 

Prevention of imported and unorganized labor 
from crowding out the American worker. 



270 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

The agrarian troubles in Puerto Rico. 

Preservation of the forests of America as pro- 
tectors of the climate and water-courses. 

Building of reservoirs by federal government 
aid to store water for redeeming the arid lands of 
the West. 

The Indian converted into a self-supporting citi- 
zen, instead of continuing to be a pensioner and 
charge to the government. 

The organization of all the Americas into one 
brotherhood, as considered by the Pan-American 
Congress. 

The prevention of crime by the suppression of 
anarchy. 

The regulation of immigration. 

Construction and control of an Isthmian canal 
by our government. 

Application of the civil service, etc. 

The control of the money exchange, so that it 
shall not be in the power of the vicious to precipi- 
tate panics and thereby make profit to themselves. 

The encouragement of expositions at St. Louis 
and Charleston, as the means of educating the pub- 
lic. 

The proper control by government and relation 
of great aggregations of capital to the government, 
so that the individual may be protected, without de- 
stroying helpful organized effort. 

Organization of a separate department of com- 
merce and industries, under a new cabinet member. 



President Roosevelt — His First Message. 271 

In speaking of organized capital, the president 
says: 

"It is no limitation upon property rights or 
freedom of contract to require that when men re- 
ceive from government the privilege of doing busi- 
ness under corporate form, which frees them from 
individual responsibility and enables them to call 
into their enterprises the capital of the republic, 
they shall do so upon absolutely truthful represen- 
tations as to the value of the property in which the 
capital is to be invested. Corporations engaged in 
interstate commerce should be regulated if they are 
found to exercise a license working to the public 
injury. It should be as much the aim of those who 
seek for social betterment to rid the business world 
of crimes of cunning as to rid the entire body politic 
of crimes of violence. Great corporations exist only 
because they are created and safeguarded by our 
institutions, and it is therefore our right and our 
duty to see that they work in harmony with these 
institutions." 

Referring to the government aid for irrigation, 
sought by the West, he writes: 

"The western half of the United States would 
sustain a population greater than that of our whole 
country to-day if waters that now run to waste were 
saved and used for irrigation. The reclamation and 
settlement of the arid lands will enrich every por- 
tion of our country, just as the settlement of the 



272 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Ohio and Mississippi valleys brought prosperity to 
the Atlantic states." 

Ordinarily, these statements would mean little 
when sent out in a presidential message; but, com- 
ing, as they do, from Mr. Roosevelt, with his en- 
vironment of character, they inspire the fullest con- 
fidence in the American people, independent of po- 
litical associations. 

144. To help the president in the administra- 
tion of government are the following cabinet oflfl- 
cers, as now constituted: 

Secretary of State, John Hay, of Ohio. 

Secretary of Treasury, Lyman Gage, of Illinois, 
soon to be succeeded by Leslie M. Shaw, of Iowa. 

Secretary of War, Elihu Root, of New York. 

Attorney General, P. C. Knox, of Pennsylvania. 

Secretary of Navy, John D. Long, of Massachu- 
setts. 

Postmaster General, Henry C. Payne, of Wis- 
consin. 

Secretary of Interior, E. A. Hitchcock, of Mis- 
souri. 

Secretary of Agriculture, James Wilson, of 
Iowa. 



THE SCHLEY QUESTION. 

145. "Scarcely any other public matter was 
discussed with so much interest by the press and 
the people, during the latter part of 1901, as 
the finding of the court of inquiry in the case 



The Schley Question. 273 

of Admiral Schley. Although the admiral's con- 
duct in the management of his squadron during 
the late Spanish war had been bitterly criticised 
in naval circles, he had taken no steps to de- 
fend himself until a certain book appeared 
which accused the admiral, among other things, 
of base cowardice. When it came to be as- 
serted without contradiction that this book 
had been passed upon and indorsed in the proof- 
sheets by various high officers of the navy, Ad- 
miral Schley was advised that the time had 
come for him to seek vindication. Accordingly, 
he asked Secretary Long to appoint a naval 
court of inquiry. The navy department formu- 
lated the charges against the admiral, and pro- 
ceeded to select the court, which consisted of 
Admiral Dewey, as president, and two retired rear 
admirals, Benham and Eamsay. The charges were 
prosecuted by Captain Lemly, on behalf of the navy 
department, and Admiral Schley was represented 
by able counsel. The testimony filled the newspa- 
pers for a number of weeks. The inquiry closed 
on November 12, and the country eagerly awaited 
the verdict. After having taken a month for de- 
liberation, the court presented its findings to the 
secretary of the navy, who promptly gave them to 
the public on December 13. 

As respects the charge of personal cowardice 
in the battle of Santiago, the court vindicated Ad- 
miral Schley, and declared that ''his conduct dur- 



274 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

ing the battle of July 3 was self-possessed, and he 
encouraged, in his own person, his subordinates, 
officers and men, to fight courageously." As re- 
spects various other charges in detail as to Schley's 
management of his squadron, the tenor of the find- 
ings of the court is, in the main, adverse to the 
admiral. The spirit of the findings, which have 
to do mostly with the admiral's actions and methods 
in the earlier part of the campaign, is summed up 
in the following sentence: "Commodore Schley's 
conduct in connection with the events of the San- 
tiago campaign prior to June 1, 1898, was charac- 
terized by vacillation, dilatoriness, and lack of en- 
terprise." Admiral Dewey did not wholly agree 
with his colleagues, and filed an additional opinion, 
the tenor of which would seem to show that Ad- 
miral Dewey thought, upon the whole, that Schley's 
handling of his squadron had been efficient, — 
although the more one studies this additional opin- 
ion the more difficult it becomes to feel quite sure 
to what extent the president of the court wished 
to be regarded by the public as differing from his 
two colleagues. Admiral Dewey's additional opin- 
ion concludes as follows: ''Commodore Schley was 
the senior officer of our squadron off Santiago when 
the Spanish squadron attempted to escape on the 
morning of July 3, 1898. He was in absolute com- 
mand, and is entitled to the credit due to such com- 
manding officer for the glorious victory which re- 
sulted in the total destruction of the Spanish ships." 



The Schley Case. 275 



The court united in making the following recom- 
mendation: ''In view of the length of time which 
has elapsed since the occurrence of the events of 
the Santiago campaign, the court recommends no 
further proceedings be had in the premises." This 
in plain English means that they do not wish their 
diverse opinion of Admiral Schley's conduct to be 
made the basis of court-martial proceedings against 
him. Although various resolutions were introduced 
in Congress by the supporters of Admiral Schley, 
it seems improbable that a congressional investiga- 
tion will be made. Meanwhile, Admiral Schley, on 
December 16, asked the secretary of the navy to 
withhold action on the court's report until he could 
file objections to its findings. A long bill of excep- 
tions was accordingly filed on the 18th. Objec- 
tions to Admiral Dewey's opinion, on the other 
hand, were formulated on behalf of Admiral Samp- 
son." 

After the final decision was confirmed, in ac- 
cordance with the findings of the majority report. 
Admiral Schley obtained the president's consent to 
review the case as commander-in-chief. The result 
of his decision will not be given out for some time; 
yet, in the meantime, the press and public opinion 
are sharply divided on the question. 



276 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

146. Of the questions agitating the public mind, 
some are settled and others are pending. The war 
in South Africa between the British and Boers 
still drags on, while the Philippine struggle against 
our authority is being contested by bands of insur- 
gents encouraged to believe their cause still hope- 
ful. American authority is, in general, established 
there. The complications growing out of the Boxer 
troubles in China have been settled, our govern- 
ment co-operating with the European powers 
toward that end. It now seems possible, if not 
probable, that our services as arbitrator between 
the South American governments may be called 
into requisition to prevent international complica- 
tions. 

Cuba has elected as its first president of the 
republic Tomas Estrada Palma, a Cuban patriot, 
and a strong friend of the United States. Every- 
where the Monroe doctrine is coming to be recog- 
nized in practice by foreign powers as the fact our 
government has claimed it to be for almost a cen- 
tury. Its application has grown with the expan- 
sion of the United States as a world-power. 



Raw Products of Colorado. 



277 



t- 05 O rM O 



OOOOO OOOOOO 

OOOOO OOOOOO 

o_ o^ o o o_ o_ o o^ o_ o o_ 

O O o" O 05 o" 

irtinoo) inoooioo" 

•>* Ol 0_ O 00 O 1-H O^ Irt CO 

'r-T eSci Oit^iHrHt-^eO 

tH <M 



CO ,H M 0> O 

as th CO M c^i 

. CO ITS Cq C» CD 

2 ai Co" 00 CO ■«i<^ 

S O OJ 00 -^ 00 

^ 00 oo_^ t>^ in «3_ 

00 Co" <S tH U5 



OOOOO ooooooo 

OOOOO T-IOOOOO 

O 0_ O O O 00 o_ o o^ o_^ o_^ 

lo" lo" o o o aT o" o o" o" in 

-<*<c<iioir50 coLnoLooco 

O CO CO 00 O 05^ C-_^ CO Oi OT CO 

1-^ Oi TJ<" in Co" rH 00 rH 



«D rH lO O 05 
t- CO CO t- ,H 
«0_^ t-^ t-_^ rH t-^ 
oi 00 tH O Oi tH 
Oi O t^ t^ CO 00 
00 lO t-^ iH oo_ co__ 
1-1 CD CO Co" iH t> 



OOOOO 
OOOOO 

io_ o o_ o o_ 
t-^ o o" m" o" 
t- in o CO lo 

lO t- lO 00 CO 



OJlOi-ICDCO OOOOO 

rHCDCOCO-*' OOOOO 

00 CO^ i-l iH co_^ o o_ o o o 

Co' o 1-T co" c^* o o" o o o 

i-IO5C0,H00 OOOOCJ 

in CD CO 



m o in o in 



00 o o o o o 
CO o o o o o 
o o_ o_ o_^ o o_^ 
co" o" o o' o o 
CO in o in o o 

CO C— 00 T-l t— T-) 



00 o o o o 

OOOOO 

°°. o o_^ o_ o 
t-" o o' o" o 
OS o ■* -^ o 

CD O 00 -^ CO 



iH tH Tji^ cq O 
co" rH CO CO O 

CO -^ t- in o 
in CO t- as o 



CO CO 



•OOCO OOOOO 

:0000 OOOOO 

. o o_^ o o o o o_ o_ o 

• o" o" o" o o o o" o" lO 

• ocooco oooinin 
:o-<*<ooin oinc^co'*^^ 

• CO tH o in CD 



S B 



^ 


O 


. 


Pi 


5 


s 


W 


'-' 



o ■* in CO m 

CO CO 00 00 -^ 
05 00 CD t- rH 



OOOO OOOOO 

mooo OOOOO 

•*tiOOO> oooo_^o_^ 

i^csoo ocooo"o" 

inooo ooinooo 

o o^ in in in 05_ CO CO co_^ 

in" th" i-T co" co" in" 



o :;3 cu o r --H 



o 
o 



a> 3 






w.rtw.^L.-. o-'H-iJpo'J fc.>CTi-rt:3 



a o 



278 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 



OI»OOCOOt^t:~T-(THlflU5?OCOiHTHK5lrtMU5r-IOTHeOTHeOCO 
OlOOiHlOOOt-COCvliHCOOOlOt-iHOS^DCOCJt-lftlO-rtiint-OM 
^ O IC i:C CO_ rH (X3 CD^ 1-H CO lO CO t>^ 0_ t-_ Cs)_ C^I_ lO (>a O t^ Cn 

<) O tIh" Oo" lO ■* CO Oi CO ■^" (35 Co' 00 TjT lo" •*" tH «D Cq 00 lO rH t-^ Cq" CO 05 M t-^ 
E-lO0000C<lC0C0007— lOOCDOOOllOC-LDt-t- i-tl-l CO o o 

OOrHO-<l<^lO_Oi<M_CDrHOOOOlOlHeOIMT-|-^ iH iH 

^ ifliHcoc<rc4'e<fMir<fc<i" 



o o 

o o 
o o 



10OC005t-ItHOC0W«>O00OO(MOOOO 

LOootD«nt-THO-*M<i-io-^oococ>moo 

t-COOlAOOLOlOC<IC<l(Mir50500000t-K5r-l 



1-1 <o 00 in 



1-1 CO 00 xlH TJH I 



m t- <N O 



O O O O O O 00 
lO C> O O O O iH 

tr- e^ lO lo^ o in t-^ 

C<f rH e<f 7-H t4 tH 



COC<liHOiHCO«500iHTt<OmOOCOOO -o -oo 

oo«<imt-THi-icomiooicoTtiooiHOO -lO -oo 
in 00 c- co^ M <^l^ CO i>^ o iH in oi Tti o c<i o iH • t~ • o •* 
th (m" oi o" oo" CO* t-T in" c<r 
t-inoicooeoi— looeo 
mcot-iHOi t^cqiM 



o<r>t>-<£io-«ti«ooooinoo-»*<ooi-iooo'00ooinooot- 
.oococo«o-^oo5inoocooinooaiOiNOincoo<=>t-oo500i 

M O CO_^ C<1_ C^^ iH CO_^ CO tH CD O 05 ■* O 05 O -* O CO O^ C<J_ «>. «^ in N O iH 

§ o oo" t-^ cj CO co" ih" -*" t-" t-^ co" in" t-" co" o co" o w" ■* 05" r-T l-T c<f 
gint-a5coinoqt-cvicO'*c-a500i>a5C<iTi< ,h us 



oc<ir-it^-T)HTtit>coocoLnino5COrHminineoini-iOi-(ooi-<eococo 
OT-icoininm'<*<ot>-cocoinot-i-iincocoo5C~c30-^t-(MT-icq-<ti 
. o_ cD__ iH in o o co^ iH co_^ in •^^^ co_ iH Tj<_ cv]^ c<j_ in t- in CO CO o o in m tjh_ co 
Q o" t-" 00" t-^ cq" i-H cq" CO <m" i-T co" in" in" -^ cq" -^ r-T o ih" o ih" in i-h" o cq 

Minooc-c^io cocoinoocsiLncocoooiHO i-i tH o m 

OT^_^(y3inoot-^OTC<icoeot- ih tHih iH 

in cq" i-T th" r-T 



«2c 



•t— d) 



<D cs ^ ® jj 'a 

o -» 10 <•■» W rtl ». 



P-l -e 



(h 






Manufactures. 279 



149. MANUFACTURES. 

United States Census Figures for 1890 and 1900. 

No. of Value of 
Establishments. Products. 

1890, Denver 762 |29,240,747 

1900, Denver 1,474 41,368,898 

1901, Denver 1,650 44,860,390 

1890, Pueblo 102 $ 2,374,631 

1900, Pueblo 241 30,795,481 

1900, Leadville 115 | 6,436,680 

1900, Colorado Springs. ... 159 1,840,642 

1900, Cripple Creek 127 1,417,846 

1900, Victor 69 922,524 

1900, Trinidad 87 679,649 

1900, Aspen 53 206,477 

1890, The State 1,518 | 42,480,205 

1900, The State 3,570 102,830,137 



State school fund, 1901 $3,382,985 

Value of school houses 7,128,000 

Children of school age in state, 1900 153,634 

At present time 166,419 

Attending State School of Mines 200 

Attending State university 833 

Attending Agricultural college 387 

Attending Normal school 271 



280 Correlation of History, Geography and Literature. 

Attending Deaf and Dumb school 187 

Attending High schools 6,744 

Teachers employed in state 2,093 

School districts 1,500 

School houses 1,753 

150. ''The American's ambition to get an edu- 
cation at any cost, which is resulting in millions be- 
ing given for the endowment of colleges and univer- 
sities all over the United States in amounts unparal- 
leled in any other country, is being typified in the 
spirit shown since the early development of the 
state by the citizens of Colorado in her educational 
institutions, as well as in the various denomina- 
tional schools and colleges. The record is one of 
which she may well be proud. 

From the first she has gone on the principle 
that only the best in education is good enough to 
fit her children to cope with the problems and con- 
ditions which are rapidly arising and must be met 
broadly, thoughtfully, sympathetically, practically 
and quickly, if she is to advance with that steady 
growth which has been hers in the past and be- 
longs to her in the future. Upon this strong basis 
has been built up her four state institutions, the uni- 
versity, School of Mines, Agricultural college, and 
Normal school. 

The university is maintained by a one-fifth mill 
tax and by special appropriations of the legislature. 
Besides its department of liberal arts, it has de- 



Facts About Colorado. 281 

partments of law, medicine, and a school of applied 
science. The university is rated with the first five 
state institutions in the country, and one of the first 
eleven in the world. There is a preparatory school 
in connection with the university which furnishes 
the required high school course." 



151. FACTS ABOUT COLORADO. 

Population census 1890 412,198 

Population census 1900 539,700 

Population 1901 G00,000 

Per capita production of raw products 

(exluding manufactures) 1901 $230 

Telephone companies will spend in 

1902 .11,000,000 

Number of wage earners 1901 117,000 

Visible coal supply, tons 45,000,000,000 

Number of coal miners 1901 7,69G 

State land available for settlers, acres. 3,089,938 
Tourist stopover tickets recorded in 

railway offices 1901 74,630 

The above data on Colorado has been gleaned 
from the state press. 



APPENDIX. 



COMPACT OF THE PILGRIM FATHERS. 

152. This is thought to be tlie earliest written 
constitution in all history, and is certainly the in- 
ceptive seed out of which has grown the Federal 
Constitution with all its civil liberty and beneficent 
influences. 



"In the name of God, Amen : We, whose names 
are underwritten, loyell subjects of our dread sover- 
eigne King James, by the grace of God, of Great 
Britaine, France, and Ireland King, defender of the 
faith, etc., haveing undertaken, for the glorie of 
God, and advancement of the Christian faith and 
honor of our King and countrie, a voyage to plant 
the first colonie in the Northerne parts of Virginia, 
do, by these presents, solemnly and mutuall}-, in 
the presence of God and one of another, covenant 
and combine ourselves together into a civil body 
politick, for our better ordering and preservation 
and furtherance of the ends aforesaid: And by 
vertue hearof, to enacte, constitute, and frame such 
just and equall laws, ordinances, acts, constitutions 
and offices, from time to time, as shall be thought 
most meete and convenient for the generall good 
of the Colonie. Unto which we promise all due 
submission and obedience. In witness whereof we 



284 Appendix. 



have heresunder subscribed our names at Cape 
Codd, the 11th of November, in the year of the 
raigne of our souvereigne lord. King James, of Eng- 
land, France, and Ireland the eighteenth, and of 
Scotland the fifty-fourth. Anno Domini, 1620." 

For patriotic poetry bearing on this era, read 
Longfellow's "Courtship of Miles Standish," and 
Holmes' ''Eobinson of Leyden." 



PLAN OF PERPETUAL UNION, 

For His Majestifs Colonies in North America, 
proposed hy Benjamin Franklin, and adopted 
hy the Colonial Convention at Albany, June 
10, 1754. 



153, That the general government of His Maj- 
esty's Colonies in North America be administered 
by a President-General, to be appointed and sup- 
ported by the crown; and a Grand Council, to be 
chosen by the representatives of the people of the 
several colonies met in their respective Assemblies; 

Who shall meet for the first time in the city 
of Philadelphia, in Pennsylvania, being called by 
the President-General as soon as conveniently may 
be after his appointment; 

That there shall be a new election of the mem- 
bers of the Grand Council every three years; and 
on the death or resignation of any member, his 
place should be supplied by a new choice at the 
next sitting of the Assembly of the colony he repre- 
sented; 



Plan of Perpetual Union. 285 

That after the first three years, when the pro- 
portion of money arising out of each colony to the 
general treasury can be known, the number of mem- 
bers to be chosen from each colony shall from time 
to time, in all ensuing elections, be regulated by 
that proportion, yet so as that the number to be 
chosen by any one province be not more than seven, 
nor less than two; 

That the Grand Council shall meet once in 
every year, and oftener if occasion require, at such 
time and place as they shall adjourn to at the last 
preceding meeting, or as the}" shall be called to 
meet at by the President-General, on any emer- 
gency; he having first obtained in writing the con- 
sent of seven of the members to such call, and sent 
due and timely notice to the whole; 

That the Grand Council have power to choose 
their speaker; and shall neither be dissolved, pro- 
rogued, nor continued sitting longer than six weeks 
at one time, without their own consent or the spe- 
cial couimand of the crown. 

That the members of the Grand Council shall 
be allowed for their service ten shillings per diem, 
during their session and journey to and from the 
place of meeting; twenty miles to be reckoned a 
day's journey; 

That the assent of the President-General be 
requisite to all acts of the Grand Council, and that 
it be his office and duty to cause them to be carried 
into execution. 

That the President-General, with the advice of 
the Grand Council, hold or direct all Indian trea- 
ties, in which the general interest of the colonies 
may be concerned, and make peace or declare war 
with Indian nations; 



Appendix. 



That they make such laws as they deem neces- 
sary for regulating all Indian trade; 

That they make all purchases, from Indians 
for the crown, of all lands not now within the 
bounds of particular colonies, or that shall not be 
within their bounds, when some of them are re- 
duced to more convenient dimensions; 

That they make new settlements on such pur- 
chases, by granting lands in the king's name, re- 
serving a quit-rent to the crown for the use of the 
general treasury; 

That they make laws for regulating and gov- 
erning such new settlements, till the crown shall 
think fit to form them into particular governments; 

That they raise and pay soldiers and build 
forts for the defense of any of the colonies, and 
equip vessels of force to guard the coasts and pro- 
tect the trade on the ocean, lakes or great rivers; 
but they shall not impress men in any colony with- 
out the consent of the legislature; 

That for these purposes they have power to 
make laws, and lay and levy such general duties, 
imposts, or taxes as shall appear to them most 
equal and just (considering the ability and other 
circumstances of the inhabitants in the several colo- 
nies,) and such as may be collected with the least 
inconvenience to the people; rather discouraging 
luxury, than loading industry with unnecessary 
burthens; 

That they may appoint a General Treasurer and 
Particular Treasurer in each government, when 
necessary; and from time to time may order the 
sums in the treasuries of each government into the- 
general treasury, or draw on them for special pay- 
ments as they find most convenient; 



Plan of Perpetual Union. 287 

Yet no money to issue but by joint orders of 
the President-General and Grand Council; except 
where sums have been appropriated to particular 
purposes, and the President-General is previously 
empowered b}' an act to draw such sums; 

That the general accounts shall be yearly set- 
tled and reported to the several Assemblies; 

That a quorum of the Grand Council, empow- 
ered to act with the President-General, do consist 
of twenty-five members; among whom there shall 
be one or more from a majority of the colonies; 

That the laws made by them for the purposes 
aforesaid shall not be repugnant, but, as near as 
may be, agreeable to the laws of England, and shall 
be transmitted to the King in Council for appro- 
bation, as soon as may be after their passing; and 
if not disapproved within three years after presen- 
tation, to remain in force; 

That in case of the death of the President-Gen- 
eral, the Speaker of the Grand Council for the time 
being shall succeed, and be vested with the same 
powers and authorities to continue till the King's 
pleasure be known; 

That all military commission officers, whether 
for land or sea service, to act under the general 
constitution, shall be nominated by the President- 
General; but the approbation of the Grand Coun- 
cil is to be obtained before they receive their com- 
missions; and all civil officers are to be nominated 
by the Grand Council, and to receive the President- 
General's approbation before they officiate; 

But, in case of vacancy by death or removal of 
any officer civil or military under this constitution, 
the Governors of the province in which such va- 
cancy happens, may appoint, till the pleasure of 



Appendix. 



the President-General and Grand Council can be 
known; 

That the particular military as well as civil 
establishments in each colony remain in their pres- 
ent state, the general constitution notwithstanding; 
and that on sudden emergencies anj^ colony may de- 
fend itself, and lay the accounts of expense thence 
arising before the President-General and Grand 
Council, who may allow and order payment of the 
same, as far as they judge such accounts just and 
reasonable. 



DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 

Adopted by Congress, July 4, 1776. 



A Declaration hy the Representatives of the 
United States of America in Congress As- 
senibled. 

154. When, in the course of human events, it 
becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the po- 
litical bands which have connected them with an- 
other, and to assume among the powers of the earth 
a separate and equal station to which the laws of 
nature and of nature's God entitle them, a decent 
respect to the opinions of mankind requires that 
they should declare the causes which impel them to 
the separation. 

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all 
men are created equal; that they are endowed by 
their Creator with certain inalienable rights; that 
among these are life, liberty and the pursuit of hap- 
piness; that to secure these rights, governments are 
instituted among men, deriving their just powers 



Declaration of Independence. 289 

from the consent of the governed; that, whenever 
any form of government becomes destructive of 
these ends, it is the right of the people to alter or 
abolish it, and to institute a new government, laying 
its foundation on such principles, and organizing 
its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most 
likely to effect their safety and happiness. Pru- 
dence, indeed, will dictate that governments long 
established should not be changed for light and 
transient causes; and, acordingly, all experience 
has shown that mankind are more disposed to suffer, 
while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves 
by abolishing the forms to which they are accus- 
tomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpa- 
tions, pursuing invariably the same object, evinces 
a design to reduce them under absolute despotism 
it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such 
a government, and to provide new guards for their 
future security. Such has been the patient suffer- 
ance of these colonies; and such is now the neces- 
sity which constrains them to alter their former 
systems of government. The history of the present 
king of Great Britain is a history of repeated in- 
juries and usurpations, all having in direct object 
the establishment of an absolute tyranny over these 
states. To prove this, let facts be submitted to a 
candid world: 

He has refused his assent to laws the most 
wholesome and necessary for the public good. 

He has forbidden his governors to pass laws 
of immediate and pressing importance, unless sus- 
pended in their operations till his assent should be 
obtained; and, when so suspended, he has utterly 
neglected to attend to them. 

He has refused to pass other laws for the ac- 
commodation of large districts of people, unless 



290 Appendix. 



those people would relinquish the right of represen- 
tation in the legislature — a right inestimable to 
them, and formidable to tyrants only. 

He has called together legislative bodies at 
places unusual, uncomfortable, and distant from 
the repository of their public records, for the sole 
purpose of fatiguing them into compliance with his 
measures. 

He has dissolved legislative houses repeatedly 
for opposing, with manly firmness, his invasions on 
the rights of the people. 

He has refused, for a long time after such dis- 
solutions, to cause others to be elected; whereby the 
legislative powers, incapable of annihilation, have 
returned to the people at large, for their exercise; 
the state remaining, in the mean time, exposed to all 
the dangers of invasions from without and convul- 
sions within. 

He has endeavored to prevent the population of 
these states; for that purpose obstructing the laws 
for the naturalization of foreigners; refusing to pass 
others to encourage their migration hither, and rais- 
ing the conditions of new appropriations of lands. 

He has obstructed the administration of justice 
by refusing his assent to laws for establishing judi- 
ciary powers. 

He has made judges dependent on his will alone 
for the tenure of their olBces and the amount and 
payment of their salaries. 

He has erected a multitude of new ofiflces, and 
sent hither swarms of officers, to harass our people 
and eat out their substance. 

He has kept among us, in times of peace, stand- 
ing armies, without the consent of our legislatures. 

He has affected to render the military indepen- 
dent of, and superior to, the civil power. 



Declaration of Independence. 291 

He has combined with others to subject us to a 
jurisdiction foreign to our constitution, and unac- 
knowledged by our laws; giving his assent to their 
acts of pretended legislation : — 

For quartering large bodies of armed troops 
among us; 

For protecting them, by mock trial, from pun- 
ishment for any murders which they should commit 
on the inhabitants of these states; 

For cutting off our trade with all parts of the 
world; 

For imposing taxes on us without our consent; 

For depriving us, in many cases, of the benefits 
of trial by jury; 

For transporting us beyond seas to be tried for 
pretended offenses; 

For abolishing the free system of English laws 
in a neighboring province, establishing therein an 
arbitrary government, and enlarging its boundaries, 
so as to render it at once an example and fit instru- 
ment for introducing the same absolute rule into 
these colonies; 

For taking away our charters, abolishing our 
most valuable laws, and altering, fundamentally, 
the powers of our governments; 

For suspending our own legislatures, and de- 
claring themselves invested with power to legislate 
for us in all cases whatsoever; 

He has abdicated government here, by declaring 
us out of his protection, and waging war against us. 

He has plundered our seas, ravaged our coasts, 
burned our towns, and destroyed the lives of our 
people. 

He is at this time transporting large armies of 
foreign mercenaries to complete the w^orks of death, 
desolation, and tyranny, already begun with circum- 



292 Appendix. 



stances of cruelty and perfidy scarcely paralleled 
in the most barbarous ages, and totally unworthy 
the head of a civilized nation. 

He has constrained our fellow-citizens, taken 
captive on the high seas, to bear arms against their 
country, to become the executioners of their friends 
and brethren, or to fall themselves by their hands. 

He has excited domestic insurrection amongst 
us, and has endeavored to bring on the inhabitants 
of our frontiers the merciless Indian savages, whose 
known rules of warfare is an undistinguished de- 
struction of all ages, sexes and conditions. 

In every stage of these oppressions we have peti- 
tioned for redress in the most humble terms; our 
repeated petitions have been answered by repeated 
injury. A prince whose character is thus marked 
by every act which may define a tyrant, is unfit to be 
the ruler of a free people. 

Nor have we been wanting in attentions to our 
British brethren. We have warned them, from time 
to time, of attempts by their legislators to extend 
an unwarrantable jurisdiction over us. We have 
reminded them of the circumstances of our emigra- 
tion and settlement here. We have api)ealed to 
their native justice and magnanimity, and we have 
conjured them, by the ties of our common kindred, 
to disavow these usurpations, which would inevita- 
bly interrupt our connections and correspondence. 
They, too, have been deaf to the voice of justice and 
of consanguinity. We must, therefore, acquiesce 
in the necessity which denounces our separation, 
and hold them, as we hold the rest of mankind, ene- 
mies in war; in peace, friends. 

We, therefore, the representatives of the 
United States of America, in general congress 
assembled, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the 



Declaration of Independence. 293 



world for the rectitude of our intentions, do, in the 
name and by the authority of the good people of 
these Colonies, solemnly publish and declare, that 
these United Colonies are, and of right ought to be, 
Free and Independent States; that they are absolved 
from all allegiance to the British crown, and that 
all political connection between them and the State 
of Great Britain is, and ought to be, totally dis- 
solved; and that, as Free and Independent States, 
they have full power to levy war, conclude peace, 
contract alliances, establish commerce, and do all 
other acts and things which Independent States may 
of right do. And for the support of this Declara- 
tion, with a firm reliance on the protection of 
Divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each 
other our lives, our fortunes, and our sacred honor. 

John Hancock. 

New Hampshire — Josiah Bartlett, William 
Whipple, Matthew Thornton. 

Massachusetts Bay — Samuel Adams, John 
Adams, Kobert Treat Baine, Elbridge Gerry. 

Rhode Island^ Etc. — Stephen Hopkins, Wil- 
liam Ellery. 

Connecticut — Roger Sherman, Samuel 
Huntington, William Williams, Oliver Wolcott. 

New York — William Floyd, Philip Living- 
ston, Francis Lewis, Lewis Morris. 

New Jersey — Richard Stockton, John With- 
erspoon, Francis Hopkinson, John Hart, Abraham 
Clark. 

Pennsylvania — Robert Morris, Benjamin 
Rush, Benjamin Franklin, John Morton, George 
Clymer, James Smith, George Taylor, James Wil- 
son, George Ross. 



294 Appendix. 



Delaware — Ca?sar Rodney, George Read, 
Thos. MeKean. 

Maryland — Samuel Chase, William Paca, 
Thos. Stone, Charles Carroll of Cai rollton. 

ViRGiNL\ — George Wythe, Richard Henry 
Lee, Thomas Jefferson. Benjamin Harrison, Thomas 
Nelson, Jr., Francis Lightfoot Lee, Carter Braxton. 

North Carolina — William Hooper, Joseph 
Hewes, John Penn. 

South Carolina — Edward Rutledge, Thomas 
Hayward, Jr., Thomas Lynch, Jr., Arthur Middle- 
ton. 

Georgia — Button Gwinnett, Lyman Hall, 
Georjre Walton. 



ARTICLES OF CONFEDERATION. 

155. [The Articles of Confederation were 
drawn up by a committee of gentlemen, who were 
appointed by Congress for this purpose, June 12. 
1T7G, and finally adopted Xovember 15, 1777. The 
committee were Messrs. Bartlett, Samuel Adams, 
Hopkins. Sherman, R. R. Livingston, Dickinson, Me- 
Kean, Stone, Nelson, Howes, E. Rutledge, and 
Gwinnet.] 



Articles of Confederation. 29S 



ARTICLES OF CONFEDERATION AND PERPETUAL 
UNION, 

Between the States of Neiv Hampshire, Massa- 
chusetts Bay, Rhode Island and Providence 
Plantations, Connecticut, Neio York, New 
Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, 
Yirginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, 
and Georgia. 

AIITICLE I. 

The style of this confederacy shall be "The 
United States of America/-' 

article ii. 

Each State retains its sovereignty, freedom, 
and independence, and every power, jurisdiction, 
and right, which is not by this confederation ex- 
pressly delegated to the United States in Congress 
assembled. 

ARTICLE III. 

The said States hereby severally enter into a 
firm league of friendship with each other, for their 
common defense, the security of their liberties, and 
their mutual and general welfare, binding them- 
selves to assist each other against all force offered 
to, or attacks made upon them, or any of them, on 
account of religion, sovereignty, trade, or any other 
pretence whatever. 

ARTICLE IV. 

Section 1. — The better to secure and perpetuate 
mutual friendship and intercourse among the peo- 
ple of the different States in this union, the free in- 
habitants of each these States — paupers, vaga- 



Appendix. 



bonds, and fugitives from justice excepted — shall 
be entitled to all privileges and immunities of free 
citizens in the several States; and the people of each 
State shall have free ingress and egress to and from 
any other State, and shall enjoy therein all the 
privileges of trade and commerce, subject to the 
same duties, impositions and restrictions, as the 
inhabitants thereof respectively; provided, that 
such restrictions shall not extend so far as to pre- 
vent the removal of property imported into any 
State, to any other State, of which the owner is an 
inhabitant; provided also, that no imposition, du- 
ties, or restriction, shall be laid by any State on the 
property of the United States, or either of them. 

Sec. 2. — If any person, guilty of, or charged 
with treason, felony, or other high misdemeanor, in 
any State, shall flee from justice, and be found in 
any of the United States, he shall, upon the demand 
of the Governor or executive jjower of the State 
from which he fled, be delivered up and removed 
to the State having jurisdiction of his offense. 

Sec. 3. — Full faith and credit shall be given, in 
each of these States, to the records, acts, and judi- 
cial proceedings of the courts and magistrates of 
every other State. 

ARTICLE V. 

Section 1. — For the more convenient manage- 
ment of the general interests of the United States, 
delegates shall be annually appointed in such man- 
ner as the legislature of each district shall direct, 
to meet in Congress on the first Monday in Novem- 
ber in every year, with a power reserved in each 
State to recall its delegates, or any one of them, at 
any time within the year, and to send others in 
their stead, for the remainder of the year. 



Articles of Confederation. 297 

Sec. 2. — No State shall be represented in Con- 
gress by less than two nor more than seven mem- 
bers; and no person shall be callable of being a 
delegate for more than three years, in any term of 
six years; nor shall any person, being a delegate, 
be capable of holding any office under the United 
States, for which he, or any other for his benefit, 
receives any salary, fees, or emolument, of any 
kind. 

Sec. 3. — Each State shall maintain its own dele- 
gates in a meeting of the States, and while they act 
as members of the committee of these States. 

Sec. 4. — In determining questions in the United 
States in Congress assembled, each State shall have 
one vote. 

Sec. 5. — Freedom of speech and debate in Con- 
gress shall not be impeached or questioned in any 
court or place out of Congress, and the members of 
Congress shall be protected in their persons from ar- 
rests and imprisonments during the time of their 
going to and from, and attendance on Congress, ex- 
cept for treason, felony, or breach of the peace. 

ARTICLE VI. 

Section 1. — No State, without the consent of 
the United States in Congress assembled, shall send 
any embassy to, or receive any embassy from, or en- 
ter into any conference, agreement, alliance, or 
treat}^ v/ith any king, T>rince, or State, nor shall any 
person holding any office of profit or trust under the 
United States, or any of them, accept anw present, 
emolument, office, or title, of any kind whatever, 
from any king, prince, or foreign State; nor the 
United States in Congress assembled, or any of 
them, grant any title of nobility. 



29S Appendix. 



Sec. 2. — No two or more States shall enter into 
any treaty, confederation, or alliance whatever, be- 
tween them, without the consent of the United 
States in Congress assembled, specifying accurately 
the purposes for which the same is to be entered 
into, and how long it shall continue. 

Sec. 3. — No State shall lay any impost or duties 
which may interfere with any stipulations in treaties 
entered into by the United States in Congress as- 
sembled, with any king, prince, or State, in pursu- 
ance of any treaties already proposed by Congress 
to the courts of France and Spain. 

Sec. 4. — No vessels of war shall be kept up in 
time of peace by any State, except such number only 
as shall be deemed necessary by the United States 
in Congress assembled, for the defense of such State, 
or its'trade; nor shall any body of forces be kept up 
by any State, in time of peace, except such number 
only as, in the judgment of the United States in 
Congress assembled, shall be deemed requisite to 
garrison the forts necessary for the defense of such 
State; but every State shall always keep up a well- 
regulated and disciplined militia, suflSciently armed 
and accoutred, and shall provide and constantly 
have ready for use, in public stores, a due number of 
field-pieces and tents, and a proper quantity of arms, 
ammunition, and camp equipage. 

Sec. 5. — No State shall engage in any war with- 
out the consent of the United States in Congress as- 
sembled, unless such State be actually invaded by 
enemies, or shall have received certain advice of a 
resolution being formed by some nation of Indians 
to invade such State, and the danger is so imminent 
as not to admit of delay till the United States in 
Congress assembled can be consulted; nor shall any 
State grant commissions to any ships or vessels of 



Articles of Confederation. 



war, nor letters of marque or reprisal, except it be 
after a declaration of war by the United States in 
Congress assembled, and then only against the king- 
dom or State, and the subjects thereof, against 
which war has been so declared, and under such reg- 
ulations as shall be established by the United Sttaes 
in Congress assembled, unless such State be infested 
by pirates, in which case vessels of M^ar may be 
fitted out for that occasion, and kept so long as the 
danger shall continue, or until the United States in 
Congress assembled shall determine otherwise, 

ARTICLE VII. 

When land forces are raised by the State for the 
common defense, all oflQcers of or under the rank of 
colonel, shall be appointed by the legislature of each 
State respectively by whom such forces shall b 
raised, or in such manner as such State shall direct, 
and all vacancies shall be filled up by the State 
which first made the appointment. 

ARTICLE VIII. 

All charges of war, and all other expenses that 
shall be incurred for the common defense or general 
welfare, and allowed by the United States in Con- 
gress assembled, shall be defrayed out of a common 
treasury, which shall be supplied by the several 
States, in proportion to the value of all land within 
each State, granted to or surveyed for any person, 
as such land and the buildings and improvements 
thereon shall be estimated according to such mode 
as the United States in Congress assembled shall, 
from time to time, direct and appoint. The taxes 
for paying that proportion shall be laid and levied 
by the authority and direction of the legislatures 



300 Appendix. 



of the several States within the time agreed upon 
by the United States in Congress assembled. 

ARTICLE IX. 

Section 1. — The United States in Congress as- 
sembled shall have the sole and exclusive right and 
pov/er of determining on peace and war, except in 
the cases mentioned in the sixth article, of sending 
and receiving ambassadors; entering into treaties 
and alliances, providing that no treaty of commerce 
shall be made, whereby the legislative power of the 
respective States shall be restrained from imposing 
such imposts and duties on foreigners as their own 
people are subjected to, or from prohibiting the ex- 
portation or importation of any species of goods or 
commodities whatsoever; of establishing rules for 
deciding in all cases what captures on land or water 
shall be legal, and in what manner prizes taken by 
land or naval forces in the service of the United 
States shall be divided or appropriated; of granting 
letters of marque and reprisal in times of peace; 
appointing courts for the trial of piracies and fel- 
onies committed on the high seas; and establishing 
courts for receiving and determining finally appeals 
in all cases of capture; provided that no member of 
Congress shall be appointed a judge of any of the 
said courts. 

Sec. 2. — The United States in Congress assem- 
bled shall also be the last resort on appeal in all 
disputes and differences now subsisting, or that 
hereafter may arise between two or more States con- 
cerning boundary, jurisdiction, or any other cause 
whatever; which authority shall always be exercised 
in the manner following: Whenever the legislative 
or executive authority or lawful agent of any State 
in controversy with another, shall present a petition 



Articles of Confederation. 301 

to Congress, stating the matter in question, and 
praying for a hearing, notice thereof shall be given 
by order of Congress to the legislative or executive 
authority of the other Slate in controversy and a day 
assigned for the appearance of the parties by their 
lawful agents, who shall then be directed to appoint, 
by joint consent, commissioners or judges to consti- 
tute a court for hearing and determining the mat- 
ter in question; but if they can not agree, Congress 
shall name three persons out of each of the United 
States, and from the list of such persons each party 
shall alternately strike out one, the petitioners be- 
ginning, until the number shall be reduced to thir- 
teen, and from that number not less than seven, 
nor more than nine names, as Congress shall direct, 
shall, in the presence of Congress, be drawn out by 
lot; and the persons whose names shall be so drawn, 
or any five of them, shall be commissioners or judges 
to hear and finally determine the controversy, so 
also as a major part of the judges, who shall hear 
the cause, shall agree in the determination: and if 
either party shall neglect to attend at the day ap- 
pointed, without showing reasons which Congress 
shall judge sufficient, or being present, shall refuse 
to strike, the Congress shall proceed to nominate 
three persons out of each State, and the secretary 
of Congress shall strike in behalf of such party ab- 
sent or refusing; and the judgment or sentence of 
the court, to be appointed in the manner before 
prescribed, shall be final and conclusive; and if any 
of the parties shall refuse to submit to the authority 
of such court, or to appear or defend their claim or 
cause, the court shall nevertheless proceed to pro- 
nounce sentence, or judgment, which shall in like 
manner be final and decisive; the judgment or sen- 
tence and other proceedings being in either case 



302 Appendix. 



transmitted to Congress, and lodged among the acts 
orCongress,for the security of the parties concerned: 
provided that every commissioner, before he sits in 
judgment, shall take an oath, to be administered 
Ijy one of the judges of the supreme or superior 
court of the State where the cause shall be tried, 
"well and truly to hear and determine the matter 
in question, according to the best of his judgment, 
without favor, affection or hope of reward." Pro- 
vided, also, that no State shall be deprived of terri- 
tory for the benefit of the United States. 

Sec. 3. — All controversies concerning the pri- 
vate right of soil claimed under different grants of 
two or more States, whose jurisdiction, as they may 
respect such lands, and the States which passed such 
grants are adjusted, the said grants or either of 
them being at the same time claimed to have orig- 
inated antecedent to such settlement of jurisdiction, 
shall on the petition of either party to the Congress 
of the United States, be finally determined, as near 
as may be, in the same manner as is before pre- 
scribed for deciding disputes respecting territorial 
jurisdiction between different States. 

Sec. 4. — The United States in Congress assem- 
bled shall also have the sole and exclusive right and 
power of regulating the alloy and value of coin 
struck by their own authority, or by that of the re- 
spective States; fixing the standard of weights and 
measures throughout the United States ; regulating 
the trade and managing all affairs with the Indians, 
not members of any of the States; provided that the 
legislative right of any State, Mnthin its own limits, 
be not infringed or violated; establishing and regu- 
lating postoffices from one State to another through- 
out all the United States, and exacting such postage 
on the papers passing through the same, as may be 



Articles of Confederation. 303 

requisite to defray the expenses of the said office; 
appointing all officers of the land forces in the ser- 
vice of the United States, excepting regimental offi- 
cers; appointing all the officers of the naval forces, 
and commissioning all officers whatever in the ser- 
vice of the United States; making rules for the gov- 
ernment and regulation of the said land and naval 
forces, and directing their operations. 

Sec. 5. — The United States in Congress assem- 
bled shall have authority to appoint a committee to 
sit in the recess of Congress, to be denominated, "A 
Committee of the States," and to consist of one dele- 
gate from each State; and to appoint such other 
committees and civil officers as may be necessary 
for managing the several affairs of the United States 
under their direction; to apoint one of their number 
to preside; provided that no person be allowed to 
serve in the office of president more than one year 
in any term of three years ; to ascertain the necessary 
sums of money to be raised for the service of the 
United States, and to appropriate and apply the 
same for defraying the public expenses; to borrow 
money or emit bills on the credit of the United 
States, transmitting every half-year to the respec- 
tive States an account of the sums of money so bor- 
rowed or emitted; to build and equip a navy; to 
agree upon the number of land forces, and to make 
requisitions from each State for its quota, in pro- 
portion to the number of white inhabitants in such 
State, which requisiton shall be binding; and there- 
upon the legislature of each State shall appoint the 
regimental officers, raise the men, clothe, arm, and 
equip them, in a soldier-like manner, at the expense 
of the United States; and the officers and men so 
clothed, armed, and equipped, shall march to the 
place appointed, and within the time agreed on by 



304 Appendix. 



the United States in Congress assembled; but if the 
United States in Congress assembled shall, on con- 
sideration of circumstances, judge proper that any 
State should not raise men, or should raise a smaller 
number than its quota, and that any other State 
should raise a greater number of men than the 
quota thereof, such extra number shall be raised, 
ofiicered, clothed, armed, and equipped, in the same 
manner as the quota of such Stale, unless the legis- 
lature of such State shall judge that such extra 
number cannot be safely spared out of the 
same, in which case they shall raise, officer, clothe, 
arm. and equip, as many of such extra number as 
they judge can be safely spared, and the officers and 
men so clothed, armed, and equipped, shall march 
to the place appointed, and within the time agreed 
on by the United States in Congress assembled. 

Sec. 0. — The United States in Congress assem- 
bled shall never engage in a war, nor grant letters of 
marque and reprisal in time of peace, nor enter into 
any treaties or alliances, nor coin money, nor regu- 
late the value thereof, nor ascertain the sums and 
expenses necessary for the defense and welfare of 
the United States, or any of them, nor emit bills, nor 
borrow money on the credit of the United States, nor 
appropriate money, nor agree upon the number of 
vessels of v.ar to be built or purchased, or the num- 
ber of land or sea forces to be raised, nor appoint a 
commander-in-chief of the army or navy, unless nine 
states assent to the same: nor shall a question on 
any other point, except for adjourning from day to 
day, be determined, unless by the vote of a majority 
of the United States in Congress assembled. 

Sec. 7. — The Congress of the United States shall 
have power to adjourn to any time within the year, 
and to any place within the United States, so that no 



Articles of Confederation. 305 

period of adjournment be for a lonj^er duration than 
the space of six months, and shall publish the jour- 
nal of their proceedings monthly, except such parts 
thereof relatin},' to Ireafies, alliances, or military 
operations, as in their judgment re({uire secrecy; and 
tlie yeas and nays of the delegates of each State, on 
any question, shall be entered on the journal, when 
it is desired by any delegate, and the delegates of a 
State, or any of them, at his or their request, shall 
be furnished with a transcript of the said journal, 
except such parts as are above excepted, to lay be- 
fore the legislatures of the several States. 

AKTICLE X. 

The Committee of the States, or any nine of 
them, shall be authorized to execute, in the recess of 
Congress, such of the powers of Congress as the 
United States in Congress assembled, by the consent 
of nine States, shall, from time to time, think expe- 
dient to vest them with; provided, that no power be 
delegated to the said committee, for the exercise of 
which, by the Articles of Confederation, the voice of 
nine States, in the Congress of the United States as- 
sembled, is requisite. 

ARTICLE XL 

Canada, acceding to this Confederation, and 
joining in the measures of the United States, shall 
be admitted into and entitled to all the advantages 
of this Union: But no other colony shall be ad- 
mitted into the same, unless such admission be 
agreed to by nine States. 

ARTICLE XIL 

All bills of credit emitted, money borrowed, and 
debts contracted by or under the authority of Con- 



306 Appendix. 



gress, before the assembling of the United States, in 
pursuance of the present Confederation, shall be 
deemed and considered as a charge against the 
United States, for payment and satisfaction whereof 
the said United States and the public faith are 
hereby solemnly pledged. 

ARTICLE XIII. 

Every State shall abide b}^ the determination 
of the United States in Congress assembled, in all 
questions which by this Confederation are submitted 
to them. And the Articles of this Confederation 
shall be inviolably observed by every State, and the 
union shall be perpetual; nor shall any alteration 
at any time hereafter be made in any of them ; unless 
such alteration be agreed to in a Congress of the 
United States, and be afterwards confirmed by the 
legislature of every State. 

And whereas it hath pleased the great Governor 
of the world to incline the hearts of the legislatures 
we respectively represent in Congress to approve of 
and to authorize us to ratify the said Articles of 
Confederation and Perpetual Union, Know ye, that 
we, the undersigned delegates, by virtue of the 
power and authority to us given for that purpose, 
do by these presents, in the name and in behalf of 
our respective constituents, fully and entirely ratify 
and confirm each and every of the said Articles of 
Confederation and Perpetual Union, and all and 
singular the matters therein contained. And we do 
further solemnly plight and engage the faith of our 
respective constituents, that they shall abide by 
the determinations of the United States in Congress 
assembled, in all questions which by the said Con- 
federation are submitted to them ; and that the arti- 



Articles of Confederation. 307 



cles thereof shall be inviolably observed by the 
States we respectively represent, and that the union 
shall be perpetual. In witness whereof we have 
hereunto set our hands in Congress. 

Done at PhiladcljjJiia, in the State of Pennsyl- 
vania, the 9th day of July, in the year of our 
Lord Ill's, and in the third year of the Inde- 
pendence of America. 

New Hampshire — JosiaL Bartlett, John 
Wentworth, Jr. 

Massachusetts Bay — John Hancock, Sam- 
uel Adams, Elbridge Gerry, Francis Dana, James 
Lovel, Samuel Holton. 

Rhode Island^ Etc. — William Ellery, Henry 
Marchant, John Collins. 

Connecticut — Roger Sherman, Samuel 
Huntington, Oliver Wolcott, Titus Hosmer, Andrew 
Adams. 

New York — James Duane, Francis Lewis, 
William Doer, Gouverneur Morris. 

New Jersey — John Witherspoon,Nat. Scud- 
der. 

Pennsylvania — Robt. Morris, Daniel Rober- 
deau, Jona Bayard Smith, William Cliugan, Joseph 
Reed. 

Delaware — Thomas McKean, John Dickin- 
son, Nicholas Van Dyke. 

Maryland — John Hanson, Daniel Carroll. 

Virginia — Richard Henry Lee, John Banis- 
ter, Thomas Adams, John Harvio, Francis Light- 
foot Lee. 

North Carolina — John Penn, Cons. Har- 
nett, John Williams. 



Appendix. 



South Carolina — Henry Laurens, William 
Henry Drayton, John Matthews, Richard Hutson, 
Thomas Heyward, Jr. 

Georgia — John Walton, Edward Telfair, Ed- 
ward Langworthy. 



FEDERAL CONSTITUTION. 

156. Here should be given the Federal Consti- 
tution with all its amendments, but as this is acces- 
sible to all pupils, we omit it to make room for the 
less available and equally important papers which 
made its creation and ratification possible. Though 
adopted in convention 17th September, 1787, it does 
not supersede the Articles of Confederation as the 
organic law of the land until 4th March, 1789. 



WASHINGTON'S FAREWELL ADDRESS. 

157. On September 17, 1706, Washington 
caused to be published his Farewell Address, which 
may be considered in the same line with the Consti- 
tution. It had been partially prepared at the end of 
his first presidential term, but was reserved until 
the end of the second, when he had been prevailed 
upon to stand for a second election. 

This address may be obtained from almost any 
text-book on United States history. 



The Emancipation Proclamation. 309 

THE EMANCIPATION PROCLAMATION, 
By the President of the United States of America. 

158. Whereas, on the twenty-second day of 
September, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and sixty-two, a proclamation was 
issued by the President of the United States, con- 
taining among other things the following, to wit: 

"That on the first day of January, in the year 
of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and sixty- 
three, all persons held as slaves within any State, 
or designated part of a State, the people whereof 
shall then be in rebellion against the United States, 
shall be then, thenceforward and forever free, and 
the executive government of the United States, in- 
cluding the military and naval authority thereof, 
will recognize and maintain the freedom of such 
persons, and will do no act or acts to repress such 
persons, or any of them, in any efforts they may 
make for their actual freedom. 

"That the executive will, on the first day of 
January aforesaid, by proclamation, designate the 
States and parts of States, if any, in which the peo- 
ple thereof respectively shall then be in rebellion 
against the United States; and the fact that any 
State, or the people thereof, shall on that day be 
in good faith represented in the Congress of the 
Unite.d States by members chosen thereto at elec- 
tions wherein a majority of the qualified voters of 
such State shall have participated, shall, in the ab- 
sence of strong countervailing testimony, be deemed 
conclusive evidence that such State and the people 
thereof are not then in rebellion against the United 
States." 



310 Appendix. 



Now, therefore, I, Abraham Lincoln, Presi- 
dent of the United States, by virtue of the power 
in me vested as Commander-in-chief of the Army 
and Navy of the United States in time of actual 
armed rebellion against the authority and govern- 
ment of the United States, and as a fit and neces- 
sary war measure for suppressing said rebellion, 
do, on the first day of January, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and sixty-three, 
and in accordance with my purpose to do so, pub- 
licly proclaim for the full period of one hundred 
days from the day the first above-mentioned, order 
and designate, as the States and parts of States 
wherein the people thereof respectively are this day 
in rebellion against the United States, the follow- 
ing, to wit: 

Arkansas, Texas, Louisiana (except the 
parishes of St. Bernard, Plaquemines, Jefferson, 
St. John, St. Charles, St. James, Ascension, As- 
sumption, Terre Bonne, La Fourche, St. Mary, St. 
Martin, and Orleans, including the city of New 
Orleans), Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, 
South Carolina, North Carolina, and Virginia (ex- 
cept the forty-eight counties designated as West 
Virginia, and also the counties of Berkley, Acco- 
mac, Northampton, Elizabeth City, Princess Ann, 
and Norfolk, including the cities of Norfolk and 
Portsmouth), and which excepted parts are, for the 
present, left precisely as if this Proclamation were 
not issued. 

And by virtue of the power and for the purpose 
aforesaid, I do order and declare that all persons 
held as slaves within said designated States and 
parts of States are, and henceforward shall be free; 
and that the executive government of the United 
States, including the military and naval authori- 



The Emancipation Proclamation. 3il 

ties thereof, will recognize and maintain the free- 
dom of said persons. 

And I hereby enjoin upon the people so de- 
clared to be free, to abstain from all violence, unless 
in necessary self-defense, and I recommend to them 
that in all cases, when allowed, they labor faith- 
fully for reasonable wages. 

And 1 further declare and make known that 
such persons of suitable condition will be received 
into the armed service of the United States to gar- 
rison forts, positions, stations, and other places, and 
to man vessels of all sorts in said service. 

And upon this act, sincerely believed to be an 
act of justice, warranted by the Constitution, upon 
military necessity, I invoke the considerate judg- 
ment of mankind and the gracious favor of 
Almighty God. 

In testimony whereof I have hereunto set my 
name, and caused the seal of the United States to 
be affixed. 

Done at the City of Washington, this 
first day of January, in the year of 
[l. s.] our Lord one thousand eight hun- 
dred and sixty-three, and of the In- 
dependence of the United States the 
eighty-seventh. 

Abraham Lincoln. 

By the President: 

William H. Seward^ 

Secretary of State. 



6^^ 



i 



^ .V 






X^ <^<,- - ^'- 



'oo' 



A^^ 



.\* 



^^^;y^y 



^9- ^^'O/. 'O^ V 



-x^^ 



^"^ .V_^x^. 



















aV^ '^X 



%;^^^^^ 






b 0^ . 






\^ ^^. 



^V •^^, 



\0 o^ 









^ *x O 






%^%^ - . 






x> ^^'*'.. 



^^ 



